2016 infiniti qx50 | owner's manual - dealer e process

(3,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-2F2D27F5-65B6-4D66-A0F7-BF158B86DF44

Your INFINITI represents a new way ofthinking about vehicle design. It integratesadvanced engineering and superior crafts-manship with a simple, refined aestheticsensitivity associated with traditional Ja-panese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxuryand beauty. The car itself is important, butso is the sense of harmony that the vehicleevokes in its driver, and the sense ofsatisfaction you feel with the INFINITI —from the way it looks and drives to the highlevel of retailer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI tothe fullest, we encourage you to read thisOwner’s Manual immediately. It explainsall of the features, controls and perfor-mance characteristics of your INFINITI; italso provides important instructions andsafety information.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletis included in your Owner’s literatureportfolio. The INFINITI Service and Main-tenance Guide explains details aboutmaintaining and servicing your vehicle.Always carry it with you when you takeyour vehicle to an INFINITI retailer. TheWarranty Information Booklet contentsprovide complete information about all

warranties covering this vehicle, the re-quirements to keep the warranties in effectas well as the INFINITI Roadside Assis-tance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Careand Lemon Law Information Booklet willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’slemon law.

In addition to factory installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed by INFINITIor by your INFINITI retailer prior to delivery.It is important that you familiarize yourselfwith all disclosures, warnings, cautionsand instructions concerning proper use ofsuch accessories prior to operating thevehicle and/or accessory. See an INFINITIretailer for details concerning the particu-lar accessories with which your vehicle isequipped.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYGUID-528982C0-019C-4EF8-8549-CC460F948AB8

Before driving your vehicle, read yourOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safeoperation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMIN-DERS!

Follow these important driving rules to helpensure a safe and comfortable trip for youand your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle featuresor taking other actions that coulddistract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Pre-teenchildren should be seated in the rearseat.

Foreword

Condition:

(4,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual forimportant safety information.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVINGThis vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity. As with other vehicles withfeatures of this type, failure to operatethis vehicle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident. Be sure to read“On-pavement and off-road driving pre-cautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-over” and “Driving safety precautions” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification will not be coveredunder the INFINITI warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALGUID-4053DB0D-5096-4FC3-8F65-27A0002AFC45

This manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in yourvehicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date ofproduction, region or availability. There-fore, you may find information aboutfeatures or equipment that are not in-cluded or installed on your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. INFINITI reserves theright to change specifications, perfor-mance, design or component supplierswithout notice and without obligation.From time to time, INFINITI may update orrevise this manual to provide Owners withthe most accurate information currently

available. Please carefully read and retainwith this manual all revision updates sentto you by INFINITI to ensure you haveaccess to accurate and up-to-date informa-tion regarding your vehicle. Current ver-sions of vehicle Owner’s Manuals and anyupdates can also be found in the Ownersection of the INFINITI website at https://owners.infinitiusa.com/owners/naviga-tion/manualsandGuides. If you have ques-tions concerning any information in yourOwner’s Manual, contact INFINITI Consu-mer Affairs. See the INFINITI CUSTOMERCARE PROGRAM page in this Owner’sManual for contact information.

Condition:

(5,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

GUID-8220D38F-8405-49D1-B820-2C368588F8D7

You will see various symbols in thismanual. They are used in the followingways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moderatepersonal injury or damage to your vehicle. Toavoid or reduce the risk, the proceduresmust be followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Donot do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

NOS1274

If you see a symbol similar to those abovein an illustration, it means the arrow pointsto the front of the vehicle.

NOS1275

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above indicate movement or action.

NOS1276

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to

those above call attention to an item in theillustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

GUID-89523C99-0885-48CF-BC51-EEC31866614D

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constituents,and certain vehicle components contain oremit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm. In addition,certain fluids contained in vehicles andcertain products of component wear containor emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORY

GUID-CC034FC9-0259-4F76-AA43-4311ACDAE51F

Some vehicle parts, such as lithiumbatteries, may contain perchlorate materi-al. The following advisory is provided:“Perchlorate Material - special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Condition:

(6,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.and licensed to Visteon Corpora-tion and Clarion Co., Ltd.

SiriusXM® services require asubscription after trial periodand are sold separately or as apackage. The satellite service isavailable only in the 48 contig-uous USA and DC. SiriusXM®

satellite service is also availablein Canada: see www.siriusxm.ca

INFINITI-13P

© 2015 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, mechan-ical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,without the prior written permission ofNissan Motor Co., Ltd.

Condition:

(7,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMGUID-4A402CC9-0FAB-48DE-A23E-64DA7062EA77

INFINITI CARES ...

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourINFINITI retailer are our primary concerns.Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.

However, if there is something that yourINFINITI retailer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide INFINITI directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact our (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs De-partment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

. Your name, address, and telephonenumber

. Vehicle identification number (on dashpanel)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your INFINITI retailer’s name

. Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to INFINITI with the informa-tion on the left at:

For U.S. customersINFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersINFINITI DivisionNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.infinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customer) or

www.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in INFINITI andthank you for buying a quality INFINITIvehicle.

Condition:

(8,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]Condition:

(1,1)

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]Condition:

(9,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ......................................................... 0-2Exterior front .......................................................... 0-3Exterior rear ........................................................... 0-5Passenger compartment ......................................... 0-6Cockpit ................................................................... 0-7

Instrument panel ................................................... 0-9Meters and gauges .............................................. 0-10Engine compartment ............................................ 0-11

VQ37VHR engine ............................................ 0-11Warning and indicator lights ................................ 0-12

Condition:

(10,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-F3FFAE0C-D43A-43BA-A95E-BC6C67C179DC

SSI0417

1. Rear seat power folding/return switch(Page 1-4)

2. Child restraint anchor points (for toptether strap child restraint) (P.1-38)

3. Head restraints (P.1-7)4. Seat belts (P.1-12)

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bags (P.1-42)

6. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P.1-42)

7. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system (P.1-23)

8. Rear armrest (P.1-7)9. Rear seats (P.1-4)

— Child restraints (P.1-21)10. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-

plemental air bags (P.1-42)11. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-53)12. Occupant classification sensor (pat-

tern sensor) (P.1-47)13. Front passenger air bag status light

(P.1-49)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

Condition:

(11,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-C0DAB6C4-2638-4210-92D1-C51ED7B201A0

JVC0844X

1. Front view camera (if so equipped)(P.4-31)

2. Hood (P.3-16)3. Headlights and turn signal lights

(P.2-34)— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

— Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped) (P.2-37)

4. Windshield wiper and washer (P.2-31)— Maintenance (P.8-19)

5. Moonroof (P.2-54)6. Roof rack (if so equipped) (P.2-50)

7. Power windows (P.2-51)8. Outside mirrors (P.3-23)

— Side view camera (if so equipped)(P.4-31)— Welcome light (P.2-55)

9. Corner sensors (if so equipped)— Around View® Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-31)— Sonar system (if so equipped)(P.5-94)

10. Center sensors (if so equipped)— Sonar system (if so equipped)(P.5-94)

11. Recovery hook (P.6-14)12. Daytime running lights (P.2-37)13. Fog lights (P.2-39)14. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-29, P.9-8)— Flat tire (P.6-3)— Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) (P.2-14, P.5-5)

15. Doors— Keys (P.3-2)— Door locks (P.3-4)— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-13)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT

Condition:

(12,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


16. Side turn signal lights (P.2-39)

Condition:

(13,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-22C3CD44-5E1E-4FA8-BA99-B089AFCA0ADD

JVC0845X

1. Rearview camera (P.4-24, P.4-31)2. Lift gate (P.3-17)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-13)

3. Rear window defroster (P.2-33)

4. High-mounted stop light (P.8-25)5. Rear window wiper and washer

(P.2-33)— Maintenance (P.8-21)

6. Antenna (P.4-97)7. Corner sensors (if so equipped)

— Around View® Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-31)— Sonar system (if so equipped)(P.5-94)

8. Center sensors (if so equipped)— Sonar system (if so equipped)(P.5-94)

9. Rear combination lights (bulb replace-ment) (P.8-25)

10. Fuel-filler door (P.3-18)— Fuel information (P.9-3)

11. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-6)


EXTERIOR REAR

Condition:

(14,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-FE9DADD4-463D-4664-925C-6329D4E54F5A

SSI0401

1. Coat hooks (P.2-48)2. Seat-mounted jacket hanger (if so

equipped) (P.2-47)3. Rear personal light (P.2-57)4. Power window controls (P.2-51)

— Outside mirror remote controlswitch (P.3-23)

5. Automatic drive positioner switch (ifso equipped) (P.3-25)

6. Sun visors (P.3-21)7. Moonroof switch (P.2-54)

8. Map light (P.2-56)9. Sunglasses holder (P.2-46)10. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-22)

— HomeLink® (if so equipped)(P.2-59)

11. Cargo cover (if so equipped) (P.2-49)12. Rear cup holders (P.2-45)13. Console box

— Power outlet (P.2-44)— USB memory operation (P.4-83)— iPod® player operation (P.4-92)

14. Front cup holders (P.2-45)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Condition:

(15,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-A35345A9-ABF1-4847-AB93-479406197157

SSI0623

1. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-ometer (P.2-7)

2. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-38)

3. Headlight, fog light and turn signalswitch (P.2-34)

4. Trip computer switch (P.2-26)5. Windshield wiper and washer switch

(P.2-31)6. Sonar system OFF switch (if so

equipped) (P.5-96) or warning sys-tems switch (if so equipped)

— Forward Collision Warning (FCW)(P.5-77)— Lane Departure Warning (LDW)(P.5-20)— Blind Spot Warning (BSW)(P.5-29)

7. Hood release handle (P.3-16)8. Intelligent Key port (P.5-13)9. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P.5-102)10. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) off

switch (if so equipped) (P.2-42)11. Electric tilting/telescopic steering

wheel lever (if so equipped) (P.3-20)12. Steering-wheel-mounted controls

(Left side)— For audio system (P.4-96)— For Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (with navigation system)(P.4-99)— For Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (without navigation system)(P.4-110)— For INFINITI Voice Recognition Sys-tem (if so equipped) (P.4-124)

13. Manual tilting/telescopic steeringwheel lever (if so equipped) (P.3-20)


COCKPIT

Condition:

(16,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


14. Steering wheel— Horn (P.2-39)— Driver supplemental air bag(P.1-42)

15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)— Cruise control switches (P.5-39)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P.5-41)— Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)switch (if so equipped) (P.5-20)— Distance Control Assist (DCA)switch (if so equipped) (P.5-63)

16. Center-console-mounted controls— Heated seat switches (P.2-40)— Rear seat power return switches(if so equipped) (P.1-4)— SNOW mode switch (P.2-42)

Condition:

(17,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-422CC4D1-5AAE-4B93-824E-764A57BE67BE

SSI0624

1. Side ventilator (P.4-53)2. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)3. Center ventilator (P.4-53)4. Center display (P.4-3)5. Clock (P.2-43)6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

7. Center multi-function control panel— Nav iga t ion sys tem* ( i f soequipped)— Vehicle information and settingbuttons (P.4-9)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-

tem (with navigation system) (P.4-99)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem (without navigation system)(P.4-110)— Around View® Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-31)— RearView Monitor (if so equipped)(P.4-24)

8. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-42)

9. Fuse box cover (P.8-22)10. Parking brake (P.5-19)11. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10)12. Front passenger air bag status light

(P.1-47)13. Power outlet (P.2-44)14. Rear window defroster switch (P.2-33)15. Automatic climate control system

(P.4-53)16. Audio system (P.4-61)17. Glove box lid release handle (P.2-46)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.


INSTRUMENT PANEL

Condition:

(18,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-3BE4B18C-D795-4C40-8E5B-093AD417BB16

SIC4694

1. Tachometer (P.2-8)2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-10)3. Speedometer (P.2-7)4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

(P.2-8)5. Vehicle information display (P.2-20)/

Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)6. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)

METERS AND GAUGES

Condition:

(19,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-EF23FE20-8F03-4ECF-8994-21E622466F96

SSI0388

VQ37VHR ENGINEGUID-9FE81907-5330-41E6-B1C6-50A7EB4C237F

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-22)2. Battery (P.8-15)3. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)4. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-9)5. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9)

6. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-13)7. Window washer fluid reservoir

(P.8-14)8. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-12)9. Air cleaner (P.8-18)10. Drive belts (P.8-17)

11. Coolant reservoir (P.8-7)


ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Condition:

(20,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-51FCA61D-4AC4-45D9-AAF2-51D6E1DAD39F

Warninglight Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models) 2-11

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light 2-11

Automatic Transmission checkwarning light 2-11

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) sys-tem warning light (if soequipped)

2-11

Brake warning light 2-12

Charge warning light 2-12

Distance Control Assist (DCA)system warning light (orange)(if so equipped)

2-12

Engine oil pressure warninglight 2-13

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system warning light (orange)(if so equipped)

2-13

Intelligent Key warning light 2-13

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light (orange) (if soequipped)

2-13

Low tire pressure warning light 2-14

Warninglight Name Page

Low washer fluid warning light 2-15

Master warning light 2-15

Preview Function warning light(orange) (if so equipped) 2-15

Seat belt warning light 2-15

Supplemental air bag warninglight 2-16

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

2-16

Indicatorlight Name Page

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) indicator light (if soequipped)

2-16

Automatic Transmission posi-tion indicator light 2-17

Exterior light indicator 2-17

Front fog light indicator light 2-17

Front passenger air bag statuslight 2-17

High beam indicator light 2-17

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) offindicator light (if so equipped) 2-17

Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) ON indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

2-17

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) 2-18

Security indicator light 2-18

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights 2-19

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

2-19

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Condition:

(21,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats ..................................................................... 1-2Front seats ......................................................... 1-3Rear seats .......................................................... 1-4Armrest .............................................................. 1-7

Head restraints/headrests ...................................... 1-7Adjustable headrestraint/headrest components .......................... 1-8Non-adjustable headrestraint/headrest components .......................... 1-8Remove .............................................................. 1-9Install ................................................................ 1-9Adjust ................................................................ 1-9Front-seat active head restraint ........................ 1-11

Seat belts ............................................................ 1-12Precautions on seat belt usage ........................ 1-12Pregnant women .............................................. 1-14Injured persons ................................................ 1-14Three-point type seat belt ................................ 1-14Seat belt extenders .......................................... 1-17Seat belt maintenance ..................................... 1-18

Child safety .......................................................... 1-18Infants ............................................................. 1-19Small children .................................................. 1-19Larger children ................................................. 1-19

Child restraints .................................................... 1-21Precautions on child restraints ....................... 1-21Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren(LATCH) system ............................................... 1-23Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ................................................... 1-26Rear-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts ................................................. 1-28Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ................................................... 1-31Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ........................................ 1-34Booster seats ................................................. 1-39

Supplemental restraint system ............................. 1-42Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ............................................. 1-42INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) .................................................... 1-47Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact supplemental airbag systems ................................................... 1-52Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ....... 1-53Supplemental air bag warning labels .............. 1-55Supplemental air bag warning light ................ 1-55Repair and replacement procedure ................. 1-56

Condition:

(22,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

GUID-9A857634-92CF-4F7D-BCEB-B42451D73ADA

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be danger-ous. The shoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, you could bethrown into it and receive neck or otherserious injuries. You could also slideunder the lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back and

upright in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat properly. See“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-12).

. After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

. Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowinglyactivate switches or controls. Unat-tended children could become involvedin serious accidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the

vehicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

. The seatback should not be reclinedfurther than necessary for comfort. Seatbelts are most effective when the pas-senger sits well back and straight up inthe seat. If the seat back is reclined, therisk of sliding under the lap belt andbeing injured is increased.

SEATS

Condition:

(23,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

FRONT SEATSGUID-A7227AED-0D9E-438D-ADD1-167C5F3D272E

Front power seat adjustmentGUID-8D8880C3-170A-4BCC-8AA5-9C4A7D6E6645

Operating tips:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 sec-onds, then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switchfor a long period of time when theengine is off. This will discharge thebattery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” (P.3-25)for the seat position memory function (if soequipped).

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be surenot to contact any moving parts to avoidpossible injuries and/or damages.

SSS1051

Forward and backward:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Moving the switch *1 forward or backwardwill slide the seat forward or backward tothe desired position.

Reclining:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Move the recline switch *2 backward untilthe desired angle is obtained. To bring theseatback forward again, move the switch*2 forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions onseat belt usage” (P.1-12).) Also, the seat-

back can be reclined to allow occupants torest when the vehicle is stopped and thetransmission is in the P (Park) position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Condition:

(24,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSS1052

Seat lifter:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the front or rear end of the switch upor down to adjust the angle or height of theseat.

Lumbar support (driver’s seat):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver.

SSS1028

Type A (if so equipped)Type A (if so equipped)

Push the front *1 or back *2 end of theswitch to adjust the seatback lumbar area.

SSS0836

Type B (if so equipped)Type B (if so equipped)

Move the lever *1 up or down to adjust theseatback lumbar area.

REAR SEATSGUID-C43447B4-B708-48A6-BC0F-2BF26C6EBAF1

CAUTION

. When folding or returning the seatback(s) to the upright position, to avoidinjury to yourself and others:

— Make sure that the seat path is clearbefore moving the seat.

Condition:

(25,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. When operating the rear power seatbackreturn, make sure that the vehicle isstopped and the transmission is in the P(Park) position.

. Make sure the lid of the rear seat cupholders is closed before folding the rearseatback.

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in anaccident or sudden stop.

. When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched posi-tion. If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. In asudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

SSS0828

Type A (if so equipped)

Power foldingGUID-910CAAF9-7121-4A85-8CA9-ACD497522A28

Luggage room switch (Type A) (if soequipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the front side of the switch *1located on the right side or left side ofthe luggage room. The corresponding rearseatback will be folded down automati-cally.

Push and hold the rear side of the switch*2 . The corresponding rear seatback willbe returned automatically. A beep soundsonce and the rear seatback will rise upwhile holding the switch. A beep soundstwice when the seatback is fully returned in

position.


Condition:

(26,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSS0853

Type B (if so equipped)

Luggage room switch (Type B) (if soequipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the front side of the switch *1located on the right side or left side ofthe luggage room. The corresponding rearseatback will be folded down automati-cally.

SSS0829

Center console switch (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push and hold the switch located on thecenter console. The corresponding rearseatback will be returned automatically. Abeep sounds once and the rear seatbackwill rise up while holding the switch. Abeep sounds twice when the seatback isfully returned in position.

SSS0830

Manual foldingGUID-EB52B528-82B6-47A8-AC67-01FCCBCACAB9

Pull the lever *A located on the right sideor left side of the seatback before foldingdown the corresponding seatback.

Part of the release lever is marked with ared indicator. The red indicator is visible ifthe seatback is not fully latched.

Return the rear seatback manually until itsecurely locks in position. Make sure thered indicator on the release lever is notvisible when the seats are in the uprightand latched position.

Condition:

(27,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0837

ARMRESTGUID-C9B51513-CEC7-4852-8B1E-5E0DA04256CF

Rear armrestGUID-C0961244-B3C7-45D0-BAD5-2730F0F82436

Pull the tab and draw the armrest forwarduntil it is horizontal.

GUID-B86D195F-8DA5-4362-B2AE-8E6B54D0C827

WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplement theother vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection against injuryin certain rear end collisions. Adjustablehead restraints/headrests must be adjustedproperly, as specified in this section. Checkthe adjustment after someone else uses theseat. Do not attach anything to the headrestraint/headrest stalks or remove thehead restraint/headrest. Do not use theseat if the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved. If the head restraint/headrest wasremoved, reinstall and properly adjust thehead restraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position. Failure to followthese instructions can reduce the effective-ness of the head restraint/headrest. Thismay increase the risk of serious injury ordeath in a collision.

JVR0140X

The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with head restraint/head-rest.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest(if applicable).

. Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.


HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

Condition:

(28,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalkto lock them in a desired adjustmentposition.

. The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notchto secure them to the seat frame.

. Proper Adjustment:— For the adjustable type, align the

head restraint/headrest so the cen-ter of your ear is approximately levelwith the center of the head re-straint/headrest.

— If your ear position is still higherthan the recommended alignment,place the head restraint/headrest atthe highest position.

. If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalledand locked in place before riding in thatdesignated seating position.

SSS0992

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

GUID-31E01E3B-6950-4D1F-A175-E1E7090970EE

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

JVR0203X

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE-STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

GUID-F3BCF8AF-09BA-4CFF-9243-2B91278727A2

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

Condition:

(29,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS1037

REMOVEGUID-C9782491-976A-4F87-BAA1-662E24B1C9CD

Use the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest.

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loosein the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

SSS0996

INSTALLGUID-3FC43157-3A84-487C-81EC-49E9C4171CFE

1. Align the head restraint/headreststalks with the holes in the seat. Makesure that the head restraint/headrest isfacing the correct direction. The stalkwith the adjustment notches *1 mustbe installed in the hole with the lockknob *2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses theseating position.

SSS0997

ADJUSTGUID-9419019A-7D7D-419E-9CB9-FA06547300BD

For adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears.If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.


Condition:

(30,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVR0259X

For non-adjustable head restraint/head-rest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

SSS1035


RaiseGUID-D8A5A53D-B5B4-47F8-8894-73BB247EAAE5

To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.

SSS1037

Type B (if so equipped)To raise the head restraint, push and holdthe lock knob. Then pull it up.


Condition:

(31,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS1036

LowerGUID-2EC86CEC-540F-4B9C-9939-359F5569D155

To lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.


SSS0508

FRONT-SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RE-STRAINT

GUID-DC5E8063-3B9A-4C83-A93E-0B9331F19AA9

The Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback re-ceives from the occupant in a rear-endcollision. The movement of the headrestraint helps support the occupant’shead by reducing its backward movementand helping absorb some of the forces thatmay lead to whiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective forcollisions at low to medium speeds inwhich it is said that whiplash injury occursmost.

Active Head Restraints operate only incertain rear-end collisions. After the colli-sion, the head restraints return to theiroriginal positions.

Adjust the Active Head Restraints properlyas described earlier in this section.


Condition:

(32,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-BEB968BC-6620-42F7-8A91-E9D0666C9E43

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGEGUID-53033382-24C5-452D-A530-C795862757C9

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet on thefloor, your chances of being injured orkilled in an accident and/or the severity ofinjury may be greatly reduced. INFINITIstrongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SSS0136A

SSS0134A

SEAT BELTS

Condition:

(33,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat and, if appro-priate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase the chanceor severity of injury in an accident.Serious injury or death can occur if theseat belt is not worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Neverput the belt behind your back, underyour arm or across your neck. The beltshould be away from your face and neck,but not falling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries in anaccident.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its effec-tiveness.

. Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition is turnedON with all doors closed and all seatbelts fastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

. No changes should be made to the seatbelt system. For example, do not modifythe seat belt, add material or installdevices that may change the seat beltrouting or tension. Doing so may affectthe operation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with the seatbelt system may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused and mustbe replaced together with the retractor.See an INFINITI retailer.

. Removal and installation of pretensionersystem components should be done by

an INFINITI retailer.

. All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware, shouldbe inspected after any collision by anINFINITI retailer. INFINITI recommendsthat all seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replaced unlessthe collision was minor and the beltsshow no damage and continue to oper-ate properly.

Seat belt assemblies not in use during acollision should also be inspected andreplaced if either damage or improperoperation is noted.

. All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after anycollision. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s inspection instructionsand replacement recommendations. Thechild restraints should be replaced ifthey are damaged.


Condition:

(34,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSS0016

SSS0014

PREGNANT WOMENGUID-34B1EAA1-81E6-4B34-B00D-1AB9B55FA469

INFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should beworn snug, and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips,not the waist, and place the shoulder beltover your shoulder and across your chest.Never run the lap/shoulder belt over yourabdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSGUID-D3A30BB2-C1AB-4477-9B1E-B1196CD7356B

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTGUID-004C5D80-4BDE-4C70-9F77-DE306C2FAD11

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be danger-ous. The shoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, you could bethrown into it and receive neck or other

serious injuries. You could also slideunder the lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back andupright in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat belt properly.

. Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt to releasethe child. If the seat belt can not beunbuckled or is already unbuckled,release the child by cutting the seat beltwith a suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Condition:

(35,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0292

Fastening the seat beltsGUID-EDEF82E3-50C4-46E5-A0B1-4A503AC8324B

1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact. Aslow pulling motion permits the beltto move, and allows you some free-dom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmlypull the belt and release it. Then

smoothly pull the belt out of theretractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger and rear passengerseating positions’ three-point seat beltshave two modes of operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengers


Condition:

(36,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


some freedom of movement in the seat.The ELR locks the seat belt when thevehicle slows down rapidly or duringimpacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode) locks the seatbelt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat beltreturns to the ELR mode after the seat beltfully retracts. For additional information,see “Child restraints” (P.1-21).

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by a passenger, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat seatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position. If they are not com-pletely secured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsGUID-D5F3D151-11FD-44D8-B128-1BA29635EBAC

To unfasten the seat belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operationGUID-33F7B0AA-1CAD-468A-83BD-FFBF5BAD3B99

Seat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-ward quickly. The retractor should lockand restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck or if you have any question aboutseat belt operation, see an INFINITI retailer.

Condition:

(37,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0294A

Shoulder belt height adjustment(for front seats)

GUID-23A7A0D7-8B4E-44F4-AC03-87AE8E8AAB03

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-12).)

To adjust, push the button *A , and thenmove the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position, so that the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The beltshould be away from your face and neck,but not falling off of your shoulder. Releasethe adjustment button to lock the shoulderbelt anchor into position.

WARNING

. After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed in position.

. The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effec-tiveness of the entire restraint systemand increase the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident. SSS0671

Rear center seat beltGUID-F71B588D-3EC7-4673-824D-5D114C4DEE22

The center seat belt buckle is identified bythe CENTER mark. The center seat belttongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt buckle.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSGUID-2E03C044-A450-40D9-842F-829896DD2E7E

If, because of body size or driving position,it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available that can be purchased.The extender adds approximately 8 in (200mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seating


Condition:

(38,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


position. See an INFINITI retailer for assis-tance with purchasing an extender if anextender is required.

WARNING

. Only INFINITI seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, should beused with the INFINITI seat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured in a collision or asudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCEGUID-C578281C-EE09-4F4F-93E0-01FA0317A11F

. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solutionrecommended for cleaning upholsteryor carpets. Then, wipe with a cloth andallow the seat belts to dry in the shade.Do not allow the seat belts to retract

until they are completely dry.. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt

guide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, theentire seat belt assembly should bereplaced.

GUID-3EBC3DB8-1395-4216-9688-3BD09C97F155

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seatbelts. Most seating positions are equippedwith Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomeswrapped around a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the seat belt retracts andbecomes tight. This can occur even if thevehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. If the seat belt can not beunbuckled or is already unbuckled, releasethe child by cutting the seat belt with asuitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) torelease the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, includ-ing doctors, teachers, government trafficsafety offices, and community organiza-tions. Every child is different, so be sure tolearn the best way to transport your child.

CHILD SAFETY

Condition:

(39,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

There are three basic types of childrestraint systems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Front-facing child restraint

. Booster seatThe proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lb (9 kg) should be placedin rear-facing child restraints. Front-facingchild restraints are available for childrenwho outgrow rear-facing child restraintsand are at least 1 year old. Booster seatsare used to help position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longeruse a front-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protection.The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit themproperly. The shoulder belt may come tooclose to the face or neck. The lap belt maynot fit over their small hip bones. In anaccident, an improperly fitting seat beltcould cause serious or fatal injury. Alwaysuse appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approvedchild restraints for infants and smallchildren. (See “Child restraints” (P.1-21).)

Also, there are other types of childrestraints available for larger children foradditional protection.

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-ger. (See “Supplemental restraint system”(P.1-42).)

INFANTSGUID-BC2707F1-5B93-41FC-B2CB-253DE02255F7

Infants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint whichfits your vehicle and always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for installationand use.

SMALL CHILDRENGUID-24BE0B66-730C-4BA6-A383-DF5CB44D581B

Children that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in arear-facing child restraint as long aspossible up to the height or weight limitof the child restraint. Children who outgrowthe height or weight limit of the rear-facingchild restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness. Refer to themanufacturer’s instructions for minimumand maximum weight and height recom-mendations. INFINITI recommends thatsmall children be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehi-cle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle andalways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENGUID-03A38D12-7EA0-4BD7-AF69-1D5D51557208

Children should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until theyreach the maximum height or weight limitallowed by the child restraint manufac-turer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-


Condition:

(40,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


facing child restraint, INFINITI recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain properseat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly,the booster seat should raise the child sothat the shoulder belt is properly posi-tioned across the chest and the top, middleportion of the shoulder. The shoulder beltshould not cross the neck or face andshould not fall off the shoulder. The lap beltshould lie snugly across the lower hips orupper thighs, not the abdomen. A boosterseat can only be used in seating positionsthat have a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:

. Are the child’s back and hips againstthe vehicle seatback?

. Is the child able to sit without slouch-ing?

. Do the child’s knees bend easily overthe front edge of the seat with feet flaton the floor?

. Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hips

and shoulder belt across mid-chest andshoulder)?

. Is the child able to use the properlyadjusted head restraint/headrest?

. Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?

JVR0473X

If you answered no to any of thesequestions, the child should remain in abooster seat using a three-point type seatbelt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local and stateregulations to confirm your child is usingthe correct restraint system before travel-ing.

Condition:

(41,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo area.The child could be seriously injured or killedin a sudden stop or collision.

GUID-B60DFF65-A507-4ECD-AFB2-0C7E9D8EA0A3

SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

GUID-68368E0F-2E51-4528-A64A-5F7C6BAA3696

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child or otherpassengers in a sudden stop or collision:

— The child restraint must be used andinstalled properly. Always follow allof the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

— Infants and children should never beheld on anyone’s lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt around both achild and another passenger.

— INFINITI recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat. If youmust install a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, see “For-


CHILD RESTRAINTS

Condition:

(42,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


ward-facing child restraint installa-tion using the seat belts” (P.1-34).

— Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating air bag couldseriously injure or kill a child. Arear-facing child restraint must onlybe used in the rear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a child restraintthat will fit the child and vehicle.Some child restraints may not fitproperly in your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loads fromchild restraints that are properlyfitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the child restraint.

— Infants and children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate childrestraint while in the vehicle.

. When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH system ora seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision,loose objects can injure occupants ordamage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seating surfaceand buckles before placing a child in thechild restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system. Some child restraintsinclude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to theseanchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren (LATCH) system” (P.1-23).

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can beused.

Several manufacturers offer child re-

straints for infants and small children ofvarious sizes. When selecting any childrestraint, keep the following points inmind:

. Choose only a restraint with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with thevehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thechild restraint and check the variousadjustments to be sure the childrestraint is compatible with your child.Choose a child restraint that is de-signed for your child’s height andweight. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5kg), you may use either the LATCHanchors or the seat belt to install thechild restraint (not both at the sametime).

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs

Condition:

(43,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt(not the lower anchors) to install thechild restraint.

. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on front-facing childrestraints to be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

SSS0839

LATCH system lower anchor locations

Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren (LATCH) SYSTEM

GUID-5956E400-4E3E-4487-A1A5-57F06541E11C

Your vehicle is equipped with specialanchor points that are used with the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system compatible child restraints. Thissystem may also be referred to as theISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. Withthis system, you do not have to use avehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint unless the combined weight ofthe child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs(29.5 kg). If the combined weight of thechild and child restraint is greater than 65

lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt(not the lower anchors) to install the childrestraint. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.

The LATCH anchor points are provided toinstall child restraints in the rear outboardseating positions only.

LATCH lower anchorGUID-A144813C-2A0D-47F9-BEED-72C898E46E3B

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use and installation of childrestraints could result in serious injury ordeath of a child or other passengers in asudden stop or collision:

. Attach LATCH system compatible childrestraints only at the locations shown inthe illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using theLATCH lower anchors. The child restraintwill not be secured properly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor area.Feel to make sure there are no obstruc-


Condition:

(44,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


tions over the anchors such as seat beltwebbing or seat cushion material. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly if the lower anchors are ob-structed.

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to attachadult seat belts, or other items or equipmentto the vehicle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed usingthe damaged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a collision.

SSS0840

LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor point locationsGUID-ECC4D1CF-0E92-4147-AA0E-11919C6465E9

The LATCH lower anchors are located at therear of the seat cushion near the seatback.A label is attached to the seatback to helpyou locate the LATCH lower anchors.

SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH an-chor attachments

GUID-D6B8524C-8FF5-44D8-9628-D94CB2545778

LATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to two anchorslocated at certain seating positions in yourvehicle. With this system, you do not haveto use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint. Check your child restraintfor a label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in theinstructions provided by the child restraintmanufacturer.

Condition:

(45,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0644

LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraintwith the LATCH lower anchor attachmentsor seat belts.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

SSS0841

Top tether anchorGUID-885F10F6-0288-4A53-8004-877F6CC82635

WARNING

. Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

. If the cargo cover (if so equipped)contacts the top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from the vehicleor secure it on the cargo floor below itsattachment location. If the cargo cover isnot removed, it may damage the toptether strap during a collision.

. Do not allow cargo to contact the toptether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage the top tetherstrap during a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.

Top tether anchor point locations:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Anchor points are located on the back ofeach seatback for all three seating posi-tions of the rear seat as shown.


Condition:

(46,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING LATCH

GUID-1088690A-8FC1-46CB-854D-5E32E597080D

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-18) and “Child re-straints” (P.1-21) before installing a childrestraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg),use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the loweranchors) to install the child restraint. Besure to follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0648

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 22. Secure the child restraint anchor at-

tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

SSS0649

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

Condition:

(47,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 33. For child restraints that are equipped

with webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

SSS0650

Rear-facing — step 44. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, or putthe restraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint or try installing by usingthe vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not

all child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeat steps1 through 4.


Condition:

(48,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSS0100

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

GUID-7659E753-5018-4FA3-A3A6-25C8378555F1

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be used wheninstalling a child restraint. Failure to use theALR mode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and cause injury toa child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, itcan change the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front passenger

air bag and status light” (P.1-49).

SSS0100

Rear-facing — step 1Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-18) and “Child re-straints” (P.1-21) before installing a childrestraint.


Condition:

(49,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat beltsin the rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on theseat. Always follow the restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0654

Rear-facing — step 22. Route the seat belt tongue through the

child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructionsfor belt routing.

SSS0655

Rear-facing — step 33. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode when the seat belt is fullyretracted.


Condition:

(50,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSS0656

Rear-facing — step 44. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on

the shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

SSS0657

Rear-facing — step 55. Remove any additional slack from the

seat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling upon the seat belt.

SSS0658

Rear-facing — step 66. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

Condition:

(51,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

7. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior toeach use. If the seat belt is not locked,repeat steps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCH

GUID-78711821-34A6-4C85-AE1E-C8314044AFDD

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-18) and “Child re-straints” (P.1-21) before installing a childrestraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:


SSS0645

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 22. Secure the child restraint anchor at-

tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point. See “Installing toptether strap” in this section. Do notinstall child restraints that require theuse of a top tether strap in seatingpositions that do not have a top tetheranchor.


Condition:

(52,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSS0646

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 23. The back of the child restraint should

be secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraintwhen the child restraint is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjustment infor-mation.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is

interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.

SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 44. For child restraints that are equipped

with webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

Condition:

(53,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0638

Forward-facing — step 66. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, or putthe restraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeat steps1 through 6.

Installing top tether strapGUID-5D245060-3D0D-41FD-9256-6E6B5F89D580

WARNING


. If the cargo cover (if so equipped)contacts the top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from the vehicleor secure it on the cargo floor below itsattachment location. If the cargo cover isnot removed, it may damage the toptether strap during a collision. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in a

collision if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.



Condition:

(54,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVR0362X

The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraintwith the LATCH lower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seat-ing positions only).

1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint to position the top tether strapover the top of the seatback. If the headrestraint is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint when the child restraint isremoved. See “Head restraints/head-rests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjust-ment, removal and installation

information.

2. Secure the top tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the back of seatbackbehind the child restraint.

3. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in thissection before tightening the tetherstrap.

If you have any questions when installinga top tether strap, consult your INFINITIretailer for details.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THESEAT BELTS

GUID-D654385E-1CB5-4233-AB04-B3E366781E8E

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be used wheninstalling a child restraint. Failure to use theALR mode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and cause injury toa child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, itcan change the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front passengerair bag and status light” (P.1-49).

SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) —step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.


Condition:

(55,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the frontpassenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and, there-fore, must not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraintwhen the child restraint is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is

interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.

SSS0360B

Forward-facing — step 33. Route the seat belt tongue through the

child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructionsfor belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point (rear seat installa-tion only). See “Installing top tetherstrap” (P.1-38). Do not install childrestraints that require the use of a toptether strap in seating positions that donot have a top tether anchor.


Condition:

(56,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSS0651

Forward-facing — step 44. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to EmergencyLocking Retractor (ELR) mode when theseat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0652

Forward-facing — step 55. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on

the shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

SSS0653

Forward-facing — step 66. Remove any additional slack from the

seat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

Condition:

(57,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0641

Forward-facing — step 88. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe seat belt is not locked, repeat steps2 through 8.

SSS0676

Forward-facing — step 1010.If the child restraint is installed in the

front passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status lightshould illuminate. If this light is notilluminated, see “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.


Condition:

(58,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Installing top tether strapGUID-20E8C6C6-FE62-4458-873C-E2A95D2FCD20

WARNING


. If the cargo cover (if so equipped)contacts the top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from the vehicleor secure it on the cargo floor below itsattachment location. If the cargo cover isnot removed, it may damage the toptether strap during a collision. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.

. Do not allow cargo to contact the toptether strap when it is attached to the

top tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage the top tetherstrap during a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint top tetherstrap is damaged.

JVR0362X

The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraintwith the seat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with theseat belt.

1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint to position the top tether strapover the top of the seatback. If the headrestraint is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint when the child restraint isremoved. See “Head restraints/head-rests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjust-ment, removal and installationinformation.

Condition:

(59,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

2. Secure the top tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the back of seatbackbehind the child restraint.

3. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in thissection before tightening the tetherstrap.

If you have any questions when installinga top tether strap, consult your INFINITIretailer for details.

BOOSTER SEATSGUID-38355425-139C-4B49-9A0F-4EC5C6D2E44B

Precautions on booster seatsGUID-FE51C988-940B-4758-8F95-9B7BEEB2BECC

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injured in asudden stop or collision greatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion of thebelt is away from the child’s face andneck and the lap portion of the belt doesnot cross the stomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

. A booster seat must only be installed in

a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the following pointsin mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.


Condition:

(60,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


LRS0453

. Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with thevehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

. Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the booster seator vehicle seat. The seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears.For example, if a low back booster seat*1 is chosen, the vehicle seatbackmust be at or above the center of thechild’s ears. If the seatback is lowerthan the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat *2 should beused.

LRS0464

. If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the booster seatis compatible with your child. Alwaysfollow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installationGUID-827C38DF-0EEF-4E3D-9BC3-066A8443028A

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode when using abooster seat with the seat belts.

Refer to all warnings and cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-18), “Child restraints”(P.1-21) and “Booster seats” (P.1-39) be-fore installing a booster seat.

Follow these steps to install a booster seatin the rear seat or in the front passengerseat:

Condition:

(61,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a forward-facing direc-tion. Always follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

LRS0454

Front passenger position3. The booster seat should be positioned

on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct boosterseat fit. If the head restraint is re-moved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraintwhen the booster seat is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it isinterfering with the proper booster seat

fit, try another seating position or adifferent booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Besure to follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to take upextra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle por-tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions andinstructions for properly fastening aseat belt shown in the “Seat belts” (P.1-12).


Condition:

(62,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSS0676

7. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, push the ignitionswitch to the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status light mayor may not illuminate depending on thesize of the child and the type of boosterseat used. (See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49).)

GUID-0CFB422A-BE20-4892-A60B-B820C66F6C8F

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

GUID-2327169E-353B-4122-ABD1-5B7F2479F328

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important informationconcerning the following systems.

. Driver and passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag (INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact sup-plemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensionerSupplemental front-impact air bag system:The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system canhelp cushion the impact force to the chestand pelvis area of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side impact collisions.The front seat side-impact supplementalair bags are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system canhelp cushion the impact force to the headof occupants in front and rear outboardseating positions in certain side impactcollisions. The curtain air bags are de-signed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protec-tion provided by the driver and passengerseat belts and are not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated asuitable distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and door fin-ishers. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-12) forinstructions and precautions on seat beltusage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Condition:

(63,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0131

SSS0132

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity frontalcollision. Always wear your seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity of injuryin various kinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit or if the front passenger seatis unoccupied. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49).

. The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. The front airbags inflate with great force. Even withthe INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System, ifyou are unrestrained, leaning forward,sitting sideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may also receiveserious or fatal injuries from the front airbag if you are up against it when itinflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far-away as practicalfrom the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Always use the seat belts.


Condition:

(64,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheAdvanced Air Bag System monitors theseverity of a collision and seat beltusage then inflates the air bags asneeded. Failure to properly wear seatbelts can increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.

. The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sensor(pattern sensor) that turns the frontpassenger air bag OFF under someconditions. This sensor is only used inthis seat. Failure to be properly seatedand wearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” (P.1-49).

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk of injury if the supplemental front airbag inflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

Condition:

(65,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if they arenot properly restrained. Pre-teens andchildren should be properly restrained inthe rear seat, if possible.

. Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem, never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingfront air bag could seriously injure or killyour child. See “Child restraints” (P.1-21) for details.

SSS0832

SSS0833


Condition:

(66,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemen-tal air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bags:

. The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the event of afrontal impact, rear impact, rollover orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

. The seat belts, the side air bags and

curtain air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat. The side air bags and curtain airbags inflate with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand, leg orface near the side air bags on the side ofthe seatback of the front seat or near theside roof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rear outboardseats to extend their hand out of thewindow or lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding positionsare shown in the previous illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do not holdonto the seatback of the front seat. If theside air bags inflates, you may beseriously injured. Be especially carefulwith children, who should always beproperly restrained. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere with sideair bags inflation.

Condition:

(67,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVR0370X

1. Crash zone sensor2. Supplemental front-impact air bag

modules (INFINITI Advanced Air Bags)3. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-

plemental air bag modules4. Occupant classification sensor (pat-

tern sensor)

5. Occupant classification system con-trol unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag inflators

8. Door satellite sensors9. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)10. Satellite sensors11. Seat belt pretensioner

INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

GUID-B58D3611-FF95-4895-8D3A-C3E079E7176F

This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system isdesigned to meet certification require-ments under U.S. regulations. It is alsopermitted in Canada. All of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in this manualapply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instru-ment panel above the glove box. The frontair bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may notinflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper front air bag operation.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System has


Condition:

(68,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


dual stage air bag inflators. The systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), thediagnosis sensor unit, seat belt bucklesensors and the occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). Inflator operationis based on the severity of a collision andseat belt usage for the driver. For the frontpassenger, the occupant classificationsensor is also monitored. Based on in-formation from the sensors, only one frontair bag may inflate in a crash, dependingon the crash severity and whether the frontoccupants are belted or unbelted. Addi-tionally, the front passenger air bag may beautomatically turned OFF under some con-ditions, depending on the informationprovided by the occupant classificationsensor. If the front passenger air bag isOFF, the passenger air bag status light willbe illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied,the light will not be illuminated, but the airbag will be off). (See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49) for furtherdetails.) One front air bag inflating doesnot indicate improper performance of thesystem.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, contact INFINITI or an INFINITI

retailer. If you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability, you mayalso contact INFINITI. Contact informationis contained in the front of this Owner’sManual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be takennot to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe head and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduceserious injuries. However, an inflating frontair bag may cause facial abrasions or otherinjuries. Front air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

Even with INFINITI advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheelor instrument panel. The front air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect thefront occupants. Because of this, the forceof the front air bag inflating can increase

the risk of injury if the occupant is too closeto, or is against, the air bag module duringinflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

Condition:

(69,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS0676

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and statuslight

GUID-A696E7CA-8518-4464-B136-B31DBA766A33

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some condi-tions. Read this section carefully to learnhow it operates. Proper use of the seat, seatbelt and child restraints is necessary formost effective protection. Failure to followall instructions in this manual concerningthe use of seats, seat belts and childrestraints can increase the risk or severity

of injury in an accident.

Status light:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The front passenger air bag status lightis located under the climate controls.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the front passenger air bag statuslight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off or illuminates depending onthe front passenger seat occupied status.The light operates as follows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: Thelight is OFF and the front passenger airbag is OFF and will not inflate in acrash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a smalladult, child or child restraint as out-lined in this section: The lightilluminates to indicate that the frontpassenger air bag is OFF and will notinflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the pas-senger meets the conditions outlined inthis section: The light is OFF toindicate that the front passenger airbag is operational.

Front passenger air bag:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below as permitted by U.S. regula-tions. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,it will not inflate in a crash. The driver airbag and other air bags in your vehicle arenot part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, byrequiring the air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF.

The occupant classification sensor (patternsensor) is in the front passenger seatcushion and is designed to detect anoccupant and objects on the seat. Forexample, if a child is in the front passengerseat, the Advanced Air Bag System isdesigned to turn the passenger air bagOFF in accordance with the regulations.Also, if a child restraint of the typespecified in the regulations is on the seat,the occupant classification sensor candetect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat belt


Condition:

(70,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


as outlined in this manual should notcause the passenger air bag to be auto-matically turned OFF. For small adults itmay be turned OFF, however, if theoccupant does not sit in the seat properly(for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or byotherwise being out of position), this couldcause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.Always be sure to be seated and wearingthe seat belt properly for the most effectiveprotection by the seat belt and supple-mental air bag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. INFINITI also recommends that appro-priate child restraints and booster seats beproperly installed in a rear seat. If this isnot possible, the occupant classificationsensor is designed to operate as describedabove to turn the front passenger air bagOFF for specified child restraints. Failing toproperly secure child restrains and to usethe ALR mode (child restraint mode) mayallow the restraint to tip or move in anaccident or sudden stop. This can alsoresult in the passenger air bag inflating in acrash instead of being OFF. (See “Childrestraints” (P.1-21) for proper use and

installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the passenger air bag is designed not toinflate in a crash. However, heavy objectsplaced on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object beingdetected by the occupant classificationsensor. Other conditions could also resultin air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children areon the seat, contrary to the instructions inthis manual. Always be sure that you andall vehicle occupants are seated andrestrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light,you can monitor when the front passengerair bag is automatically turned OFF with theseat occupied. The light will not illuminatewhen the front passenger seat is unoccu-pied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illumi-nated (indicating that the air bag is OFF), itcould be that the person is a small adult, oris not sitting on the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the passenger air bag status lightmay or may not be illuminated, dependingon the size of the child and the type of child

restraint being used. If the passenger airbag status light is not illuminated (indicat-ing that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint orseat belt is not being used properly. Makesure that the child restraint is installedproperly, the seat belt is used properly andthe occupant is positioned properly. If thepassenger air bag status light is still notilluminated, reposition the occupant orchild restraint in a rear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that thechild restraint, the seat belts and theoccupant are properly positioned, thesystem may be sensing an unoccupiedseat (in which case the air bag is OFF). YourINFINITI retailer can check that the systemis OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your retailerthat your air bag is working properly,reposition the occupant or child restraintin a rear seat.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System andpassenger air bag status light will take afew seconds to register a change in thepassenger seat status. However, if the seatbecomes unoccupied, the air bag statuslight will remain off.

Condition:

(71,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

If a malfunction occurs in the front pas-senger air bag system, the supplementalair bag warning light , located in themeter and gauges area will blink. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.

Other supplemental front-impactair bag precautions

GUID-F6A2B4A6-0AF4-4627-8243-F5C200B68D33

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bag inflates.

. Do not place objects with sharp edges onthe seat. Also, do not place heavyobjects on the seat that will leavepermanent impressions in the seat. Suchobjects can damage the seat or occupantclassification sensor (pattern sensor).This can affect the operation of the airbag system and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This can

damage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensor. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, several frontair bag system components will be hot.Do not touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe air bag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supplementalair bag or damage to the supplementalair bag system.

. Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or front end structure. Thiscould affect proper operation of the frontair bag system.

. Tampering with the air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury. Tamper-ing includes changes to the steeringwheel and the instrument panel assem-bly by placing material over the steeringwheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing mate-rial on the seat cushion or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, on the seat that is not specifi-cally designed to assure proper air bagoperation. Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classificationsensor.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affect thefront air bag system. Tampering with theseat belt system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Work on and around the front air bagsystem should be done by an INFINITIretailer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by an INFINITIretailer. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring harnesses* shouldnot be modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be used on


Condition:

(72,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


the air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should be replacedimmediately by a qualified repair facility.A cracked windshield could affect thefunction of the supplemental air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the supple-mental front air bag system and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

SSS0521

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYS-TEMS

GUID-EACCE656-7510-42E3-AFEC-F23C14915D61

The side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. Thecurtain air bags are located in the side roofrails. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual apply and must befollowed. The side air bags and curtain airbags are designed to inflate in higherseverity side collisions, although they mayinflate if the forces in another type of

collision are similar to those of a higherseverity side impact. They are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certainside collisions on the side where thevehicle is impacted.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper side air bag andcurtain air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smokeis not harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Thosewith a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest and pelvis of the front occupants.Curtain air bags help to cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in the frontand rear outboard seating positions. Theycan help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, inflating side air bagsand curtain air bags may cause abrasionsor other injuries. Side air bags and curtainair bags do not provide restraint to thelower body.

Condition:

(73,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the side air bags.Rear seat passengers should be seated asfar away as practical from the doorfinishers and side roof rails. The side airbags and curtain air bags inflate quickly inorder to help protect the occupants.Because of this, the force of the side airbags and curtain air bags inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, these air bagmodules during inflation. The side air bagsand curtain air bags will deflate quicklyafter the collision is over.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds ifthe systems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do notplace any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.)

between the front door finisher and thefront seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifa side air bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several front seat-mounted side air bags and roof-mountedcurtain air bag system components willbe hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe side air bag and curtain air bags.This is to prevent damage to or acciden-tal inflation of the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or side panel. This couldaffect proper operation of the side airbag and curtain air bag systems.

. Tampering with the side air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the front seat byplacing material near the seatback or byinstalling additional trim material, suchas seat covers, around the side air bag.

. Work around and on the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems should be done

by an INFINITI retailer. Installation ofelectrical equipment should also bedone by an INFINITI retailer. The Supple-mental Restraint System (SRS) wiringharnesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side air bagor curtain air bag systems.

* The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side-impactair bag and curtain side-impact air bagsystem and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

GUID-7B842128-D55C-49CE-BD3F-E21D2419E08C

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reused afteractivation. They must be replaced to-gether with the retractor and buckle as aunit.


Condition:

(74,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if necessary,replaced by an INFINITI retailer.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioner system. This is toprevent damage to or accidental activa-tion of the pretensioners. Tamperingwith the pretensioner system may resultin serious personal injury.

. Work around and on the pretensionersystem should be done by an INFINITIretailer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by an INFINITIretailer. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact anINFINITI retailer. Correct pretensionerdisposal procedures are set forth in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.Incorrect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

The pretensioner system may activate withthe supplemental air bag system in certain

types of collisions. Working with the seatbelt retractor, it helps tighten the seat beltwhen the vehicle becomes involved incertain types of collisions, helping torestrain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor. These seat belts are used thesame way as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke isreleased and a loud noise may be heard.The smoke is not harmful, and it does notindicate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against thechest.

The supplemental air bag warning lightis used to indicate malfunctions in thepretensioner system. (See “Supplementalair bag warning light” (P.1-55) for moredetails.) If the operation of the supple-mental air bag warning light indicatesthere is a malfunction, have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that

you inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

Condition:

(75,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

GUID-90FD8F2E-5B90-46B9-BF6E-B90D67C31851

Warning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag systems are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagGUID-D44A9F5A-680D-463F-A825-6C121EE26D8B

The warning labels *1 are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

GUID-9A4521F2-422E-479F-A044-73A23997117A

The supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bagsystems, pretensioners and all relatedwiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, theair bag and/or pretensioner systems needservicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag and/orpretensioner systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestINFINITI retailer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensionersystems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle checked by an INFINITI retaileras soon as possible.


Condition:

(76,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE-DURE

GUID-1C32A04C-3D99-4EFC-A9A7-9CBA15E03C66

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags and pretensioners are designed toactivate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the sup-plemental air bag warning light will remainilluminated after inflation has occurred.Repair and replacement of these systemsshould be done only by an INFINITI retailer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, pretensioners and relatedparts should be pointed out to the personconducting the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag orcurtain air bag has inflated, the air bagmodule will not function again and mustbe replaced. Additionally, the activatedpretensioner must also be replaced. Theair bag module and pretensioner systemshould be replaced by an INFINITI re-

tailer. The air bag module and preten-sioner system cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag systems and the pretensioner sys-tem should be inspected by an INFINITIretailer if there is any damage to thefront end or side portion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of a supplementalair bag or pretensioner systems or scrapthe vehicle, contact an INFINITI retailer.Correct supplemental air bag and pre-tensioner system disposal proceduresare set forth in the appropriate INFINITIService Manual. Incorrect disposal pro-cedures could cause personal injury.

Condition:

(77,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ................................................................... 2-3Instrument panel .................................................... 2-5Meters and gauges ................................................. 2-6

Speedometer and odometer ............................... 2-7Tachometer ........................................................ 2-8Engine coolant temperature gauge ..................... 2-8Fuel gauge ......................................................... 2-9

Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ................................................ 2-10

Checking lights ................................................ 2-10Warning lights .................................................. 2-11Indicator lights ................................................. 2-16Audible reminders ............................................ 2-19

Vehicle information display .................................. 2-20Indicators for operation .................................... 2-22Indicators for maintenance ............................... 2-24Trip computer ................................................... 2-26

Security systems .................................................. 2-28Vehicle Security System ................................... 2-29INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ................. 2-30

Wiper and washer switch ...................................... 2-31Windshield wiper and washer operation ........... 2-32Rear window wiper and washer operation ........ 2-33

Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ................................................... 2-33

Headlight and turn signal switch .......................... 2-34Xenon headlights (if so equipped) .................. 2-34Headlight switch ............................................. 2-34Turn signal switch .......................................... 2-39Fog light switch .............................................. 2-39

Horn .................................................................... 2-39Heated seats ....................................................... 2-40Warning systems switch (if so equipped) ............. 2-41SNOW mode switch .............................................. 2-42Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) OFF switch (ifso equipped) ....................................................... 2-42Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ............ 2-43Clock ................................................................... 2-43

Adjusting the time .......................................... 2-43Power outlet ........................................................ 2-44Storage ................................................................ 2-45

Cup holders .................................................... 2-45Sunglasses holder ......................................... 2-46Glove box ....................................................... 2-46Console box ................................................... 2-47Card holder .................................................... 2-47Seat-mounted jacket hanger (ifso equipped) .................................................. 2-47Coat hooks ..................................................... 2-48Luggage hooks ............................................... 2-48

Condition:

>

(78,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Cargo cover (if so equipped) ............................ 2-49Roof rack (if so equipped) ................................ 2-50

Windows .............................................................. 2-51Power windows ................................................ 2-51

Moonroof ............................................................. 2-54Power moonroof ............................................... 2-54

Welcome light ...................................................... 2-55Battery saver system ........................................ 2-56

Interior lights ...................................................... 2-56Map lights ....................................................... 2-56Personal lights ................................................. 2-57Interior light control switch .............................. 2-57

Vanity mirror lights ............................................... 2-58

Cargo light ........................................................... 2-58HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (ifso equipped) ....................................................... 2-59

Programming HomeLink® ............................... 2-59Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers ........................... 2-61Operating the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ...................................... 2-61Programming troubleshooting ........................ 2-62Clearing the programmed information ............ 2-62Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button .......................................... 2-62If your vehicle is stolen .................................. 2-62

Condition:

(79,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-D50D6554-A3E9-4B15-AC48-BC6908CCC6C1

SSI0623

1. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-ometer (P.2-7)

2. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-38)

3. Headlight, fog light and turn signalswitch (P.2-34)

4. Trip computer switch (P.2-26)5. Windshield wiper and washer switch

(P.2-31)6. Sonar system OFF switch (if so

equipped) (P.5-96) or warning sys-tems switch (if so equipped)

— Forward Collision Warning (FCW)(P.5-77)— Lane Departure Warning (LDW)(P.5-20)— Blind Spot Warning (BSW)(P.5-29)

7. Hood release handle (P.3-16)8. Intelligent Key port (P.5-13)9. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P.5-102)10. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) off

switch (if so equipped) (P.2-42)11. Electric tilting/telescopic steering

wheel lever (if so equipped) (P.3-20)12. Steering-wheel-mounted controls

(Left side)— For audio system (P.4-96)— For Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (with navigation system)(P.4-99)— For Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (without navigation system)(P.4-110)— For INFINITI Voice Recognition Sys-tem (if so equipped) (P.4-124)

13. Manual tilting/telescopic steeringwheel lever (if so equipped) (P.3-20)

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

Condition:

(80,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

2-4 Instruments and controls

14. Steering wheel— Horn (P.2-39)— Driver supplemental air bag(P.1-42)

15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)— Cruise control switches (P.5-39)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P.5-41)— Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)switch (if so equipped) (P.5-20)— Distance Control Assist (DCA)switch (if so equipped) (P.5-63)

16. Center-console-mounted controls— Heated seat switches (P.2-40)— Rear seat power return switches(if so equipped) (P.1-4)— SNOW mode switch (P.2-42)

Condition:

(81,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-0EC59BA9-750D-4844-BDCD-47D6D1842B7F

SSI0624

1. Side ventilator (P.4-53)2. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)3. Center ventilator (P.4-53)4. Center display (P.4-3)5. Clock (P.2-43)6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

7. Center multi-function control panel— Nav iga t ion sys tem* ( i f soequipped)— Vehicle information and settingbuttons (P.4-9)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-

tem (with navigation system) (P.4-99)— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem (without navigation system)(P.4-110)— Around View® Monitor (if soequipped) (P.4-31)— RearView Monitor (if so equipped)(P.4-24)

8. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-42)

9. Fuse box cover (P.8-22)10. Parking brake (P.5-19)11. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10)12. Front passenger air bag status light

(P.1-47)13. Power outlet (P.2-44)14. Rear window defroster switch (P.2-33)15. Automatic climate control system

(P.4-53)16. Audio system (P.4-61)17. Glove box lid release handle (P.2-46)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.


INSTRUMENT PANEL

Condition:

(82,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-C6F284D6-D7CC-4225-A943-62BD4F86D632

SIC4694

1. Tachometer (P.2-8)2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-10)3. Speedometer (P.2-7)4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

(P.2-8)5. Vehicle information display (P.2-20)/

Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)6. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)

*: The needle indicators in the speed-ometer, tachometer, engine coolant tem-perature gauge and fuel gauge may moveslightly after the ignition switch is pushed

to the OFF position. This is not a malfunc-tion.

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampenedwith water. Never use a rough cloth,alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratch orcause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as water onthe meter lens. Spraying liquid maycause the system to malfunction.

METERS AND GAUGES

Condition:

(83,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SIC4695

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERGUID-9B852385-FED4-4840-8A4D-39FC66F24984

SpeedometerGUID-0D438B83-EAFE-4F9A-8E69-52C1293F5EBB

The speedometer indicates vehicle speedin miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers perhour (km/h).

JVI0971X

Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerGUID-CD3AC996-8EA6-4E31-842A-2D29201B87E2

The odometer *1 and twin trip odometer*2 are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET switch *3 atthe bottom left of the combination meterpanel changes the display as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET switch *3 formore than 1 second resets the tripodometer to zero.

Average fuel economy and distance toempty information is also available. (See“Vehicle information display” (P.2-20) and“How to use STATUS button” (P.4-9).)


Condition:

(84,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVI0513X

TACHOMETERGUID-A297B803-2C3A-462D-9199-AD2D85E7F094

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not revthe engine into the red zone *1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduce enginespeed. Operating the engine in the red zonemay cause serious engine damage.

SIC4697

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

GUID-35CE0871-BE32-4A5B-8BC9-8C72D717F382

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is withinthe normal range when the gauge needlepoints within the zone *1 shown in theillustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and drivingconditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of thenormal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If gauge is over thenormal range, stop the vehicle as soon assafely possible. If the engine is overheated,continued operation of the vehicle mayseriously damage the engine. See “If yourvehicle overheats” (P.6-10) for immediateaction required.

Condition:

(85,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SIC4698

FUEL GAUGEGUID-21651BBF-6DB3-4D04-8567-E365BC8B6357

The gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly duringbraking, turning, acceleration, or going upor down hills.

The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “E” (Empty).

The low fuel warning appears on thevehicle information display when the fueltank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is

convenient, preferably before the gaugereaches “E”. There will be a small reserveof fuel in the tank when the fuel gaugeneedle reaches “E”.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the passenger’s side of thevehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected by an INFINITI retailer.

. For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-18).


Condition:

(86,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-6AAEFF3D-0DD3-4C79-B5F3-C17FD9AE3F5E

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWDmodels) Intelligent Key warning light Exterior light indicator

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicatorlight (orange) (if so equipped) Front fog light indicator light

Low tire pressure warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Automatic transmission check warning light Low washer fluid warning light High beam indicator light

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system warninglight (if so equipped)

Master warning light Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) off indicatorlight (if so equipped)

Preview Function warning light (orange) (ifso equipped)

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicatorlight (green) (if so equipped)

Brake warning light Seat belt warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Charge warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light

Distance Control Assist (DCA) system warn-ing light (orange) (if so equipped) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) indi-cator light (if so equipped)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemwarning light (orange) (if so equipped)

Automatic transmission position indicatorlight

CHECKING LIGHTSGUID-38FC5737-A834-4040-96EA-92B7DF1FF61D

With all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

, or , , , , ,

The following lights (if so equipped) willcome on briefly and then go off:

, or , , , , , ,, ,

If any light does not come on or operate ina way other than described, it may indicatea burned-out bulb and/or a system mal-

function. Have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

Some indicators and warnings are alsodisplayed on the vehicle information dis-play between the speedometer and tach-ometer. (See “Vehicle information display”(P.2-20).)

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS

Condition:

(87,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

WARNING LIGHTSGUID-6AC34C38-B5BD-4A02-A0CE-95F7C95E6CB0

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)

GUID-020674DF-0D6E-43D6-93CA-BA1DAE13E576

The warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to ON. It turns offsoon after the engine is started.

If the AWD system malfunctions, or thediameter of the front and the rear wheelsare different, the warning light will eitherremain illuminated or blink. (See “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” (P.5-91).)

CAUTION

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunction in theAWD system. Reduce the vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI retailer as soon as possible.

. If the AWD warning light blinks on whenyou are driving:

— blinks rapidly (about twice a sec-ond):

Pull off the road in a safe area, andidle the engine. The driving mode willchange to 2WD to prevent the AWD

system from malfunctioning. If thewarning light turns off, you can driveagain.

— blinks slowly (about once every 2seconds):

Pull off the road in a safe area, andidle the engine. Check that all tiresizes are the same, tire pressure iscorrect and tires are not worn.

. If the warning light is still on after theabove operations, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI retailer as soonas possible.

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warning light

GUID-4801E09C-7844-45DD-8805-45FB68BDD622

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminates and thenturns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.

If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running, or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake systemthen operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake system” (P.5-97).)

Automatic transmission checkwarning light

GUID-CEE36713-A0BA-4361-B558-81FE7B72F168

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the light comes on for 2seconds. If the light comes on at any othertime, it may indicate the transmission isnot functioning properly. Have yourINFINITI retailer check and repair thetransmission.

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)system warning light (if soequipped)

GUID-B04F36C3-B237-483B-A495-FAFDFCB748CB

If the light comes on and remains on, itmay indicate that the BSW system is notfunctioning properly. Although the vehicleis still driveable, have the system checkedby an INFINITI retailer. See “Blind SpotWarning (BSW) system” (P.5-29).


Condition:

(88,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


or Brake warning lightGUID-94AD6FCA-DAAE-4E85-8624-D3E39027F22F

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brakefluid level. If the light comes on while theengine is running with the parking brakenot applied, stop the vehicle and performthe following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. (See “Brake fluid”(P.8-13).)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the parking brake is released andthe brake fluid level is sufficient, if both thebrake warning light and the Anti-lockBraking System (ABS) warning light illumi-

nate, it may indicate the ABS is notfunctioning properly. Have the brake sys-tem checked, and if necessary repaired, byan INFINITI retailer promptly. (See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”(P.2-11).)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If you judgeit to be safe, drive carefully to thenearest service station for repairs.Otherwise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with the enginestopped and/or low brake fluid level mayincrease your stopping distance andbraking will require greater pedal effortas well as pedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brake fluidreservoir, do not drive until the brakesystem has been checked at an INFINITIretailer.

Charge warning lightGUID-C197DE06-A45D-4391-8C5E-4E66787FC2C8

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turnthe engine off and check the alternatorbelt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing orif the light remains on, see an INFINITIretailer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternator beltis loose, broken or missing.

Distance Control Assist (DCA)system warning light (orange; if soequipped)

GUID-35A9C582-556E-4CD4-B7EF-74B091FD96E6

This light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Distance Control Assist (DCA) sys-tem.

If the warning light illuminates, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and turnon the DCA system again.

Condition:

(89,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

If it is not possible to turn on the system orthe warning light stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning.Although the vehicle is still driveableunder normal conditions, have the vehiclechecked at an INFINITI retailer.

See “Distance Control Assist (DCA) system”(P.5-63).

Engine oil pressure warninglight

GUID-F0FEB09B-4AD6-4830-B18D-4CB725F3D547

This light warns of low engine oil pressure.If the light flickers or comes on duringnormal driving, pull off the road in a safearea, stop the engine immediately and callan INFINITI retailer or other authorizedrepair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See“Engine oil” (P.8-9).)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not covered

by warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as itis safe to do so.

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system warning light (orange; if soequipped)

GUID-0B3390B0-E8DF-41FD-ABA3-14B4A1B4A01D

This light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system.

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked atan INFINITI retailer.

Intelligent Key warning lightGUID-432D5B2E-4DE7-48FB-BE09-D2DB92705A52

After the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, this light comes on for about 2seconds and then turns off.

This light warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to start theengine. If the light comes on while theengine is running, you can drive thevehicle. However in these cases, contactan INFINITI retailer for repair as soon aspossible.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light (orange; if soequipped)

GUID-D8913B1C-8CD3-4901-BA64-AF958DC09D81

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the light will come on inorange, turn green, and then turn off. Thisindicates that the Lane Departure Warning(LDW) and Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)systems are operational.

While the LDW and/or LDP system is on,the light will blink in orange and a warningchime will sound if the vehicle is travelingclose to either the left or the right of atraveling lane with detectable lane mar-kers.

If the light comes on in orange and remainson, it may indicate that the LDW and LDPsystems are not functioning properly. Havethe systems checked by an INFINITI retailer.

See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane


Condition:

(90,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Departure Prevention (LDP) systems” (P.5-20).

Low tire pressure warninglight

GUID-9C3F8B9E-26C2-4082-BD9B-E29AF583E624

Your vehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) thatmonitors the tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is pushed ON, thislight illuminates for about 1 second andturns off.

Low tire pressure warning:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning alsoappears on the vehicle information display.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. The low tirepressure warning light does not automati-cally turn off when the tire pressure isadjusted. After the tire is inflated to the

recommended pressure, the vehicle mustbe driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off thelow tire pressure warning light. Use a tirepressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ap-pears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as thelow tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5)and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) ” (P.6-3).

TPMS malfunction:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is pushed ON. The light will remainon after the 1 minute. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer. The CHECKTIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear ifthe low tire pressure warning light illumi-nates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-20) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch pushed ON, have thevehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer assoon as possible.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury. Checkthe tire pressure for all four tires. Adjustthe tire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. If thelight still illuminates while driving afteradjusting the tire pressure, a tire may beflat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning.If you have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible. If no tireis flat and all tires are properly inflated,

Condition:

(91,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

have the vehicle checked by an INFINITIretailer.

. Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Contact your INFINITI retailer assoon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven at speeds ofless than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMSmay not operate correctly.

. Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Low washer fluid warning lightGUID-9490CB4B-7951-4D80-9AC0-F33C4C8A4B86

This light comes on when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. (See “Window washer fluid”(P.8-14).)

Master warning lightGUID-740EC24A-161B-40C3-9ABA-2595BFF5092B

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the master warning light illumi-nates if any of the following are displayedon the vehicle information display:

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/lift gate open warning

. Loose fuel cap warning

. Check tire pressure warningSee “Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).

Preview Function warning light(orange; if so equipped)

GUID-60A70529-3D0F-498D-8022-D5FC6C540FE4

The light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Preview Braking system.

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,

restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.


Seat belt warning light andchime

GUID-674346B0-39E7-4CDB-A38C-E5EC8F793EFD

The light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, and will remain illuminated untilthe driver’s seat belt is fastened. At thesame time, the chime will sound for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied. For 5 seconds after theignition switch is in the ON position, thesystem does not activate the warning lightfor the front passenger.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-12) for precautionson seat belt usage.


Condition:

(92,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Supplemental air bag warninglight

GUID-22F43124-6FC8-4834-A28D-0169B9BFB102

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight will illuminate. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the supplemental front air bagand supplemental side air bag, curtainside-impact air bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand pretensioner systems needs servicingand your vehicle must be taken to yournearest INFINITI retailer.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint systems and/or the pre-tensioners seat belt (air bag system) maynot function properly.

For additional information, see “Supple-

mental restraint system” (P.1-42).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag systems and/orpretensioner systems will not operate in anaccident. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI retailer as soon as possible.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

GUID-0518D68A-FD0D-4AB2-8B16-52D333F176F4

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light illuminates and thenturns off.

The light will blink when the VDC system orthe traction control system is operating,thus alerting the driver that the vehicle isnearing its traction limits. The road surfacemay be slippery.

When the vehicle dynamic control warninglight illuminates when the vehicle dynamiccontrol system is turned on, this lightalerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle

dynamic control system’s fail-safe mode isoperating, for example the vehicle dynamiccontrol system may not be functioningproperly. Have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer. If a malfunction occurs inthe system, the vehicle dynamic controlsystem function will be canceled but thevehicle is still driveable. For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” (P.5-102).

INDICATOR LIGHTSGUID-D74B70A3-149E-4ADB-A997-E95346F25488

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) indicator light (if soequipped)

GUID-666B5382-A30F-41B7-96B2-44B168FC39CB

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the Adaptive Front lightingSystem (AFS) indicator light will illuminate.The light will turn off in about 1 second ifthe AFS is operational.

If the AFS indicator light blinks, it mayindicate the AFS is not functioning prop-erly. Have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

See “Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)”(P.2-37).

Condition:

(93,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Automatic transmission posi-tion indicator light

GUID-4862AE0A-44AC-4FBE-8570-1EFD06235A63

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the indicator shows theautomatic shift position.

In the manual shift mode, when thetransmission does not shift to the selectedgear due to a transmission protectionmode, the AT position indicator light willblink and a buzzer will sound.

(See “Automatic transmission” (P.5-15).)

Exterior light indicatorGUID-FCA6C372-4188-4297-B90E-76732195AC50

This indicator illuminates when the head-light switch is turned to the AUTO, or

position and the front parking lights,instrument panel lights, tail lights, licenseplate lights or headlights are on. Theindicator turns off when these lights areturned off.

Front fog light indicator lightGUID-3FCC51C7-371D-41F6-AF2A-5E8AC7E23B02

The front fog light indicator light illumi-nates when the front fog lights are on. (See“Fog light switch” (P.2-39).)

Front passenger air bag statuslight

GUID-0B31D06A-1D4F-471E-83D1-57773CD5A0D9

The front passenger air bag status light( ) will be lit and the passenger front airbag will be OFF depending on how the frontpassenger seat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status lightoperation, see “INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem (front seats)” (P.1-47).

High beam indicator lightGUID-4BBC61A5-2EA9-48A4-A5A8-54463BB975F3

This light comes on when the headlighthigh beam is on and goes out when the lowbeam is selected.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)off indicator light (if so equipped)

GUID-9730483B-CC64-4056-AB47-B7EA0F283EA9

The light illuminates when the IntelligentBrake Assist (IBA) off switch is pushed toOFF. This indicates that the IntelligentBrake Assist (IBA) system is not operating.

When the IBA off indicator light illuminateswhile the system is turned on (without thewarning chime sound), this light indicatesthat the system control is temporarilyunavailable.

When the IBA off indicator light illuminates

with the warning chime sound while theIBA system is turned on, this light indicatesthat the system may not be functioningproperly. Park the vehicle in a safe place.Check to see if the laser sensor is clean.Turn the engine off, then restart theengine.

If the IBA off indicator light illuminatesafter following the procedures above, itmay indicate that the system is malfunc-tioning. Although the vehicle is still drive-able under normal conditions, have thevehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer. (See“Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system” (P.5-83).)

Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) ON indicator light (green; if soequipped)

GUID-BA44B82A-D62F-466C-AAD7-4EBB944BA532

The light comes on in green when the LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) system isturned on. The light turns off when thesystem is turned off.

NOTE:

This light is common with the LDWindicator light (orange). (See “Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW) indicator light” (P.2-13).)


Condition:

(94,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


For more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) systems” (P.5-20).

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

GUID-6256237E-853A-4604-8E3D-B884E99E13A6

If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine isrunning, it may indicate a potential emis-sion control malfunction.

The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that thevehicle has at least 3 US gallons (11.4liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potentialemission control system malfunction ex-ists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for anemission control system inspection/main-tenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec-tion/Maintenance (I/M) test ” (P.9-18).)

Operation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The malfunction indicator light will comeon in one of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady —An emission control system malfunc-tion has been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warningappears on the vehicle informationdisplay. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn offafter a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by an INFINITI retai-ler. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the retailer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking —An engine misfire has been detectedwhich may damage the emission con-trol system.To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:1) Do not drive at speeds above 45

MPH (72 km/h).2) Avoid hard acceleration or decelera-

tion.3) Avoid steep uphill grades.

4) If possible, reduce the amount ofcargo being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light maystop blinking and remain on.Have the vehicle inspected by anINFINITI retailer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the retailer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without havingthe emission control system checked andrepaired as necessary could lead to poordriveability, reduced fuel economy, andpossible damage to the emission controlsystem.

Security indicator lightGUID-F283CFB3-5490-40E8-A11A-48F8F334CA30

The light blinks when the ignition switch isin the ACC, OFF and LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemequipped on the vehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning,this light will remain on while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. For additionalinformation, see “Security systems” (P.2-28).

Condition:

(95,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

GUID-03F65A59-AF9A-4CAE-937B-1BFA717FB4C0

The light flashes when the turn signalswitch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

GUID-FD6F2BFB-B634-4CE2-B8F8-10BADA39BBF3

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light illuminates andthen turns off.

The light comes on when the VDC off switchis pushed to OFF. This indicates that thevehicle dynamic control system and trac-tion control system are not operating.

AUDIBLE REMINDERSGUID-DFDE2214-8763-4E6B-9207-334713702949

Key reminder chimeGUID-4673B585-DC4E-4309-AFA0-0B67F1ED5033

A chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the ignition switch is pushedto the ACC position or pushed to the OFF orLOCK position with the Intelligent Key leftin the Intelligent Key port. Make sure theignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition, and take the Intelligent Key withyou when leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeGUID-1B22F352-E676-4579-BB46-88A9F17E26A1

A chime will sound when the driver sidedoor is opened with the light switch in the

or position and the ignition switchin the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeGUID-963DEE0A-5736-4637-8320-7F5EB75D7F6D

The parking brake reminder chime willsound if the vehicle is driven at more than4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking brakeapplied. Stop the vehicle and release theparking brake.

Brake pad wear warningGUID-9E8E8F12-CD1B-4EAA-9EB2-A26CDB29197D

The disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will first occuronly when the brake pedal is depressed.After more wear of the brake pad, thesound will always be heard even if thebrake pedal is not depressed. Have thebrakes checked as soon as possible if thewarning sound is heard.

Lane departure warning chime (if soequipped)

GUID-40263274-03F1-4243-AEC2-44610F541033

When the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) orLane Departure Prevention (LDP) system ison, the chime sounds if the vehicle istraveling close to either the left or the rightof a traveling lane with detectable lanemarkers.

See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) systems” (P.5-20) for more details.


Condition:

(96,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-5A60BB66-370D-4B48-9D29-5C0850D9B3AF

SIC3252

The vehicle information display *1 islocated between the tachometer and thespeedometer, and it displays the auto-matic transmission position indicator, theIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if soequipped), the Distance Control Assist(DCA) system (if so equipped) information,the Intelligent Key operation informationand other warnings and information.

For detailed information about each sys-tem, see the following sections:

. Automatic Transmission (AT)— “Warning lights, indicator lights and

audible reminders” (P.2-10).

— “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-15).. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

— “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-tem (FULL SPEED RANGE)” (P.5-41).

. Distance Control Assist (DCA) system— “Distance Control Assist (DCA) sys-

tem” (P.5-63).. Intelligent Key system

— “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).— “Push-button ignition switch” (P.5-

10).

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

Condition:

(97,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVI0339X


Condition:

(98,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


INDICATORS FOR OPERATIONGUID-4953EC98-0A90-4524-A10A-4B4DDF3E7778

1. Engine start operation indicatorGUID-2DA2AFA1-C739-4480-951C-105FF0F2842C

This indicator appears when the shift leveris in the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe brake pedal depressed.

2. Intelligent Key insertion indicatorGUID-6755FDEC-812F-4B17-AEF9-780A5A7FF326

This indicator appears when the IntelligentKey needs to be inserted into the Intelli-gent Key port. (For example, the IntelligentKey battery is discharged.)

If this indicator appears, insert the Intelli-gent Key into the Intelligent Key port in thecorrect direction. (See “Push-button igni-tion switch” (P.5-10).)

3. Intelligent Key removal indicatorGUID-52DAE1DB-BEA7-46EC-84C2-A19C3F4F500B

This indicator appears when the driver’sdoor is opened with the ignition switch inthe OFF or LOCK position and the IntelligentKey placed in the Intelligent Key port. A keyreminder chime also sounds.

If this indicator appears, remove theIntelligent Key from the Intelligent Key portand take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

4. NO KEY warningGUID-C7F01BD8-AF53-49FD-809F-EF981597D56A

This warning appears in either of thefollowing conditions.

No key inside the vehicle:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The warning appears when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Make sure that theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent Key:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed from the LOCK positionand the Intelligent Key cannot be recog-nized by the system. You cannot start theengine with an unregistered key. Use theregistered Intelligent Key.

See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) formore details.

5. SHIFT “P” warningGUID-8A2E3177-094C-4CC9-ACB7-88168C57BAE3

This warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine withthe shift lever in any position except the P(Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position or push theignition switch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound.(See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).)

6. “PUSH” warningGUID-F1E51AB0-3097-498F-9F3C-F1EB2A7F293A

This warning appears when the shift leveris moved to the P (Park) position with theignition switch in the ACC position after theSHIFT “P” warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFFposition, perform the following procedure:

SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the shift leverto “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push theignition switch ? ignition switch positionis turned to ON) ? PUSH warning ? (Pushthe ignition switch ? ignition switchposition is turned to OFF)

7. Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator

GUID-FDB44D53-C5BD-495E-96D9-D0137D806A14

This indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace thebattery with a new one. (See “IntelligentKey battery replacement” (P.8-23).)

8. Parking brake release warningGUID-AFFC301D-6E7E-42DB-9FCF-71954EFE0C50

This warning appears when the vehiclespeed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and theparking brake is applied.

Condition:

(99,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

9. Low fuel warningGUID-1BA95083-A30B-4841-91E0-F1A2A657F097

This warning appears when the fuel level inthe tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as itis convenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches the empty (E) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remainingin the tank when the fuel gauge reachesthe empty (E) position.

10. Low washer fluid warningGUID-7C8C45D2-91B5-4E30-9B0B-67D248A1CC93

This warning appears when the washertank fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluidas necessary. (See “Window washer fluid”(P.8-14).)

11. Door/lift gate open warning(ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion)

GUID-0B182291-CB8A-4B5B-8162-198DAD31EEBB

This warning appears if any of the doorsand/or the lift gate are open or not closedsecurely. The vehicle icon indicates whichdoor or the lift gate is open on the display.

12. “Time to rest” indicatorGUID-7CD646FE-B68D-4A7E-834C-52DC8DFC896D

This indicator appears when the set “timeto rest” indicator activates. You can set thetime for up to 6 hours. (See “Trip compu-ter” (P.2-26).)

13. Loose fuel cap warningGUID-C7375769-D15F-4047-966B-85D2971DD0C7

This warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. (See “Fuel-fillercap” (P.3-18).)

14. Check tire pressure warningGUID-97E32923-1DD0-472E-87A6-A0A4A917B301

This warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected. Thewarning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated. If this warning ap-pears, stop the vehicle and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. (See “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-14) and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).)

15. Low outside temperature warn-ing

GUID-424A41AE-51A9-48B7-AD41-67551920672A

This warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 378F (38C). The warningcan be set not to be displayed. (See “Tripcomputer” (P.2-26).)

16. Cruise indicatorGUID-FE4B5AB8-091F-4E62-8A47-5836E2777D76

Cruise main switch indicator:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The indicator is displayed when the cruisecontrol main switch is pushed. When themain switch is pushed again, the indicatordisappears. When the cruise control mainswitch indicator is displayed, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicator:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The indicator is displayed while the vehiclespeed is controlled by the cruise controlsystem. If the indicator blinks while theengine is running, it may indicate that thecruise control system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

See “Cruise control” (P.5-39) for details.

17. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system MAIN switch indicator (if soequipped)

GUID-B7C5734C-B5B0-4862-9992-FC9753D708A2

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemmain switch indicator (CRUISE) is displayedwhen the ICC main switch is pushed. Whenthe main switch is pushed again, theindicator disappears. While the CRUISEindicator is displayed, the ICC system isoperational.


Condition:

(100,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


The cruise control set indicator (SET) isdisplayed while the vehicle is controlled bythe conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode of the ICC system.

For more details, see “Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) system (FULL SPEED RANGE)”(P.5-41).

18. Distance Control Assist (DCA)system switch indicator (if soequipped)

GUID-DEAD9DCB-6744-45A3-8DB0-2F4EE1BFF62C

The indicator is displayed when the Dis-tance Control Assist (DCA) system switch ispushed on. When the switch is pushedagain, the indicator disappears. While theindicator is displayed, the DCA system isoperational. (See “Distance Control Assist(DCA) system” (P.5-63).)

SIC4325

INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCEGUID-E2331906-D9F2-4D67-8581-079DC98C570F

1. Engine oil replacement indicatorGUID-0DA69B6C-E07C-4A8B-AE91-83E6D25ECFCC

This indicator appears when the customerset time comes for changing the engine oil.You can set or reset the distance forchanging the engine oil. (See “Trip compu-ter” (P.2-26).)

2. Oil filter replacement indicatorGUID-C028E42F-A2AC-41A9-AADC-8F3C8D10B97C

This indicator appears when the customerset time comes for replacing the oil filter.You can set or reset the distance forreplacing the oil filter. (See “Trip compu-ter” (P.2-26).)

3. Tire replacement indicatorGUID-A0A905F0-28B2-4808-B24A-DF045658BB19

This indicator appears when the customerset distance comes for replacing tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingtires. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-26).)

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includingtire pressure checks. See “Changing wheelsand tires” (P.8-36). Many factors includingtire inflation, alignment, driving habits and

Condition:

(101,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

road conditions affect tire wear and whentires should be replaced. Setting the tirereplacement indicator for a certain drivingdistance does not mean your tires will lastthat long. Use the tire replacement indicatoras a guide only and always perform regulartire checks. Failure to perform regular tirechecks, including tire pressure checks couldresult in tire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to a collision,which could result in serious personal injuryor death.

4. “OTHER” indicatorGUID-F7EA4157-A305-4285-A0C5-F2FCF6329CBC

This indicator appears when the customerset time comes for replacing items otherthan the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingthe items. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-26).)

More maintenance reminders are alsoavailable on the center display. (See“How to use INFO button” (P.4-9).)

SIC4075


Condition:

(102,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SIC3625

TRIP COMPUTERGUID-F349FA3E-7C63-464E-A7BA-9C3BA79F4A98

Switches for the trip computer are locatedon the right side of the combination meterpanel. To operate the trip computer, pushthe side or front of the switches as shownabove.

*A switch*B switch

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, modes of the trip computercan be selected by pushing the switch*A .

Each time the switch *A is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:

Current fuel consumption ? Average fuelconsumption and speed ? Elapsed timeand trip odometer ? Distance to empty(dte) ? Outside air temperature (ICY) ?

Setting ? Warning check

1. Current fuel consumptionGUID-0C64924E-9423-4FBE-B06E-3EDAC1782F16

The current fuel consumption mode showsthe current fuel consumption.

2. Average fuel consumption (MPGor l (liter)/100 km) and speed (MPHor km/h)

GUID-70FA62B1-4F9E-4106-A0C4-F1ADB10F1D9A

Fuel consumption:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since thelast reset. Resetting is done by pushing the

switch *B for longer than 1 second.(The average speed is also reset at thesame time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds.At about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after areset, the display shows “——”.

Speed:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The average speed mode shows theaverage vehicle speed since the last reset.

Resetting is done by pushing theswitch *B for longer than 1 second.

(The average fuel consumption is also resetat the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds.The first 30 seconds after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

3. Elapsed time and trip odometer(mls or km)

GUID-7B6DF817-1239-4EB4-BB98-947F770BFD3B

Elapsed time:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The elapsed time mode shows the timesince the last reset. The displayed time canbe reset by pushing the switch *B forlonger than 1 second. (The trip odometer isalso reset at the same time.)

Trip odometer:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven sincethe last reset. Resetting is done by pushingthe switch *B for longer than 1second. (The elapsed time is also reset atthe same time.)

4. Distance to empty (dte — mls orkm)

GUID-1CFB7162-2FAD-422A-B566-38D27E38D5BC

The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance that

Condition:

(103,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

can be driven before refueling. The dte isconstantly being calculated, based on theamount of fuel in the fuel tank and theactual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warningis displayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to “——”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switchis pushed to the OFF position maycontinue to be displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

5. Outside air temperature (ICY — 8For 8C)

GUID-67DA9682-5773-4AE5-AD0E-853FAC3D4415

The outside air temperature is displayed in8F or 8C in the range of −22 to 1408F (−30 to608C).

The outside air temperature mode includesa low temperature warning feature. If theoutside air temperature is below 378F(38C), the warning is displayed on thescreen.

The outside temperature sensor is locatedin front of the radiator. The sensor may beaffected by road or engine heat, winddirections and other driving conditions.The display may differ from the actualoutside temperature or the temperaturedisplayed on various signs or billboards.

6. SettingGUID-A98CEA18-C524-43E3-A7F7-0548B12A79E4

Setting is available while the engine isrunning.

Setting cannot be made while driving. Amessage “Setting can only be operatedwhen stopped” is also displayed on thevehicle information display.

The switch *A and switch *B areused in the setting mode to select anddecide a menu.

SKIP:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the switch *A to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch *B to select othermenus.

ALERT:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

There are 3 submenus under the alertmenu.

. BACKSelect this submenu to return to the toppage of the setting mode.

. TIME TO RESTSelect this submenu to specify whenthe “time to rest” indicator activates.

. ICYSelect this submenu to display the lowoutside temperature warning.

MAINTENANCE:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

There are 5 submenus under the main-tenance menu.


. ENGINE OILSelect this submenu to set or reset thedistance for changing the engine oil.

. OIL FILTERSelect this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing the oil filter.

. TIRESelect this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. OTHERSelect this submenu and set or resetthe distance for replacing items other


Condition:

(104,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


than the engine oil, oil filter and tires.The maintenance distance will increase by250 miles (500 km) up to 18,500 miles(30,000 km). To increase the number by500 miles (1,000 km), push and hold the

switch.

DISPLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

There are 3 submenus under the displaymenu.


. LANGUAGESelect this submenu to choose lan-guage for display.

. UNITSelect this submenu to choose the unitfrom MPG or l/100 km.

7. Warning checkGUID-4DC777A9-2D1C-4AD7-B6B4-EE996540EF15

SKIP:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the switch *A to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch *B to select othermenus.

DETAIL:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This item is available only when a warningis displayed.

Select this menu to see the details ofwarnings.

GUID-68FC1081-1656-4C47-8C2B-B8252447F298

SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems, as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer SystemThe security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

SECURITY SYSTEMS

Condition:

(105,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMGUID-87DD9A1C-A96A-4B80-97F8-9699DF2B983A

The vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if someone opensthe doors, hood, or lift gate when thesystem is armed. It is not, however, amotion detection type system that acti-vates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in thevehicle, and always lock it when unat-tended. Be aware of your surroundings,and park in secure, well-lit areas wheneverpossible.

Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and speci-alty shops. Your INFINITI retailer may alsooffer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may beeligible for discounts for various theftprotection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

GUID-5E5C6DAA-6740-4FFE-929A-6618CEF9669E

1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and lift gate. Lockall doors. The doors can be locked withthe Intelligent Key, door handle requestswitch, power door lock switch ormechanical key.

5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator lightstays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 seconds thevehicle security system automaticallyshifts into the armed phase. Thesecurity light begins to flash once everyapproximately 3 seconds. If, during this30-second pre-arm time period, thedoor is unlocked, or the ignition switchis pushed to ACC or ON, the system willnot arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors, hood, and lift gate lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationGUID-1B41A405-CEB9-4761-A782-6D37A3DA9CC6

The vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the hornsounds intermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 50 seconds. However,the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is


Condition:

(106,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


tampered with again.The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door or opening the liftgate without using the button on theIntelligent Key, the door handle requestswitch or the mechanical key. (Even ifthe door is opened by releasing thedoor inside lock knob, the alarm willactivate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmGUID-7F1F8B85-E05C-42FF-9688-78B8D6B6F188

The alarm will stop when a door isunlocked by pushing the unlock buttonon the Intelligent Key, the door handlerequest switch or using the mechanicalkey, or when the ignition switch is pushedto the ACC or ON position.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by anINFINITI retailer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

GUID-D708FE52-0AAB-44D1-AA87-BF551124C4E3

The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered Intelligent Key.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

Condition:

(107,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SIC2045

Security indicator lightGUID-0FB46DD6-0B3A-47D1-A676-318B2274AB45

The security indicator light is located onthe meter panel. It indicates the status ofthe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the ignition switchwas in the ACC, OFF and LOCK position.This function indicates the security sys-tems equipped on the vehicle are opera-tional.

If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemis malfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see an INFINITIretailer for INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem service as soon as possible.Please bring all Intelligent Keys that youhave when visiting an INFINITI retailer forservice.

GUID-251E00F1-E71B-4065-BE2B-A19EFFFCA824

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the window and obscureyour vision which may lead to an accident.Warm the window with the defroster beforeyou wash the window.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not use the window washer reservoir


WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

Condition:

(108,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


tank to mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

If the windshield wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately 1minute, turn the switch on again tooperate the wiper.

JVI0962X

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHEROPERATION

GUID-0C1AB4FF-476B-40AF-8B46-D477BDDC14C1

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper atthe following speed:

*1 Intermittent — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knobtoward *A (Slower) or *B (Faster).When the speed sensing wiper inter-val function is turned on, the inter-mittent operation speed varies inaccordance with the vehicle speed.

(For example, when the vehicle speedis high, the intermittent operationspeed will be faster.) To turn thisfunction on and off, see “How to useSETTING button” (P.4-13).

*2 Low — continuous low speed opera-tion

*3 High — continuous high speed opera-tion

Push the lever up *4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you *5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

Wiper drip wipe system:

The wiper will also operate once about 3seconds after the washer and wiper areoperated. This operation is to wipe washerfluid that has dripped on the windshield.

Condition:

(109,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVI0967X

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHEROPERATION

GUID-BE7E5931-2B30-4C6A-8712-A3F555BE6757

If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow etc., the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF andremove the snow etc. on and around thewiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn theswitch ON again to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFFposition to operate the wiper.

*1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-tion (not adjustable)

*2 Low (ON) — continuous low speedoperation

Push the switch forward *3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

Wiper drip wipe system (if so equipped):

The wiper will also operate once about 3seconds after the washer and wiper areoperated. This operation is to wipe washerfluid that has dripped on the rear window.

GUID-70C29E9A-49AD-4C5F-9A21-B7EEF9AD71A0

SIC3239

To defog/defrost the rear window glassand outside mirrors, start the engine andpush the switch *1 on. The indicator light*2 will come on. Push the switch again toturn the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or damagethe rear window defroster.


REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRRORDEFROSTER SWITCH

Condition:

(110,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-F39E5805-C881-4ED9-B63E-554EB445040A

XENON HEADLIGHTS (if soequipped)

GUID-94FAD85B-C538-48C3-98FA-48D5932EC992

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

. When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xenonheadlights replaced at an INFINITI retai-ler.

. Xenon headlights provide considerablymore light than conventional headlights.If they are not correctly aimed, theymight temporarily blind an oncomingdriver or the driver ahead of you andcause a serious accident. If headlightsare not aimed correctly, immediatelytake your vehicle to an INFINITI retailerand have the headlights adjusted cor-rectly.

When the xenon headlight is initiallyturned on, its brightness or color variesslightly. However, the color and brightnesswill soon stabilize.

. The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not toturn off the headlights for short inter-vals (for example, when the vehiclestops at a traffic signal).

. If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will dras-tically decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact an INFINITIretailer.

SIC3267

HEADLIGHT SWITCHGUID-1E8879F5-5A4D-4E61-BAC0-CA3E944F7242

LightingGUID-5715A4C7-4289-416A-9867-F43EB2BA240A

*1 Turn the switch to the position:The front parking, side marker, tail,license plate and instrument lightswill come on.

*2 Turn the switch to the position:Headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Condition:

(111,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SIC3268

Autolight systemGUID-DEC1CC37-DB21-41AE-9624-D6735779F294

The autolight system allows the headlightsto be set so they turn on and offautomatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position *1 .

2. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition.

3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on theheadlights automatically when it is darkand turn off the headlights when it is light.

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is openedand this condition is continued, the head-lights remain on for 5 minutes.

SAA0642A

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor *A located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor con-trols the autolight; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.

Automatic headlights off delay:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

You can keep the headlights on for up to180 seconds after you push the ignitionswitch to OFF and open any door then closeall the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automaticheadlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF)to 180 seconds. The factory default settingis 45 seconds.


Condition:

(112,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


For automatic headlights off delay setting,see “Light Off Delay” (P.4-20).

SIC3269

Headlight beam selectGUID-EA7A0F6C-B5B7-4790-B290-65E1EB4D3057

*1 To select the low beam, put the leverin the neutral position as shown.

*2 To select the high beam, push thelever forward while the switch is in the

position. Pull it back to select thelow beam.

*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam even whenthe headlight switch is in the OFFposition.

Battery saver systemGUID-664B23EC-0053-44E4-A83B-5CAB720E9A9C

A chime will sound when the driver sidedoor is opened with the light switch in the

or position and the ignition switchin the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights will automati-cally turn off after a period of time whenthe ignition switch has been pushed to theOFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn onwhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlight switchagain after the lights automatically turnoff, the lights will not turn off automa-tically. Be sure to turn the light switch tothe OFF position when you leave thevehicle for extended periods of time,otherwise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch on when theengine is not running for extended

Condition:

(113,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

periods of time even if the headlightsturn off automatically.

Daytime running light systemGUID-8B4B2AA8-36EF-492E-A6A0-57F9D51AAED8

The daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in theposition. Turn the headlight switch to the

position for full illumination whendriving at night. However, the daytimerunning lights will turn off.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime runninglights do not illuminate. The daytimerunning lights illuminate once the parkingbrake is released. The daytime runninglights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are not on.It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and others.

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped)

GUID-B262714A-208E-426E-A47D-5D395AB017A0

The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)will automatically adjust the headlights(low beam) toward the turning direction toimprove the driver’s view. When the head-light switch is ON and the driver operatesthe steering wheel in a turn, the AFSsystem will be activated.

The AFS will operate:

. when the headlight switch is ON.

. when the shift lever is in any positionother than P (Park) or R (Reverse).

. when the vehicle is driven at above 16MPH (25 km/h) for the left-side head-light. Note that the right-side low beamheadlight will swivel but the left sidewill not swivel when the vehicle is at astop and the steering wheel is turned.The vehicle must attain a speed above16 MPH (25 km/h) before AFS activatesthe left-side headlight.

AFS will also adjust the headlight to aproper axis automatically, depending onthe number of occupants in the vehicle, theload the vehicle is carrying and the roadconditions.

If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks after

the ignition switch has been pushed to theON position, this may indicate that the AFSis not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.When the engine is started, the headlightswill vibrate to check the system condition.This is not a malfunction.


Condition:

(114,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SIC3270

SIC3628

Instrument brightness controlGUID-2E890271-29DB-4D3E-8B37-34263526251E

The instrument brightness control switchcan be operated when the ignition switch isin the ON position. When the switch isoperated, the vehicle information displayswitches to the brightness adjustmentmode.

Push the upper switch *A to brighten theinstrument panel lights. The bar *1 movesto the + side. When reaching the maximumbrightness, “MAX” appears on the display*2 .

Push the lower switch *B to dim theinstrument panel lights. The bar *1 moves

to the − side. When reaching the minimumbrightness, “MIN” appears on the display*3 . However, “MIN” does not appearduring the nighttime.

The vehicle information display returns tothe normal display under the followingconditions:

. when the instrument brightness controlswitch is not operated for more than 5seconds.

. when the or switch on the rightside of the combination meter panel ispushed.

Condition:

(115,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SIC3271

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHGUID-E1C56177-E1D2-4496-9D69-2D8E1B7E7D8C

*1 Turn signalGUID-7FB756C8-9FF5-4189-A427-429D0445578E

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

*2 Lane change signalGUID-491A1BCC-0384-44C4-A080-2A402A9583FF

To indicate a lane change, move the leverup or down to the point where lights beginflashing.

SIC3272

FOG LIGHT SWITCHGUID-33BDF6EA-9062-427F-9AB6-3D01A86E20DC

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the foglights to operate.

GUID-C6C817FB-584B-4062-BC70-F1B765B266F9

SIC3629

To sound the horn, push the center padarea of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so couldaffect proper operation of the supplementalfront air bag system. Tampering with thesupplemental front air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury.


HORN

Condition:

(116,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-5C770BAF-6029-499C-A3AA-7389CE1B7123

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupants cannotmonitor elevated seat temperatures or havean inability to feel pain in those body partsin contact with the seat. Use of the seatheater by such people could result inserious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

. Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, theseat may become overheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar materi-als.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checkedby an INFINITI retailer.

SSS0911

The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters. The switches located on the centerconsole can be operated independently ofeach other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Turn the control knob *A to the right *1and select the desired heat range.. For high heat, turn the knob to the

right *1 .. For low heat, turn the knob to the left

*2 .. The indicator light *B will illuminate

when the heater is on.

HEATED SEATS

Condition:

(117,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

3. To turn off the heater, return the knobto the OFF position *3 . Make sure thatthe indicator light turns off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure toturn off the switch.

GUID-3516DC6E-9566-4A0B-B66F-0C326A5AC4A3

SSD1156

The warning systems switch will turn onand off the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system, the Blind Spot Warning (BSW)system and the Forward Collision Warning(FCW) system at the same time.

The LDW system will sound a warningchime and blink the LDW indicator light(orange) to alert the driver if the vehicle istraveling close to either the left or the rightof a traveling lane with detectable lanemarkers. (See “Lane Departure Warning(LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)systems” (P.5-20).)

The BSW system will illuminate the sideindicator lights, located next to the outside

mirrors, when the radar sensors detect avehicle in the detection zone. If the turnsignal is activated in the direction of thedetected vehicle, a chime sounds twice andthe side indicator light will flash. (See“Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system” (P.5-29).)

The FCW system will sound a warningchime and the vehicle ahead detectionindicator light blinks to alert the driver ifthe vehicle is traveling close to the vehicleahead. (See “Forward Collision Warning(FCW) system” (P.5-77).)

The warning systems switch is automati-cally turned on when the engine is started,and the warning systems ON indicator *1on the switch illuminates.

To cancel the warning systems, push thewarning systems switch to turn off thesystem. The warning systems ON indicatorwill turn off.

NOTE:

If you continue to push the warningsystems switch from off to on for over 4seconds, a chime will sound. This willchange the default status of the LDW, BSWand FCW systems to OFF so that thesesystems will not automatically turn on


WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH (if soequipped)

Condition:

(118,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


when the engine is started. If this proce-dure is repeated, the default status willreturn to ON.

GUID-1B76D948-A232-4DD1-85F0-9D8D60470EE3

SIC3602

For driving or starting the vehicle on snowyroads or slippery areas, turn on the SNOWmode switch. The indicator light *1 on theswitch will illuminate. When the SNOWmode is activated, engine output is con-trolled to avoid wheel spin.

Turn off the SNOWmode for normal driving.

GUID-7AEE2596-75BE-4DC0-AAD8-3BA40F09793D

SIC3844

The vehicle should be driven with theIntelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system onfor most driving conditions.

The Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) systemwill sound a warning chime to alert thedriver when the vehicle is traveling tooclose to the vehicle ahead and will applythe brake control if necessary.

To turn off the system, push the IBA OFFswitch. The indicator light will illumi-nate.

The IBA system will remain in the last ON orOFF state it was left in until it is manuallychanged by pushing the IBA OFF switch.

SNOW MODE SWITCH INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST (IBA) OFFSWITCH (if so equipped)

Condition:

(119,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-7DA31BFA-F3D3-4D04-8BAF-031A5FF806AF

JVS0033X

The vehicle should be driven with theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system onfor most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator isdepressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator light willilluminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart

the engine to turn on the system. (See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P.5-102).)

GUID-4A0D3F39-AF2F-448B-9337-BBB3943DF054

SIC3325

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIMEGUID-37C0EA05-9854-498E-96EB-8CD1C2F1377F

1. To set the clock forward, push thebutton *1 .

2. To set the clock backward, push thebutton *2 .

3. To move forward or backward faster,push and hold the button more than 5seconds.

For details about display clock adjustment(if so equipped), see “How to use SETTINGbutton” (P.4-13).


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFFSWITCH CLOCK

Condition:

(120,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-CA7378E6-B4AD-4D7B-8E72-A03EB7B30A7F

JVI1315X

Center console

SIC3631

Front

The power outlet is used for poweringelectrical accessories such as cellulartelephones.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hot during orimmediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories that exceeda 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Donot use double adapters or more thanone electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

. Avoid using power outlet when the airconditioner, headlights or rear windowdefroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designed for usewith a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug mayoverheat or the internal temperaturefuse may blow.

. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug,be sure the electrical accessory beingused is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any liquid tocontact the outlet.

POWER OUTLET

Condition:

(121,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-49609C7E-DC47-4D85-99B7-F417C15D56DC

CUP HOLDERSGUID-09F367FC-58FD-4B2C-A8B0-927B08014322

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

SIC3632

FrontTo open the cup holder, push the knob *1 .

The flap *A will be folded down wheninserting a large container.

To hold a taller container, push the button*2 . The upper bottom will be folded up.

SIC3633

RearThe cup holders for rear passengers arelocated on the rear center armrest.

To open the cup holder, pull the lid. Makesure that the lid is closed before storingthe rear center armrest in the seatback.


STORAGE

Condition:

(122,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SIC3246

SUNGLASSES HOLDERGUID-7444FFC3-1180-4DA0-889A-EF22DA69B8A8

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to avoid obstructing the driver’sview and to help prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push *1 .

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

. Do not leave glasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sunlight.The heat may damage the glasses.

SIC3866

GLOVE BOXGUID-CB86453A-F160-47C9-9B7D-A973522418C0

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle *1 .

To close, push the lid in until the locklatches.

To lock *2 /unlock *3 the glove box, usethe mechanical key. For the mechanical keyusage, see “Keys” (P.3-2).

Condition:

(123,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVI1316X

CONSOLE BOXGUID-B150A550-AB45-489D-9213-ED647E052637

To open the console box, push the button*1 .

To close, push the lid down until latched.

The inner tray (if so equipped) can bepositioned to the front or rear *2 . Makesure that the arrow mark on the tray pointstoward the front and the bosses *A arealigned in the slits.

SIC3663

CARD HOLDERGUID-2B53986B-319B-492D-BDF6-23C7429E7EDF

Pull the sun visor down *1 and slide a cardin the card holder *A .

SSS0831

SEAT-MOUNTED JACKET HANGER (ifso equipped)

GUID-B5EA838E-2449-4A2B-88B3-985E17B5A97F

The driver’s side head restraint is equippedwith a retractable jacket hanger. Pull thehanger out as illustrated until it locks. Besure to return the hanger after use.

This hanger is designed to be used only forclothes (maximum load limit: 7.7 lb (3.5kg)).

To help avoid staining clothes or affectingthe comfort of the passenger behind, donot use the seat-mounted jacket hangerwhile the seat behind is occupied by apassenger or a child restraint.


Condition:

(124,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SIC3248

COAT HOOKSGUID-967014A4-B654-44F1-A0BC-FAC4FD4136DC

The coat hooks are equipped beside therear personal lights.

CAUTION

Do not place items which are more than 2 lb(1 kg) on the hook.

JVI1317X

LUGGAGE HOOKSGUID-901A4A86-EDAC-4B5B-90D1-45F288B31AFE

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargo isproperly secured. Use the suitable ropesand hooks.

. Unsecured cargo can become dangerousin an accident or sudden stop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb(10 kg) to a single hook.

There are 4 or 5 hooks in the cargo area,depending on the model.

Condition:

(125,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SIC3636

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)GUID-65D26526-8166-408E-BEBD-409EC13418BC

The cargo cover keeps the contents in thecargo area hidden from the outside.

To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hangboth sides on the hooks *1 .

SIC3637

To stow the cargo cover, remove it from thehooks and hold until it is retracted. Makesure that the cargo cover is snapped intothe holders *2 to keep it from movingaround while driving.

SIC3638

To remove the cargo cover, stow the coverand pull the holder to the opposite side*3 .

WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargo cover,no matter how small. Any object on itcould cause an injury in an accident orsudden stop.

. Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropes or


Condition:

(126,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


straps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

. If the cargo cover contacts the top tetherstrap when it is attached to the toptether anchor, remove the cargo coverfrom the vehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment location. Ifthe cargo cover is not removed, it maydamage the top tether strap during acollision. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if the childrestraint top tether strap is damaged.


. Do not use the cargo cover if the rearseats are folded down.

SIC3639

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)GUID-7DEE6FFA-E022-4DE5-BDD5-66ABFFAF8000

Always distribute the luggage evenly onthe roof rack. Do not load more than 220 lb(100 kg) on the roof rails. Observe themaximum load limit shown on the cross-bars or roof carriers when you attach themon the roof rails. Contact an INFINITI retailerfor crossbar or other equipment informa-tion.

Be careful that your vehicle does notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR front and rear). The GVWR andGAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.

M.S.S. certification label (located on thedriver’s door pillar). For more informationregarding GVWR and GAWR, see “Vehicleloading information” (P.9-12).

WARNING

. Drive extra carefully when the vehicle isloaded at or near the cargo carryingcapacity, especially if the significantportion of that load is carried on theroof rack.

. Heavy loading of the roof rack has thepotential to affect the vehicle stabilityand handling during sudden or unusualhandling maneuvers.

. Roof rack load should be evenly dis-tributed.

. Do not exceed maximum roof rack loadweight capacity.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause personalinjury.

Condition:

(127,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removing itemsfrom the roof rack. If you cannot comfortablylift the items onto the roof rack from theground, use a ladder or stool.

GUID-C17FF611-9489-44AF-8A8E-A9D7C6C3FC14

POWER WINDOWSGUID-35444917-F6B2-409B-B28D-E33DAD3F2551

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers have theirhands, etc. inside the vehicle while it isin motion and before closing the win-dows. Use the window lock switch toprevent unexpected use of the powerwindows.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in yourvehicle. Additionally, the temperatureinside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

The power windows operate when theignition switch is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition switchis pushed to the OFF position. If the driver’sor front passenger’s door is opened duringthis period of about 45 seconds, power to

the windows is canceled.


WINDOWS

Condition:

(128,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SIC3640

1. Driver side window2. Front passenger side window3. Rear left passenger side window4. Rear right passenger side window5. Window lock button

Main power window switch (driver’sside)

GUID-932D65F8-3B72-44F1-A888-5E55DFD13173

To open or close the window, push down *Aor pull up *B the switch and hold it. Themain switch (driver side switches) will openor close all the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsGUID-FDFC977F-A9D1-4206-BC7E-F510D4B2D629

When the lock button *C is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.

SIC3241

Passenger side power windowswitch

GUID-562E5EAE-20AA-4FE0-A5EF-F5E48DDA437C

The passenger side switch will open orclose only the corresponding window. Toopen or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it.

Condition:

(129,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SIC3285

Automatic operation (for front doorwindows)

GUID-076BDDA9-6A3F-4D13-8169-6A98C70146CF

To fully open or close the window, com-pletely push down or pull up the switchand release it; it need not be held. Thewindow will automatically open or close allthe way. To stop the window, just push orlift the switch in the opposite direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will causethe window to open or close until theswitch is released.

Auto reverse functionGUID-E1134449-3D1F-4777-AD24-71D309A5C49B

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc., inside the vehiclebefore closing the window.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the window as it is closing, thewindow will be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for 45 seconds after theignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

If the windows do not close auto-matically

GUID-80A9B731-0D29-4BBD-B59D-23726BCFBC92

If the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initi-alize the power window system.


2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by oper-ating the power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and holdit to close the window, and then holdthe switch more than 3 seconds afterthe window is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch.Operate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above forother windows.

If the power window automatic functiondoes not operate properly after performingthe procedure above, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI retailer.


Condition:

(130,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-36CBB3A9-507A-49BD-95E0-991B2A8C1DB4

WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open moonroof.Always use seat belts and child re-straints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body out ofthe moonroof opening while the vehicleis in motion or while the moonroof isclosing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the moonroof before opening.

. Do not place any heavy object on themoonroof or surrounding area.

POWER MOONROOFGUID-1E35E90B-4C54-407D-9665-69E54D000E95

The moonroof only operates when theignition switch is in the ON position.

The moonroof is operational for about 45seconds, even if the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. If the driver’sdoor or the passenger’s door is openedduring this period of about 45 seconds,power to the moonroof is canceled.

SIC3243

SunshadeGUID-77092B0E-D066-4B33-8D8E-70236B4B5BCA

The sunshade will open automaticallywhen the moonroof is opened. However,it must be closed manually.

Tilting the moonroofGUID-39067F98-E357-44B8-A731-4241F49FF1B6

To tilt up, first close the moonroof, thenpush the UP *1 side of the moonroofswitch and release it; it need not be held.To tilt down the moonroof, push the DOWN*2 side.

Sliding the moonroofGUID-00659D7A-EE8A-486C-BAC2-3B7F626A9A36

To fully open or close the moonroof, pushthe OPEN *2 or CLOSE *1 side of the

MOONROOF

Condition:

(131,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

moonroof switch and release it; it need notbe held. The roof will automatically open orclose all the way. To stop the roof, push theswitch once more while it is opening orclosing.

Auto reverse functionGUID-4D977CB7-F919-4D6B-B645-C2A1897B97E1

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc., inside the vehiclebefore closing the moonroof.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the moonroof when it is closing,the moonroof will be immediately opened.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the moonroof is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

If the moonroof cannot be closed auto-matically when the auto reverse functionactivates due to a malfunction, push andhold the CLOSE *1 side of the moonroof

switch.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

If the moonroof does not operateGUID-60DBC464-2E80-4548-9317-AE572BD32A01

If the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initi-alize the moonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the CLOSE *1 sideof the moonroof switch.

2. Push and hold the CLOSE *1 side of themoonroof switch to tilt the moonroofup.

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the OPEN *2 side of themoonroof switch to fully tilt the moon-roof down.

5. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above,have your vehicle checked by an INFINITIretailer.

GUID-A579FFF2-EC26-4993-A6B0-EF88F413337E

SIC3642

To activate or deactivate the welcome lightfunction, perform the following procedure.Note that the function is set to disabled asthe factory default setting.


2. Open the driver’s side door.

3. Within 20 seconds after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position,push the door open request switch onthe driver’s side door handle for morethan 5 seconds with the driver’s dooropen.


WELCOME LIGHT

Condition:

(132,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


4. A chime sounds when the setting iscompleted.

Once the welcome light function is active,the puddle light *A and the passengercabin illumination will illuminate when youapproach the vehicle with the IntelligentKey (within approximately 3.3 feet (1 m) ofthe antenna built inside the door handles)and the following conditions are met.

. All doors are closed and locked.

. The ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFFposition.

. The Intelligent Key is outside thevehicle.

. The puddle light operates within a setduration.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMGUID-C5B46640-6166-4296-9D4E-84D29105384C

The welcome light function will be deacti-vated automatically to prevent batterydischarge under the following conditions.To activate the welcome light functionagain, unlock any door.

. If the welcome light function does notoperate within a set duration. Note thatthe duration is set to 14 days as thefactory default setting. To activate thewelcome light function again, start theengine.

. If the welcome light function is acti-vated 15 consecutive times when youapproach and leave the vehicle with theIntelligent Key without the doors beingunlocked. To activate the welcome lightfunction again, unlock any door (if soequipped).

GUID-830CFA4B-7BC2-4EB5-B729-3DEBD5B2F404

SIC3249

MAP LIGHTSGUID-90C1CDC9-88EE-483F-A6B5-9B7CF87C9FA8

Push the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

Condition:

(133,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SIC3250

PERSONAL LIGHTSGUID-427C090A-E791-4E67-B530-6B20EBFA79D8

RearGUID-53C24D15-30C9-4180-BE68-488250E97CB0

Push the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

SIC3251

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCHGUID-D0E2EF38-2D5D-4501-AA23-4F24DD8B41E1

The interior light control switch has threepositions: ON, DOOR and OFF.

ON positionGUID-59FCC4C9-B087-423C-A637-EDC3922142A0

When the switch is in the ON position *1the map lights and rear personal lights willilluminate.

DOOR positionGUID-A4EA9555-2095-4BCB-812F-BB51F3786C16

When the switch is in the DOOR position*2 , the map lights and rear personal lightswill illuminate under the following condi-tions:

. ignition switch is switched to the OFFposition— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyor door handle request switch with theignition switch in the LOCK position— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. any door is opened and then closedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. any door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or ON position— remain on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the lightsgo off.

The lights will also turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminatedafter the ignition switch has been pushedto the OFF or LOCK position to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.

When the auto interior illumination is set tothe OFF position (see “Vehicle informationand settings” (P.4-9)), the lights willilluminate under the following condition:

. any door is opened with the ignitionswitch in any position


Condition:

(134,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lightsgo off.

OFF positionGUID-54D68F81-4C9B-4125-B4D4-08360530DF65

When the switch is in the OFF position *3 ,the lights will not illuminate, regardless ofthe condition.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time withthe engine stopped. This could result in adischarged battery.

GUID-E3368CF8-A3EF-4DAC-9176-8558DF7C9907

SIC3869

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror isopened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turnoff.

The lights will also turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

GUID-65B14C49-101C-46AA-9AC8-BE69E9C5943F

SIC2925

When the switch is in the DOOR position*A , the light illuminates while the lift gateis opened. When the lift gate is closed, thelight will turn off.

When the switch is in the OFF position *B ,the light will turn off.

The light will turn off after a period of timewhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO LIGHT

Condition:

(135,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-BBDE6354-59FD-4B7D-831F-DCCDCD8C2E6F

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming proce-dures (Example: new vehicle purchases).Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes.For additional information, refer to “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” (P.2-59).

WARNING

. Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage door openerthat lacks safety stop and reverse

features as required by federal safetystandards. (These standards becameeffective for opener models manufac-tured after April 1, 1982). A garage dooropener which cannot detect an object inthe path of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases the riskof serious injury or death.

. During the programming procedure yourgarage door or security gate will openand close (if the transmitter is withinrange). Make sure that people or objectsare clear of the garage door, gate, etc.that you are programming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver. Do not breatheexhaust gases; they contain colorlessand odorless carbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can causeunconsciousness or death.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®GUID-1A602B13-2096-490E-83B6-2BDD3A515041

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

It is also recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmitter ofthe device being programmed toHomeLink® for quicker programming andaccurate transmission of the radio-fre-quency.

1. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) awayfrom the HomeLink® surface, keepingthe HomeLink® indicator light *1 inview.


HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (if soequipped)

Condition:

(136,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVI0428X

2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and handheld transmitter but-ton. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light *1 flashesslowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, bothbuttons may be released. (The rapidflashing indicates successful program-ming.)

NOTE:Some devices to be programmed mayrequire you to replace Step 2 with thecycling procedure noted in the “Pro-gramming HomeLink® for Canadian

customers and gate openers” (P.2-61).

JVI0429X

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe theindicator light.. If the indicator light *1 is solid/

continuous, programming is com-plete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

. If the indicator light *1 blinksrapidly for two seconds and thenturns to a solid/continuous light,continue with Steps 4-6 for a rollingcode device. A second person maymake the following steps easier. Usea ladder or other device. Do not

Condition:

(137,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

stand on your vehicle to perform thenext steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button (thename and color of the button may varyby manufacturer but it is usuallylocated near where the hanging anten-na wire is attached to the unit). If thereis difficulty locating the button, refer-ence the garage door opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or“smart” button.

NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiatethe next step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®

button for two seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to 3 times to complete theprogramming process. HomeLink®

should now activate your rolling codeequipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingd i f f i c u l t y p r o g r amm i n g y o u rHomeLink® buttons, refer to the

HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATEOPENERS

GUID-5972CEF8-27E4-49AA-A5E0-06E4B93FE8B9

Canadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators are de-signed to “time-out” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operator orgarage door opener by using the “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” procedures, re-place “Programming HomeLink®” Step 2with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cy-cling” process to prevent possible damageto the garage door opener components.

Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and the hand-held transmitter

button. During programming, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press and holdthe desired HomeLink® button while youpress and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter every two seconds untilthe frequency signal has been learned. TheHomeLink® indicator light will flash slowlyand then rapidly after several secondsupon successful programming. DO NOTrelease until the HomeLink® indicator lightflashes slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both but-tons may be released. The rapid flashingindicates successful programming.

Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.

Remember to plug the device back in whenprogramming is completed.

OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI-VERSAL TRANSCEIVER

GUID-267DC5E6-83CD-4952-9255-11C2FF18EE39

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activatethe programmed device. To operate, simplypress and release the appropriate pro-grammed HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver button. The amber indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being trans-


Condition:

(138,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


mitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitterof the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT-ING

GUID-97CF8886-10E7-4D65-ACF3-98574F97B33F

If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

. press and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons withoutinterruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3in (26-76 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro-grammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position -keeping the indicator light in view at alltimes.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-

3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATION

GUID-E19425B0-012C-4DD3-97E8-55080D791B47

The following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared.However, individual buttons can be repro-grammed, see “Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button” (P.2-62).

To clear all programmingGUID-0DB90383-2EC3-48B9-8765-36717ECA3FB7

1. Press and hold the two outerHomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in approximately10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode and can be programmed at any timebeginning with “Programming HomeLink®”- Step 1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTON

GUID-00679635-6CED-47F8-AE6C-0C9EAB1B371E

To reprogram a HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pushing theHomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affectany other programmed HomeLink® but-tons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENGUID-EFCC4826-DE8D-4D28-803D-A0688F03DA1C

If your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code devicethat has been programmed intoHomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manualof each device or call the manufacturer orretailer of those devices for additionalinformation.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with your new transmit-ter information.

Condition:

(139,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.


Condition:

(140,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


MEMO

Condition:

(141,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ....................................................................... 3-2Intelligent Key .................................................... 3-2Valet hand-off .................................................... 3-3

Doors ..................................................................... 3-4Locking with mechanical key .............................. 3-4Opening and closing windows with themechanical key .................................................. 3-4Locking with inside lock knob ............................ 3-5Locking with power door lock switch .................. 3-5Automatic door locks ......................................... 3-5Child safety rear door locks ................................ 3-6

Intelligent Key system ............................................ 3-7Intelligent Key operating range .......................... 3-9Door locks/unlocks precaution ........................... 3-9Intelligent Key operation .................................. 3-10Battery saver system ........................................ 3-11Warning signals ............................................... 3-11Troubleshooting guide ..................................... 3-12

Remote keyless entry system ............................... 3-13How to use remote keyless entry system .......... 3-13

Hood ................................................................... 3-16Lift gate ............................................................... 3-17

Lift gate release lever ..................................... 3-17Fuel-filler door ..................................................... 3-18

Opening the fuel-filler door ............................. 3-18Fuel-filler cap ................................................. 3-18

Tilt/telescopic column .......................................... 3-20Manual operation (if so equipped) .................. 3-20Electric operation (if so equipped) .................. 3-21

Sun visors ........................................................... 3-21Mirrors ................................................................ 3-22

Inside mirror .................................................. 3-22Outside mirrors .............................................. 3-23Vanity mirror .................................................. 3-25

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) .......... 3-25Entry/exit function .......................................... 3-25Seat synchronization function ......................... 3-26Memory storage ............................................. 3-27System operation ........................................... 3-28

Condition:

(142,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

GUID-EA126302-6FAF-4C72-BECE-5E088F00D216

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not inthe vehicle. If you lose your keys, see anINFINITI retailer for duplicates by using thekey number. INFINITI does not record anykey numbers so it is very important to keeptrack of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, thiskey can be duplicated by an INFINITIretailer.

SPA2406

1. Intelligent Key (2 sets)2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent

Key) (2 sets)3. Key number plate (1 set)

INTELLIGENT KEYGUID-D8C37A9F-307A-45AF-A8B2-7046DB78DA9B

Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com-ponents and INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components. As many as 4 Intelli-gent Keys can be registered and used withone vehicle. The new keys must beregistered by an INFINITI retailer prior touse with the Intelligent Key system andINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of your

vehicle. Since the registration processrequires erasing all memory in the Intelli-gent Key components when registeringnew keys, be sure to take all IntelligentKeys that you have to the INFINITI retailer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when driving. The Intelligent Key is aprecision device with a built-in transmit-ter. To avoid damaging it, please note thefollowing.

— The Intelligent Key is water resis-tant; however, wetting may damagethe Intelligent Key. If the IntelligentKey gets wet, immediately wipe untilit is completely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature is below148F (−108C), the battery of theIntelligent Key may not functionproperly.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in a place wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

KEYS

Condition:

(143,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

— Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key nearan electric appliance such as atelevision set or personal computer.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Key tocome into contact with water or saltwater, and do not wash it in awashing machine. This could affectthe system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key. This will preventthe Intelligent Key from unauthorizeduse to unlock the vehicle. For informa-tion regarding the erasing procedure,please contact an INFINITI retailer.

SPA2033

Mechanical keyGUID-A10BCDDF-7D0A-4CAE-BAB8-A8F8C4D4AACD

To remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insertit into the Intelligent Key until the lockknob returns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe doors and the glove box.

See “Doors” (P.3-4) and “Storage” (P.2-45).

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key installed inthe Intelligent Key.

VALET HAND-OFFGUID-A099C12D-9FC8-46D0-B227-F50EC3E02AAF

When you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself andkeep the mechanical key with you toprotect your belongings.

To prevent the glove box from beingopened during valet hand-off, follow theprocedures below.

1. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechanicalkey.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet,keeping the mechanical key in yourpocket or bag for insertion into theIntelligent Key when you retrieve yourvehicle.

See “Storage” (P.2-45).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Condition:

(144,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-11122824-7934-4DF7-86A9-789D6D5A76D9

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seat belts,this provides greater safety in the eventof an accident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown from thevehicle. This also helps keep childrenand others from unintentionally openingthe doors, and will help keep outintruders.

. Before opening any door, always look forand avoid oncoming traffic.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in yourvehicle. Additionally, the temperatureinside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

SPA2457B

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEYGUID-8D2C47AE-C287-4DD6-951C-782C83FEEC80

The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneouslyusing the mechanical key.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder tothe front of the vehicle *1 will lock alldoors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinderonce to the rear of the vehicle *2 willunlock the driver’s door. After returningthe key to the neutral position *3 ,turning it to the rear again within 60seconds will unlock all doors.

. You can switch the lock system to themode that allows you to open all thedoors when the key is turned once. (See“How to use SETTING button” (P.4-13).)

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH THE MECHANICAL KEY

GUID-8B31CED8-2DDB-4132-93D0-F82BC12942CA

The driver’s door key operation also allowsyou to open and close the window that isequipped with the automatic open/closefunction. (See “Power windows” (P.2-51).)

To open the window, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the rear of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is unlockedand the window keeps opening whileturning the key.

This function can also be performed bypushing and holding the door UNLOCKbutton of the Intelligent Key. (See “Remotekeyless entry system” (P.3-13).)

To close the window, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the front of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is lockedand the window keeps closing while turn-ing the key.

DOORS

Condition:

(145,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SPA1814

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBGUID-255D9901-3D39-4A29-9FE4-4091268E9F68

To lock the door individually, move theinside lock knob to the lock position *1 .

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position *2 .

Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle.

SPA2300

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

GUID-8EAF60ED-D5E7-4774-93AB-0D2EB135EEB0

Operating the power door lock switch willlock or unlock all the doors. The switchesare located on the driver’s and frontpassenger’s door armrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position *1 .

Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle.

To unlock the doors including the fuel-fillerdoor, push the power door lock switch tothe unlock position *2 .

Lockout protectionGUID-45A339AC-C8C7-402C-8A35-F91E660BF6D7

When the power door lock switch (driver orfront passenger) is moved to the lockposition with the Intelligent Key in the portand any door open, all doors will lock andunlock automatically. With the IntelligentKey left in the vehicle (not in the IntelligentKey port) and any door open, all doors willunlock automatically and a chime willsound after the door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the In-telligent Key from being accidentallylocked inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKSGUID-E0F53CCC-064C-4680-A5B3-1547655A63D2

. All doors will be locked automaticallywhen the vehicle speed reaches 15MPH (24 km/h).

. All doors will be unlocked automaticallywhen the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.


Condition:

(146,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step2, push and hold the power door lockswitch to the position (UNLOCK) formore than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicatorwill flash twice. When deactivated, thehazard indicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed inthe OFF and ON position again betweeneach setting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition. To unlock the door manually, usethe inside lock knob or the power door lockswitch (driver’s or front passenger’s side).

SPA2535


SPA2536

Type B (if so equipped)

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKSGUID-7AF8CF4F-8984-4F1B-86CF-38E6A6F2CFAE

Child safety rear door locks help preventdoors from being opened accidentally,especially when small children are in thevehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position*1 , the rear doors can be opened onlyfrom the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to theunlock position *2 .

Condition:

(147,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-86E379A8-3249-491E-918A-8533FABDF9A9

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufac-turer for the possible influences beforeuse.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that the radio wavesmay affect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure that the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when the unitis stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate allthe door locks using the remote controllerfunction or pushing the request switch onthe vehicle without taking the key out froma pocket or purse. The operating environ-ment and/or conditions may affect theIntelligent Key system operation.

Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when operating the vehicle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicat-ing with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key system trans-mits weak radio waves. Environmentalconditions may interfere with the operationof the Intelligent Key system under thefollowing operating conditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted,such as a TV tower, power station andbroadcasting station.

. When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver, and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a personal

computer.. When the vehicle is parked near a

parking meter.In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Keyfunction or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating conditions,the battery’s life is approximately 2 years.If the battery is discharged, replace it witha new one.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuouslyreceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV andpersonal computer, the battery life maybecome shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “Intelligent Key battery repla-cement” (P.8-23).

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, contact anINFINITI retailer.


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Condition:

(148,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, to comeinto contact with water or salt water. Thiscould affect the system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.

. Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

. Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key.If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completely dry.

. If the outside temperature is below 148F(−108C), the battery of the IntelligentKey may not function properly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 1408F (608C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. Thismay prevent the unauthorized use of theIntelligent Key to operate the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the erasing proce-dure, contact an INFINITI retailer.

Condition:

(149,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

GUID-855379CF-D1BD-456D-888E-F458F01E0186

The Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the requestswitch *1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey system’s operating range becomesnarrower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80cm) from each request switch *1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper the requestswitches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within theoperating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key topush the request switch to lock/unlock thedoors.

SPA2326

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION

GUID-C6C856C3-F25E-4C98-B0F6-1AE1E402F286

. Do not push the door handle requestswitch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The closedistance to the door handle will causethe Intelligent Key system to havedifficulty recognizing that the Intelli-gent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handlerequest switch, verify the doors aresecurely locked by testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left inside the vehicle, make sure


Condition:

(150,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


you carry the key with you and thenlock the doors.

. Do not pull the door handle beforepushing the door handle requestswitch. The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open the door.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doors with the door handlerequest switch) can be set to remaininactive. (See “Vehicle information andsettings” (P.4-9).)

SPA2408

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONGUID-B99EAFB4-82A5-4BD9-9044-7364ECA22FDE

You can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket or bag.

SPA2467

SPA2410

When you carry the Intelligent Key with

Condition:

(151,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

you, you can lock or unlock all doors bypushing the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) *A or the liftgate request switch *B within the range ofoperation.

When you lock or unlock the doors or thelift gate, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will soundas a confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-14).

Locking doors and fuel-filler doorGUID-F0F78CD9-1EF7-40B4-9DC9-C75B12BAF4C5

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position, push the ignition switch to theOFF position and make sure you carrythe Intelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) *A or thelift gate request switch *B while carry-ing the Intelligent Key with you.*2

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door willlock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe outside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

*2: Doors will not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch with the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle.

However, when an Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle, doors can be locked withanother registered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler doorGUID-39CE1C16-1A5B-48A0-9B0F-E2EDF799BFA0

1. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) *A or thelift gate request switch *B once whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once. The corre-sponding door and the fuel-filler dooror the lift gate will unlock.

3. Push the door handle request switchagain within 60 seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once again. Allthe doors will unlock.

All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushingthe request switch while the doors arelocked. If during this 1-minute time period,the request switch is pushed, all doors willbe locked automatically after another 1

minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMGUID-11E244CA-71F1-41F6-9717-7B263886BC6E

When all the following conditions are metfor a period of time, the battery saversystem will cut off the power supply toprevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACCposition, and

. All doors are closed, and

. The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING SIGNALSGUID-8A96B9E4-0573-41A4-9F91-EF85EB150107

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key listed on the followingchart or to help prevent the vehicle frombeing stolen, chime or beep sounds insideand outside the vehicle and a warningdisplays in the vehicle information display.

When a chime or beep sounds or thewarning displays, be sure to check thevehicle and Intelligent Key.

See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-12) and“Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).


Condition:

(152,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-EED2B883-4100-4320-B819-2F375972BB23

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switchto stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the inside warning chime sounds con-tinuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position. Shift the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

When opening the driver’s door toget out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC posi-tion. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

The Intelligent Key is in the IntelligentKey port.

Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli-gent Key port.

When closing the door after get-ting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on the display,the outside chime sounds 3 times and theinside warning chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the outside chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition and the shift lever is not in theP (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) positionand push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approximately 3seconds and all the doors unlock. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handlerequest switch to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approximately 2seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

The door handle request switch ispushed before the door is closed.

Push the door handle request switch afterthe door is closed.

Condition:

(153,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-15E71DED-7DD0-411C-86F6-371302C7A6CA

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radio waveswhen the buttons are pushed. The FAAadvises that the radio waves may affectaircraft navigation and communication sys-tems. Do not operate the Intelligent Keywhile on an airplane. Make sure that thebuttons are not operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored for a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler door, activate the panic alarm andopen the windows by pushing the buttonson the Intelligent Key from outside thevehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from thevehicle. (The effective distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.)

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information concern-ing the purchase and use of additionalIntelligent Keys, contact an INFINITI retai-ler.

The lock and unlock buttons on theIntelligent Key will not operate when:

. the distance between the Intelligent Keyand the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery runs down.After locking with the remote keyless entryfunction, pull the door handle to make surethe doors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons,approach the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m)from the door. SPA2252

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

GUID-58013B2A-5102-4FF4-B0F0-389777C7FFE8

When you lock or unlock the doors or thelift gate, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will soundas a confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-14).

Locking doors and fuel-filler doorGUID-53552A67-7478-4231-945C-714CAEC2C8A4

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position, push the ignition switch to theOFF position and make sure you carrythe Intelligent Key with you.*

2. Close all the doors and the lift gate.


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Condition:

(154,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


3. Push the LOCK button *1 on theIntelligent Key.

4. All the doors, the lift gate and fuel-fillerdoor will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

*: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler doorGUID-CC8A76D2-67AD-47FD-971C-B7968A47AF43

1. Push the UNLOCK button *2 on theIntelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door and fuel-filler door willunlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key again within 60 sec-onds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes onceagain. All the doors and the lift gatewill unlock.

All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushingthe UNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey while the doors are locked. If duringthis 1-minute time period, the UNLOCK

button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, alldoors will be locked automatically afteranother 1 minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windowsGUID-5EC2B4D4-B4E8-45C1-8DE2-0264577A95E7

The UNLOCK button operation alsoallows you to open a window that isequipped with the automatic open/closefunction. (See “Power windows” (P.2-51).)

To open the windows, push the doorUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyfor about 3 seconds after the door isunlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton.

Window cannot be closed using the In-telligent Key.

The door window can be opened or closedby turning the mechanical key in a doorlock. (See “Doors” (P.3-4).)

Using panic alarmGUID-FE75BEE6-6D84-4ABA-84F5-F47AE2443FA4

If you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button *3 on theIntelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent

key are pushed. (Note: Panic buttonshould be pushed for more than 1second.)

Setting hazard indicator and hornmode

GUID-D73804FB-D84D-4B1E-80B6-E36BCC932468

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive thevehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button *1 is pushed, thehazard indicator flashes twice and the hornchirps once. When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed, the hazard indicator flashesonce.

If horns are not necessary, the system canbe switched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator

flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, neither the hazard

Condition:

(155,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

indicator nor the horn operates. Hazard indicator and horn mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Remote keyless entry system(Using or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle request switch)

HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Remote keyless entry system(Using or button) HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none


Condition:

(156,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Switching procedure:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To switch the hazard indicator and horn(chime) operation, push the LOCK *1and UNLOCK *2 buttons on the Intel-ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set,the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and hornmode is set, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

NOS1695

GUID-E67931F1-ABB7-43D4-A257-B87998011086

JVP0392X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle *1located below the instrument panel;the hood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever *2 up at the front of thehood with your fingertips and raise thehood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly closethe hood down to latch both the rightand left locks. Push the hood down tolock the hood securely into place.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completely closedand latched before driving. Failure to doso could cause the hood to fly open andresult in an accident.

. If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

HOOD

Condition:

(157,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-E3048FED-A620-48C7-BF89-696E3D4A8243

WARNING

. Always be sure the lift gate has beenclosed securely to prevent it from open-ing while driving.

. Do not drive with the lift gate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle. See “Precau-tions when starting and driving” (P.5-4)for exhaust gas.

JVP0393X

. The power door lock system allows youto lock or unlock all doors including thelift gate simultaneously.

. Push the opener switch *A and pull theopener handle to open the lift gate.

SPA2454

LIFT GATE RELEASE LEVERGUID-9CA057AB-683B-4356-ACA5-AC01BC0D9017

If the lift gate cannot be opened with thedoor lock switch due to a dischargedbattery, follow these steps.

1. Remove the cover *A inside of the liftgate using a suitable tool.

2. Move the lever *B as illustrated toopen the lift gate using a suitable tool.

Contact an INFINITI retailer as soon aspossible for repair.


LIFT GATE

Condition:

(158,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-11622BF7-507F-4195-AC95-8F3201F81940

SPA1562A

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOORGUID-29490FD7-B700-471D-8993-804AF856F5F4

To open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuel-filler door by using one of the followingoperations, then push the left side of thedoor.

. Push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key carried withyou.

. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key.

. Insert the mechanical key into the doorlock cylinder and turn it to the rear ofthe vehicle.

. Push the power door lock switch to theUNLOCK position.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securelyand lock all doors by operating the doorhandle request switch, the LOCK button onthe Intelligent Key, the mechanical key orthe power door lock switch.

FUEL-FILLER CAPGUID-346E82C6-41E3-4EAA-8599-7D1BE84F9B64

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriouslyinjured if it is misused or mishandled.Always stop engine and do not smoke orallow open flames or sparks near thevehicle when refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has abuilt-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrect cap can

result in a serious malfunction andpossible injury. It could also cause themalfunction indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel container in thevehicle or trailer. Static electricity cancause an explosion of flammable liquid,vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. Toreduce the risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container on theground when filling.

— Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

Condition:

(159,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-fillertube, then tighten the fuel-filler cap untila single click is heard. Failure to tightenthe fuel-filler cap properly may cause the

malfunction indicator light (MIL) toilluminate. If the light illuminatesbecause the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn offafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected by an INFINITI retailer.

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will appearif the fuel-filler cap is not properlytightened. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUELCAP warning appears may cause theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) toilluminate.

JVP0006X

Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise toremove. To tighten, turn the cap clockwiseuntil a single click is heard.

Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder *Awhile refueling.

SPA2839

LOOSE FUEL CAP warningGUID-50D68218-6EC9-4E03-B211-1187DE6E4335

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears onthe vehicle information display when thefuel-filler cap is not tightened correctlyafter the vehicle has been refueled. To turnoff the warning, perform the followingsteps:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. (See “Fuel-filler door”(P.3-18).)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a singleclick is heard.

3. Push the switch *A for about 1second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP


Condition:

(160,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


tightening the fuel-filler cap.

GUID-695691CE-370F-4FAB-AE66-9B452F6CD973

WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

. Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and comfort.The driver’s air bag inflates with greatforce. If you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out ofposition in any way, you are at greaterrisk of injury or death in a crash.You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuries fromthe air bag if you are up against it whenit inflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel. Always use theseat belts.

SPA2468

MANUAL OPERATION (if soequipped)

GUID-9D33C625-D759-4DB3-B35A-FBC2C91A8BF6

Tilt or telescopic operationGUID-FC860353-AD84-446C-9B69-A69CE4F24FDA

Pull the lock lever *1 down and adjust thesteering wheel up, down, forward or rear-ward to the desired position.

Push the lock lever up securely to lock thesteering wheel in place.

TILT/TELESCOPIC COLUMN

Condition:

(161,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SPA2456

ELECTRIC OPERATION (if soequipped)

GUID-C8665475-E2E5-4845-AE04-1DA59654EDD1

Tilt or telescopic operationGUID-F6CB52A9-EF0D-4F84-9D5B-1FED3050920A

Move the lever to adjust the steering wheelup or down, forward or rearward to thedesired position.

Entry/Exit function operation (if soequipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up auto-matically when the driver’s door is openedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. This lets the driver get into andout of the seat more easily.

For more information, see “Automatic drivepositioner” (P.3-25).

GUID-58FC6E62-285C-40C0-8870-719830BE27DC

SPA2471

1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor *1 .


SUN VISORS

Condition:

(162,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


2. To block glare from the side, removethe main sun visor from the centermount and swing the visor to the side*2 .

3. Slide the sun visor *3 in or out asneeded.

GUID-F58E3F40-6078-40DC-8F8F-3D5B2C2042D5

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORGUID-A1DA0342-E5E5-465C-B41A-399CC7C4DFA3

Adjust the height and the angle of theinside mirror to the desired position.

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare typeGUID-E5A38B31-4FDA-4987-A23D-A008300A6757

The night position *1 will reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behind youat night.

Use the day position *2 when driving indaylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when necessary,because it reduces rearview clarity.

MIRRORS

Condition:

(163,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SPA2450

Automatic anti-glare typeGUID-FFC9CCD0-973D-4015-AC15-19BCBEE4BC22

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accordingto the intensity of the headlights of thefollowing vehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position.

When the anti-glare system is turned on,the indicator light *A will illuminate andexcessive glare from the headlights of thevehicle behind you will be reduced.

Push the “*” switch *C to make the insiderearview mirror operate normally. The

indicator light will turn off. Push the “I”switch *D to turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover thesensors *E or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensor, resulting in improperoperation.

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveroperation, see “HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver” (P.2-59).

SPA2319

OUTSIDE MIRRORSGUID-FB8BEEB9-0682-45A1-A6ED-C63C2A517B99

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on thepassenger side are closer than they appear.Be careful when moving to the right. Usingonly this mirror could cause an accident. Usethe inside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distances toother objects.


Condition:

(164,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Adjusting outside mirrorsGUID-6C519BF8-54BC-460D-83D7-1D8A28A51396

The outside mirror control switch is locatedon the armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Turn the switch right or left to select theright or left side mirror *1 , then adjustusing the control switch *2 .

Defrosting outside mirrorsGUID-9BD5FA55-4B63-431F-B4F3-F4FA77E7400D

The outside mirrors will be heated whenthe rear window defroster switch is oper-ated.

SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsGUID-EDEC0B3B-DBB3-4CD7-AA23-96F45D8C0EBB

Fold the outside mirror by pushing ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)

GUID-A4050822-E5C1-4CE7-A55E-58DEA4B878A5

When backing up the vehicle, the right orleft outside mirror will turn downwardautomatically to provide better rear visibi-lity.


2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.

3. Choose the right or left outside mirrorby operating the outside mirror controlswitch.

4. The selected outside mirror surfacemoves downward.

When one of the following conditions hasoccurred, the selected outside mirror sur-face will return to its original position.

. The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

. The outside mirror control switch is setto the center position.

. The ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Condition:

(165,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SIC3869

VANITY MIRRORGUID-FD6B884E-5A21-4735-8A2D-20B5FF91BB0F

To use the front vanity mirror, pull downthe sun visor and pull up the cover.

GUID-86283F29-CBF9-4BB2-9CC4-1D76F06E52D1

The automatic drive positioner system hasthe following features:

. Entry/exit function

. Seat synchronization function

. Memory storage

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONGUID-9AC024F5-C581-4D01-8622-038BEF4536D1

This system is designed so that the driver’sseat and steering column will automati-cally move when the automatic transmis-sion shift lever is in the P (Park) position.This allows the driver to get into and out ofthe driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward andthe steering wheel will move up when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the OFF position.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel willreturn to the previous positions when oneof the following is operated:

. When the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position after the driver’s dooris closed.

. When the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position.

. When the Intelligent Key is inserted intothe port after the driver’s door isclosed.

The driver’s seat will not return to theprevious positions if the seat or steeringadjusting switch is operated when the seatis at the exit position.

Cancel or activate entry/exit func-tion

GUID-48398ABA-1770-4500-8083-C2E9A8122749

The shift lever must be in the P (Park)position with the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The entry/exit function can be activated orcanceled by pressing and holding the SETswitch for more than 10 seconds.

The entry/exit function can also be acti-vated or canceled if the “Lift SteeringWheel on Exit” key or “Slide Driver SeatBack on Exit” key is turned to ON or OFF inthe “Comfort” settings. (See “Vehicleinformation and settings” (P.4-9).)

Initialize entry/exit functionGUID-54652083-4D98-4A38-831B-B10FA5BB523F

If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the entry/exit function willnot work though this function was set onbefore. In such a case, after connecting thebattery or replacing with a new fuse, openand close the driver’s door more than twotimes after the ignition switch is turnedfrom the ON position to the LOCK position.


AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if soequipped)

Condition:

(166,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


The entry/exit function will be activated.

JVP0230X

SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTIONGUID-9C62EB27-3C7E-4058-AC3B-D9D8EE82055C

The seat synchronization function automa-tically adjusts the positions of the steeringwheel and outside mirrors when the seat isadjusted using the power seat switches.

However, the steering wheel and outsidemirrors will not move if the seat is adjustedover the maximum thresholds. The systemconsiders that the steering wheel andoutside mirror adjustments are not neces-sary because the seat may not be adjustedfor the driving position. Note that thefunction is set to disabled as the factorydefault setting.

The seat synchronization function operatesunder the following conditions:

. The ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

. The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.If the outside mirrors or the steering wheelreaches its maximum adjustment, thefunction is automatically disabled. Restartthe function by selecting a previouslystored seat memory position using thememory switches (1 or 2). An IntelligentKey that was previously linked to thestored seat memory can also be used torestart the function.

If a seat position was not previously storedin the seat memory, restart the function byadjusting the steering wheel and outsidemirrors manually for your best drivingposition and then drive the vehicle above4 MPH (7 km/h).

Cancel or activate seat synchroni-zation function

GUID-32A5E6F9-7665-4B33-A3DF-169B7DBD11D2

The shift lever must be in the P (Park)position with the ignition switch in the ACCposition.

The seat synchronization function can beactivated or canceled by pushing andholding the SET switch for more than 10

Condition:

(167,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

seconds while the ignition switch is in theACC position.

The indicator lights on the memoryswitches (1 and 2) will blink once whenthe function is canceled, and the indicatorlights will blink twice when the function isactivated.

MEMORY STORAGEGUID-1C3A99E4-375E-45E2-BED3-7CC50A6635A6

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors can be storedin the automatic drive positioner memory.Follow these procedures to use the mem-ory system.

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering col-umn and outside mirrors to the desiredpositions by manually operating eachadjusting switch. For additional infor-mation, see “Seats” (P.1-2), “Tilt/tele-scopic column” (P.3-20) and “Outsidemirrors” (P.3-23).

3. Push the SET switch and, within 5seconds, push the memory switch (1or 2) fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushedmemory switch will stay on for approxi-

mately 5 seconds after pushing theswitch.

When the memory is stored in thememory switch (1 or 2), a buzzer willsound.

If memory is stored in the samememory switch, the previous memorywill be deleted.

Linking Intelligent Key to a storedmemory position

GUID-FF25730E-EC0C-4FB2-BB0F-F0531F9B395F

The Intelligent Key can be linked to astored memory position with the followingprocedure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memoryposition.

2. While the indicator light for the memoryswitch being set is illuminated for 5seconds, push the UNLOCK buttonon the Intelligent Key. If the indicatorlight blinks, the Intelligent Key is linkedto that memory setting.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion, and then push the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key. The driver’sseat, steering wheel and outside mirrorswill move to the memorized position or tothe exit position when the entry/exit

function is set to active.

Confirming memory storageGUID-A5EE0B0A-D274-443D-BC37-60209121DE87

. Push the SET switch. If the mainmemory has not been stored, theindicator light will come on for approxi-mately 0.5 second. When the memoryhas stored in position, the indicatorlight will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

. If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the memory will becanceled. In this case, reset the desiredposition using the previous procedure.

. If optional Intelligent Keys are added toyour vehicle, the memory storage pro-cedure to switch 1 or 2 and linkingIntelligent Key procedure to a storedmemory position should be performedagain for each Intelligent Key. Foradditional Intelligent Key information,see “Keys” (P.3-2).

Selecting the memorized positionGUID-B16B242A-D628-431A-A7BF-1FC330C8EF8C


2. Use one of the following methods tomove the driver’s seat, the outsidemirrors and the steering wheel.


Condition:

(168,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fullyfor at least 1 second.

. Within 45 seconds of opening thedriver’s door, push the memoryswitch (1 or 2) fully for at least 1second.

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the mem-orized position or to the exit positionwhen the entry/exit function is set toactive with the indicator light flashing,and then the light will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-CBE200DA-E91F-4C6F-BAAE-767D9D48DB7B

The automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

. When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH(7 km/h).

. When the adjusting switch for thedriver’s seat and steering column isturned on while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

. When the memory switch 1 or 2 is notpushed for at least 1 second.

. When the seat, steering column andoutside mirrors have already beenmoved to the memorized position.

. When no position is stored in thememory switch.

. When the engine is started while mov-ing the automatic drive positioner.

. When the AT shift lever is moved fromthe P (Park) position to any otherposition. (However, it will not becanceled if the switch is pushed whilethe seat and steering column arereturning to the previous positions(entry/exit function).)

. When the driver’s door remains open formore than 45 seconds and the ignitionswitch is not in the ON position.

. The seat synchronization function isautomatically disabled if the outsidemirrors or steering wheel reaches itsmaximum adjustment.

. The seat synchronization function willnot operate if the seat is adjusted overone of the following maximum thresh-olds:— Seat sliding: 3.0 in (76 mm)— Seatback reclining: 9.1 degrees— Seat lifter (rear side): 0.8 in (20 mm)

Condition:

(169,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recog-nition systems

Safety note ............................................................. 4-3Center multi-function control panel ......................... 4-3

How to use INFINITI controller ............................ 4-5How to use touch screen (models withnavigation system) ............................................. 4-5Menu options (models withnavigation system) ............................................. 4-7How to select menus on the screen .................... 4-8

Vehicle information and settings ............................ 4-9How to use STATUS button ................................. 4-9How to use brightness control and displayON/OFF button ................................................... 4-9How to use INFO button ..................................... 4-9How to use SETTING button .............................. 4-13

RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ........................ 4-24RearView Monitor system operation ................. 4-24How to read the displayed lines ....................... 4-25Sonar indicator (if so equipped) ....................... 4-25How to park with predictive course lines .......... 4-25Adjusting the screen ........................................ 4-28Predictive course line settings .......................... 4-28RearView Monitor system limitations ................ 4-29System maintenance ........................................ 4-30

Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) ................ 4-31Around View® Monitor system operation ........ 4-33How to adjust the screen view ........................ 4-39Around View® Monitor settings ...................... 4-39Around View® Monitor system limitations ....... 4-40System Maintenance ...................................... 4-42

Camera aiding sonar function (models withAround View® Monitor) ........................................ 4-43

Sonar system operation .................................. 4-44Turning on and off the sonar function ............. 4-44Sonar system limitations ................................ 4-46System Maintenance ...................................... 4-47

Moving Object Detection (MOD) (ifso equipped) ....................................................... 4-48

MOD system operation ................................... 4-49Turning on and off the MOD system ................ 4-50MOD system limitations .................................. 4-51System maintenance ...................................... 4-52

Ventilators ........................................................... 4-53Heater and air conditioner ................................... 4-53

Automatic climate control (Type A) (ifso equipped) .................................................. 4-55Automatic climate control (Type B) (ifso equipped) .................................................. 4-57

Condition:

(170,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Operating tips .................................................. 4-60In-cabin microfilter ........................................... 4-60Servicing climate control .................................. 4-61

Audio system ....................................................... 4-61Audio operation precautions ............................ 4-61FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player ....................................................... 4-75DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player operation(models with navigation system) ...................... 4-79USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port ....... 4-83Bluetooth® streaming audio (models withnavigation system) ........................................... 4-87iPod® player operation ..................................... 4-92CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning .......... 4-95Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio ....... 4-96Antenna ........................................................... 4-97

Car phone or CB radio .......................................... 4-98Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models with navigation system) .......................... 4-99

Regulatory information ................................... 4-100Voice commands ............................................ 4-100Control buttons .............................................. 4-101Connecting procedure .................................... 4-101Phone selection ............................................. 4-102Quick Dial ...................................................... 4-102Making a call ................................................. 4-105

Receiving a call ............................................ 4-106During a call ................................................. 4-106Phone setting ............................................... 4-107Troubleshooting guide .................................. 4-109

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (modelswithout navigation system) ................................ 4-110

Regulatory information ................................. 4-111Control buttons ............................................ 4-112Voice Recognition System ............................. 4-112Pairing procedure ......................................... 4-117Phonebook registration ................................ 4-118Making a call ................................................ 4-119Receiving a call ............................................ 4-119During a call ................................................. 4-119Phone settings ............................................. 4-120Voice adaptation mode ................................. 4-123

INFINITI Voice Recognition system (models withnavigation system) ............................................. 4-124

INFINITI Voice RecognitionStandard Mode ............................................. 4-125Using the system .......................................... 4-128INFINITI Voice Recognition AlternateCommand Mode ........................................... 4-136Using the system .......................................... 4-144Troubleshooting guide .................................. 4-149

Condition:

(171,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-4B3FA76A-56D9-437D-9826-FD414C1230E8

WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you notice anyabnormality, such as a frozen screen orlack of sound. Continued use of thesystem may result in accident, fire orelectric shock.

. In case you notice any foreign object inthe system hardware, spill liquid on it, ornotice smoke or smell coming from it,stop using the system immediately andcontact your nearest INFINITI retailer.Ignoring such conditions may lead toaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Park the vehicle in a safe location andapply the parking brake to view theimages on the front center displayscreen.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

GUID-A1350C3E-4827-46B4-848A-A53966DEBE30

SAA1836

Models with navigation system1. “CAMERA” Around View® Monitor dis-

play button (P.4-31)2, 6, 7, 10, 11.

For navigation system control buttons(Refer to the separate NavigationSystem Owner’s Manual.)

3. INFINITI controller (P.4-5)4. “STATUS” status display button

(P.4-9)5. “ OFF” brightness control and

display ON/OFF button (P.4-9)8. “AM·FM·SAT” band select button

(P.4-61)

9. “DISC·AUX” selector button (P.4-61)12. “INFO” vehicle and navigation infor-

mation button (P.4-9)13. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

SAFETY NOTE CENTER MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL

Condition:

(172,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

4-4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1524

Models without navigation system1. “AUX” button (P.4-61)2. “RADIO AM·FM” band select button

(P.4-61)3. INFINITI controller (P.4-5)4. “ OFF” brightness control and

display ON/OFF button (P.4-9)5. “INFO” vehicle information button

(P.4-9)6. “DISC” selector button (P.4-61)7. “STATUS” status display button

(P.4-9)8. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

SAA1541

Models with navigation system

SAA1508

Models without navigation system

Condition:

(173,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLERGUID-034896B8-60D4-4480-8908-7F8AFFD52666

Choose an item on the display using themain directional buttons *2 (or additionaldirectional buttons *6 with navigationsystem) or center dial *3 , and push theENTER button *1 for operation.

If you push the BACK button *4 before thesetup is completed, the setup will becanceled and/or the display will return tothe previous screen. This button can alsobe used to delete characters that havebeen input.

After the setup is completed, push theBACK button *4 and return to the previousscreen.

For the VOICE button *5 functions, refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’sManual.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN(models with navigation system)

GUID-EB35CA3A-BFE8-4637-974C-4D084964705A

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if it is hit with a hardor sharp object. If the glass screenbreaks, do not touch it. Doing so could

result in an injury.

. To clean the display, use a soft, drycloth. If additional cleaning is necessary,use a small amount of neutral detergentwith a soft cloth. Never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or deteriorate the panel.

. Do not splash any liquid such as water orcar fragrance on the display. Contactwith liquid will cause the system tomalfunction.

To ensure safe driving, some functionscannot be operated while driving.

The on-screen functions that are notavailable while driving will be “grayedout” or muted.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and thenoperate the navigation system.

WARNING

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving.

. Avoid using vehicle features that could

distract you. If distracted, you could losecontrol of your vehicle and cause anaccident.


Condition:

(174,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2473

Touch screen operationGUID-AF81D239-00F7-412D-AF25-A1CA5191D2E0

With this system, the same operations asthose for the INFINITI controller are possi-ble using the touch screen operation.

Selecting the item:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch an item to select it. To select the“Audio” settings, touch the “Audio” area*1 on the screen.

Touch the BACK *2 button to return to theprevious screen.

SAA2474

Adjusting an item:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the + *1 or − *2 button to adjust thesettings.

Touch the *3 or *4 button tomove to the previous or next item.

Touch the *5 or *6 button tomove to the previous or next page.

SAA2475

Inputting characters:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the letter or number *1 .

There are some options available wheninputting characters.

. Uppercase:Shows uppercase characters.

. Lowercase:Shows lowercase characters.

. Symbols:Shows symbols such as the questionmark (?).

. Space:Inserts a space.

Condition:

(175,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. Delete:Deletes the last character that has beeninput with one touch. Push and hold thebutton to delete all of the characters.

. OK:Completes character inputs.

Touch screen maintenanceGUID-CEEDE718-B557-40FA-AAB2-922D39EF717A

If you clean the display screen, use a dry,soft cloth. If additional cleaning is neces-sary, use a small amount of neutraldetergent with a soft cloth. Never spraythe screen with water or detergent. Dam-pen the cloth first, and then wipe thescreen.

SAA1525

MENU OPTIONS (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-275091B0-CF9E-4D0B-8DD7-84E93B555B7C

The start menu can be displayed using theENTER (menu control) switch on the steer-ing-wheel-mounted controls.

1. While the MAP or STATUS screen isdisplayed, push and hold the menucontrol switch until the “Menu Options”screen appears.

2. Highlight the preferred item by tiltingthe menu control switch up or down,and then push the menu control switchto select it.

SAA2476

Available itemsGUID-79B87345-853F-4FD3-8670-B2358DD19290

Destination/Route:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

These items are for the navigation system.See the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for details.

Info:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Displays the information screen. It is thesame screen that appears when you pushthe INFO button.

Settings:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Displays the settings screen. It is the samescreen that appears when you push theSETTING button.


Condition:

(176,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2477


JVH0179M


HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THESCREEN

GUID-34F77A0B-1A8F-4CD3-A977-14B6223CE977

Vehicle functions are viewed on the displayscreen in menus. To select each key item,highlight the preferred item using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTERbutton.

Whenever a menu selection is made ormenu item is highlighted, different areason the screen provide you with importantinformation. See the following for details.

1. Header:

Shows the path used to get to thecurrent screen.

2. Menu Selections:

Shows the options to choose withinthat menu screen.

3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:

Shows that the INFINITI controller maybe used to move UP/DOWN on thescreen and select more options.

4. Menu Items Counter:

Shows the total number of items listedacross all pages for the current menu.

5. Footer/Information Line:

Provides more information (if available)

about the menu selection currentlyhighlighted.

Condition:

(177,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-740504CB-8D84-4DF0-A3A3-7B0B7C1E1029

HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTONGUID-1976C9F3-F619-456F-82C5-5199A15E815E

You can check information related to theaudio, climate control system, fuel con-sumption and navigation system (if soequipped) by pushing the STATUS buttonrepeatedly.

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

GUID-CA85524B-F9FF-420C-B8BE-FE284F4D32AC

Push the “ OFF” button to switch thedisplay brightness to the daytime mode orthe nighttime mode, and to adjust thedisplay brightness using the INFINITI con-troller while the indicator is displayed atthe bottom of the screen.

Push and hold the “ OFF” button formore than 2 seconds to turn the displayoff. Push the button again to turn thedisplay on.


The display brightness can also be ad-justed using the brightness UP button (+)or brightness DOWN button (−).

HOW TO USE INFO BUTTONGUID-200EFE18-571D-41C8-A1E1-38FB28053887

The display screen shows vehicle andnavigation (if so equipped) informationfor your convenience.

The information shown on the screenshould be a guide to determine thecondition of the vehicle. See the followingfor details.

SAA2478


SAA1511



VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS

Condition:

(178,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


1. Push the INFO button on the controlpanel.

2. Select an item from the INFO menu.

3. After viewing or adjusting the informa-tion on the following screens, push theBACK button to return to the INFOmenu.

See the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for the following items:

. Where am I?

. Traffic Info

. Weather Info

. Map Update

. Navigation Version

. GPS Position

SAA2479

SAA2480


JVH0180M

JVH0181M


Condition:

(179,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Fuel Economy informationGUID-0C6200B4-86B3-470B-9A7A-5B84D712C89E

The approximate distance to empty, aver-age fuel economy and current fuel econo-my will be displayed for reference.

To reset the average fuel economy (AvgFuel Econ), select the “Reset Fuel Eco” or“Reset” key.

If the “Fuel Eco History” or “View” key isselected, the average fuel consumptionhistory will be displayed in graph formalong with the average for the previousReset-to-Reset period.

The unit can be converted between “US”and “Metric”. (See “How to use SETTINGbutton” (P.4-13).)

The fuel economy information may differfrom the information displayed on thevehicle information display. This is due tothe timing difference in updating theinformation and does not indicate a mal-function.

SAA2481

SAA2482


JVH0183M

JVH0184M



Condition:

(180,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Maintenance informationGUID-B0CE4DD0-ABB6-4371-8E37-69C394B69C0B

The maintenance intervals can be dis-played for the engine oil, oil filter, tireand other reminders.

To set a maintenance interval, select apreferred item from the list.

You can also set to display a message toremind you that the maintenance needs tobe performed.

The following example shows how to setthe engine oil maintenance information.Use the same steps to set the othermaintenance information.

1. Set the interval (mileage) of the main-tenance schedule. To determine therecommended maintenance interval,refer to your “INFINITI Service andMaintenance Guide”.

2. To display the reminder automaticallywhen the desired distance is reached,select the “Reminder” key.

3. Reset the driving distance to the newmaintenance schedule.

4. To return to the previous screen, pushthe BACK button.

The unit can be converted between “US”and “Metric”. (See “How to use SETTING

button” (P.4-13).)

SAA3003

ExampleThe Reminder will be automatically dis-played when the specified distance hasbeen driven and every time the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ACC or ON position.The reminder will not appear while driving.

Select the “OK” key to hide the reminderfor the rest of the current drive.

To stop the reminder from appearing,perform one of the following actions:

. Select the “Reset Distance”.

. Deactivate the “Reminder”.

. Increase the “Interval” distance to bemore than the current distance beingtracked.

Condition:

(181,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2483

Others information (models withnavigation system)

GUID-9EB8F3F0-6FA2-4D77-80B2-7757E207A583

The Others information display will appearwhen pushing the INFO button and select-ing the “Others” key.

GPS Position:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For the details of this item, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

Voice Recognition:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For the details of this item, see “INFINITIVoice Recognition system (models withnavigation system)” (P.4-124).

SAA2484


JVH0261M


HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTONGUID-040D1EFC-1D7E-41AF-BAD0-28FB0E97C46F

The display as illustrated will appear whenthe SETTING button is pushed.

For navigation settings, refer to the sepa-rate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.


Condition:

(182,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2485


SAA2740


Audio settingsGUID-57225899-0F38-4259-B7F8-B113BC842F48

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selectingthe “Audio” key.

Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the speaker tone quality andsound balance, select the “Bass”, “Tre-ble”, “Balance” or “Fade” key and adjust itwith the INFINITI controller.

These items can also be adjusted bypushing and turning the AUDIO knob.

Surround Vol. (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the surround sound volume,select “Surround Vol.” and adjust it withthe INFINITI controller.

Speed Sensitive Vol.:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The audio system’s volume is increasedwith the vehicle speed. Select the “SpeedSensitive Vol.” and adjust the effect levelwith the INFINITI controller. The SpeedSensitive Volume function is turned offwhen the level is set to OFF. Increasing thevalue will cause the volume to increasefaster with vehicle speed.

Driver’s Audio Stage (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this feature is turned to ON, bettersound will be provided to the driver’sposition. The driver can enjoy a more crispand clear sound that is specialized for thedriver’s position. The effect of this featuredepends on the type of music that isplayed. For some music, it may be difficultto realize the effect of this feature.

DivX® Registration Code (models withnavigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The registration code for a device that isused to download DivX® files will bedisplayed on the screen. If a disc is loadedor a USB memory is connected to the audiosystem, this function will not be activated.

Display Album Cover Art (models withnavigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the albumcover image is displayed when playingcompressed music files through a CD, DVDor USB device. When the image is notproperly embedded in the file or device,the image will not be displayed.

Condition:

(183,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Phone settings (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-88871DFB-9AEB-4F6F-843E-66985C858DDE

For details of the “Phone” settings, see“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models with navigation system)” (P.4-99).

Bluetooth® settings (models withnavigation system)

GUID-BB57F8AC-0896-42D0-819D-77F8CF032F7C

For details of the “Bluetooth” settings, see“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models with navigation system)” (P.4-99).

SAA2554

Volume and Beeps settings (modelswith navigation system)

GUID-3FAD6F27-3261-4322-A2F9-B8F8B8C1924C

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Volume & Beeps” key.

Audio Volume:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To increase or decrease the audio volume,select the “Audio Volume” and adjust itwith the INFINITI controller. You can alsoadjust the audio volume by turning theVOLUME control knob.

Guidance Volume:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the guidance voice volume louderor softer, select the “Guidance Volume”and adjust it with the INFINITI controller.

Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For the details of these items, see “Blue-tooth® Hands-Free Phone System (modelswith navigation system)” (P.4-99).

Switch Beeps:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, you willhear a beep sound when you use a button.

Guidance Voice:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, you willhear voice guidance in the navigationoperation or in other operations.


Condition:

(184,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVH0176M

Switch Beeps settings (modelswithout navigation system)

GUID-ECC18F6D-C96B-4766-AB8F-B62ED14B0B53

The “Switch Beeps” screen will appearwhen pushing the SETTING button, select-ing the “Switch Beeps” key with theINFINITI controller and pushing the ENTERbutton.

Switch Beeps:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, you willhear a beep sound when you use a button.

Driver assistance settings (if soequipped)

GUID-EFA2CD44-027E-4867-A69B-DDD5E96F6185

For the details of the “Driver Assistance”settings, see the following items:

. “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) systems”(P.5-20).

. “Distance Control Assist (DCA) system”(P.5-63).

SAA2486

Display settings (models with na-vigation system)

GUID-E0491625-9286-4F10-923A-DCDB5264DF3F

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selectingthe “Display” key.

Display Adjustment:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the display settings, select the“Display Adjustment” key. The followingsettings are available.

. DisplayTo turn off the screen, push the ENTERbutton and turn the “Display” indicator off.The other method is to push and hold the“ OFF” button for more than 2 seconds.

Condition:

(185,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

When any mode button is pushed with thescreen off, the screen turns on for furtheroperation. The screen will turn off auto-matically 5 seconds after the operation isfinished.

To turn on the screen, set this item to theON position, or push and hold the “OFF” button.

. Brightness/Contrast/Background ColorTo adjust the brightness and contrast ofthe screen, select the “Brightness” or“Contrast” key.

Then, you can adjust the brightness to“Darker” or “Brighter”, and the contrast to“Lower” or “Higher” using the INFINITIcontroller.

For information on the “Background Color”key, refer to the separate NavigationSystem Owner’s Manual.

Color Theme:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the theme color of the menu screenfrom “Black”, “Blue” or “Red”.

SAA2115

DISPLAY settings (models withoutnavigation system)

GUID-FC44B850-A96B-4E0A-8FD0-68CE0ECA4774

The “Display” screen will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting“Display” key with the INFINITI controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

Display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To turn off the screen, push the ENTERbutton and turn the “ON” indicator off.

When any mode button is pushed with thescreen off, the screen turns on for furtheroperation. The screen will turn off auto-matically 5 seconds after the operation isfinished.

To turn on the screen, set this item to the“ON” position or push the “ OFF”button.

Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the brightness, contrast andbackground color of the screen, select theappropriate “Brightness”, “Contrast” or“Background Color” key and push theENTER button.

Then, you can adjust the brightness, andthe contrast using the INFINITI controller.Switch the background color to the day-time mode or the nighttime mode bypushing the ENTER button.


Condition:

(186,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2487

Clock settings (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-790EF0F6-2E28-4176-9838-E8B4154AD919

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selectingthe “Clock” key.

The clock settings display cannot beoperated while driving. Stop the vehiclein a safe place and apply the parking brakebefore setting the clock.

On-screen Clock:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, a clock isalways displayed in the upper right cornerof the screen.

This clock will indicate the time almostexactly because it is always adjusted bythe GPS system.

Clock Format (24h):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the 24-hour clock is displayed. When this item isnot turned to ON, the 12-hour clock isdisplayed.

Offset (hour)/(min):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Adjust the time by increasing or decreasingper hour or per minute.

Daylight Saving Time:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn this item to ON for daylight savingtime application.

Time Zone:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the time zone from the following

. Pacific

. Mountain

. Central

. Eastern

. Atlantic

. Newfoundland

. Hawaii

. Alaska

CAMERA settings (if so equipped)GUID-57A8A941-36A5-4988-AF48-0340D295F625

The “CAMERA” screen will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Camera” key with the INFINITI controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

For the details about the camera systemoperation, see “RearView Monitor” (P.4-24)or “Around View® Monitor” (P.4-31).

Condition:

(187,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVH0142M

SONAR settings (if so equipped)GUID-629DF5DB-3B8F-4792-8ABD-7AB91A95C265

The “Sonar” screen will appear whenpushing the “SETTING” button, selectingthe “Sonar” key with the INFINITI controllerand pushing the ENTER button.

For the details about the sonar systemoperation, see “Sonar system” (P.5-94).

Sonar Display:

When this item is turned ON, the corner/center sonar indicator will appear when thesonar detects rear obstacles near thebumper.

Corner Sonar Sensitivity:

Adjust the sensitivity level of the cornersonar higher (right) or lower (left).

Center Sonar Sensitivity:

Adjust the sensitivity level of the centersonar higher (right) or lower (left).

JVH0308M

Others settings (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-A59A2632-509D-4BAF-BCCB-61BE5A0FB60D

The Others settings display will appearwhen pushing the SETTING button andselecting the “Others” key.

The following items are available:

. Comfort

. Language & Units

. Voice Recognition

. Camera

. Image Viewer


Condition:

(188,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2488

Comfort settingsGUID-986817EF-4D02-4E97-972B-10E59228AA0C


The display illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Others” key and then selecting the“Comfort” key. This key does not appearon the display until the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position.

JVH0182M


The display illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selectingthe “Comfort” key. This key does notappear on the display until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position.

Auto Interior Illumination:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned on, the interiorlights will illuminate if any door is un-locked.

Light Sensitivity:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Adjust the sensitivity of the automaticheadlights higher (right) or lower (left).

Lift Steering Wheel on Exit (if soequipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned on, the steeringwheel moves upward for easy exit if theignition switch is in the LOCK position andthe driver’s door is opened. After gettinginto the vehicle and pushing the ignitionswitch to the ACC position, the steeringwheel moves to the previous position.

Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit (if soequipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned on, the driver’sseat moves backward for easy exit if theignition switch is in the OFF position andthe driver’s door is opened. After gettinginto the vehicle and pushing the ignitionswitch to the ACC position, the driver’s seatmoves to the previous position.

Light Off Delay:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the duration of the automaticheadlight off timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90,120, 150 and 180 second periods.

Speed Sensing Wiper Interval:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned on, the wiperinterval is adjusted automatically accord-ing to the vehicle speed.

Condition:

(189,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Selective Door Unlock:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned on, only thedriver’s door is unlocked first after the doorunlock operation. When the door handlerequest switch on the driver’s or frontpassenger’s side door is pushed to beunlocked, only the corresponding door isunlocked first. All the doors can beunlocked if the door unlock operation isperformed again within 60 seconds.

When this item is turned to OFF, all thedoors will be unlocked after the doorunlock operation is performed once.

Intelligent Key Lock/Unlock:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, door lock/unlock function by pushing the doorhandle request switch will be activated.

Return All Settings to Default:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select this item and then select “YES” toreturn all settings to the default.

SAA2490


SAA1092


Language & Units settingsGUID-EB399EBE-AB93-480C-A2F4-B5FADEB4AA46

The Language & Units settings display willappear when pushing the SETTING button,selecting the “Language & Units” key withthe INFINITI controller and pushing theENTER button.

For models with the navigation system,select the “Others” key to show the“Language & Units” key.

Select Language:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Select Language” key. Choose“English”, “Français” or “Español” for yourfavorite display appearance.

If you select the “Français” key, the Frenchlanguage will be displayed, so please usethe French Owner’s Manual. To obtain aFrench Owner’s Manual, see “Owner’sManual/Service Manual order information”(P.9-19).

Select Units:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Select Units” key. Choose “US”(Mile, 8F, MPG) or “Metric” (km, 8C, L/100km) for your favorite display appearance.

Voice Recognition settings (modelswith navigation system)

GUID-104E46B1-98D0-46AB-82E7-FE97B15C2C85

For details about the “Voice Recognition”settings, see “INFINITI Voice Recognition


Condition:

(190,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


system (models with navigation system)”(P.4-124).

SAA2491

Image Viewer (models with naviga-tion system)

GUID-638099F4-6351-46FB-82A7-57169F1C6E32

The image files in the USB memory will bedisplayed. To display the Image Viewer,push the SETTING button, select the“Other” key and then select the “ImageViewer” key. The image of the selected fileis displayed on the right side of the screen.

When a number of folders are included inthe USB memory, select a folder from thelist to display the file list.

Images will not be shown on the displaywhile the vehicle is in any drive position inorder to reduce driver distraction. To view

images, stop the vehicle in a safe locationand apply the parking brake.

Condition:

(191,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2492

Full Screen Display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The full screen display will appear whenselecting the “Full Screen Display” key.

To operate the Image Viewer or to changethe settings, select the desired key usingthe INFINITI controller.

. (Start)Select the “ ” key to start playingthe slideshow.

. (Stop)Select the “ ” key to stop theslideshow.

. (Next)Select the “ ” key to display the next

file.. (Previous)

Select the “ ” key to display theprevious file.

Setting the Image Viewer:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The Image Viewer setting display willappear when selecting the “Settings” keyon the full screen display. The followingsettings are available for the full screendisplay.

. Slideshow SpeedSelect the “Slideshow Speed” key.From the following display, select thechanging time from 5, 10, 30, 60seconds or “No Auto Change”.

. Slideshow OrderSelect the “Slideshow Order” key. Fromthe following display, select “Random”or “Order List”. For “Order List”, theimage order is the order of the files asstored on the USB memory.


. Only files that meet the followingconditions will be displayed.— Image type: JPEG— File Extensions: *.jpg, *jpeg

— Maximum Resolution: 2048 6 1536pixels

— Maximum Size: 2-MB— Colors: 32768 (15-bit)— Maximum File Name lengths: 253-

Bytes— Maximum Folders: 500— Maximum Images per Folder: 1024

. If an electronic device (such as a digitalcamera) is directly connected to thevehicle using a USB cable, no imagewill be displayed on the screen.

. If the file name is too long, some filenames may not be entirely displayed.

. When the total number of characters inthe file name exceeds 100 or if 1 filename in a directory exceeds 100characters, all files will show a shor-tened 8-character version. The imagewill still be displayed when selected.


Condition:

(192,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-2717A83B-BC83-4D32-B3E1-639C5D78F734

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the RearView Monitorsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The RearView Monitor is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for properbacking. Always turn and look out thewindows, and check mirrors to be surethat it is safe to move before operatingthe vehicle. Always back up slowly.

. The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in showing large stationary ob-jects directly behind the vehicle, to helpavoid damaging the vehicle.

. The distance guide line and the vehiclewidth line should be used as a referenceonly when the vehicle is on a level pavedsurface. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only and maybe different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayed ob-jects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofcamera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehicle whenthe shift lever is placed in the “R” (Reverse)position.

The radio can still be heard while theRearView Monitor is active. JVH1158X

To display the rear view, the RearViewMonitor system uses a camera *1 locatedjust above the vehicle’s license plate.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP-ERATION

GUID-4BAD5FD3-B994-404F-9A36-ECE837EE9D05

With the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position to operate the RearView Monitor.

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

Condition:

(193,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA1896

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

GUID-03B5E1E8-FBE1-4330-949B-2F63E5D564F3

Guiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the bumper line *A are displayedon the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the bumper.

. Red line *1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line *2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line *3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)


Vehicle width guide lines *5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backingup.

Predictive course lines *6 :

Indicate the predictive course when back-ing up. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the “R” (Reverse) position andthe steering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheelis in the neutral position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the widthof the predictive course lines are widerthan the actual width and course.

SONAR INDICATOR (if so equipped)GUID-C9A42341-E2D6-41E8-B13D-CCFAD6830426

When the “Sonar Display” key is ON, thesonar indicator will appear in the display.(See “Sonar system” (P.5-94).)

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVECOURSE LINES

GUID-C5446C81-6120-4FA2-B555-777ED71FA8E5

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linemay not be displayed correctly.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredictive course line and the actualcourse line.

. The displayed lines will appear slightlyoff to the right because the rearviewcamera is not installed in the rear centerof the vehicle.

The vehicle width and predictive courselines are wider than the actual width andcourse.


Condition:

(194,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rearview of the vehicle is displayedon the screen *A when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the predic-tive course lines *B enter the parkingspace *C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines *Dparallel to the parking space *C while

referring to the predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to theP (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

Difference between predictive andactual distances

GUID-3499FB08-D1D0-4961-BF79-70F42E162429

The displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or down-hill surfaces or projecting objects will beactually located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

Condition:

(195,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVH1159X

Backing up on a steep uphill:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than theactual distance. Note that any object on thehill is farther than it appears on themonitor.

JVH1160X

Backing up on a steep downhill:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown farther thanthe actual distance. Note that any object onthe hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting object:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The predictive course lines *A do not touchthe object in the display. However, thevehicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.


Condition:

(196,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA1980

Backing up behind a projecting object:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The position *C is shown farther than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the samedistance as the position *A . The vehiclemay hit the object when backing up to theposition *A if the object projects over the

actual backing up course.

ADJUSTING THE SCREENGUID-1BA2FF0E-226F-4B4D-965F-A24421734E81

1. Push the SETTING button while theRearView Monitor screen is displayed.

2. Select the “Display” key.

3. Select a preferred item. Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint, Color, Contrastand Black Level of the RearView Moni-tor can be adjusted.

4. Adjust the selected item using theINFINITI controller.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings ofthe RearView Monitor while the vehicle ismoving. Make sure the parking brake isfirmly applied.

SAA2606

PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SETTINGSGUID-E1BCC7F2-9AA9-4EA2-A695-6986478C8A4A

To toggle on and off the predictive courselines:

1. Push the SETTING button.

2. Select “Camera” key and push theENTER button.

Predictive Course Lines:

When this item is turned on, the predictivecourse lines will be displayed on themonitor when the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) position.

Condition:

(197,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM-ITATIONS

GUID-920C4F40-67DE-408B-88D9-A6D61603B6B1

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forRearView Monitor. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The system cannot completely eliminateblind spots and may not show everyobject.

. Underneath the bumper and the cornerareas of the bumper cannot be viewed onthe RearView Monitor because of itsmonitoring range limitation. The systemwill not show small objects below thebumper, and may not show objects closeto the bumper or on the ground.

. Objects viewed in the RearView Monitordiffer from actual distance because awide-angle lens is used.

. Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite compared towhen viewed in the rear view and outsidemirrors.

. Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by thenumber of occupants, fuel level, vehicleposition, road conditions and roadgrade.

. Make sure that the lift gate is securelyclosed when backing up.

. Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is installedabove the license plate.

. When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is a precisioninstrument. Otherwise, it may malfunc-tion or cause damage resulting in a fireor an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects.

. When strong light is directly coming onthe camera, objects may not be dis-

played clearly.. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on

the screen. This is due to strongreflected light from the bumper.

. The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clearin a dark environment.

. There may be a delay when switching tothe RearView Monitor.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay object clearly. Clean the cam-era.

. Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with mild detergent dilutedwith water.


Condition:

(198,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVH1158X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-B070409C-95D6-4256-A064-26AE34FBF051

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause dis-coloration. To clean the camera, wipewith a cloth dampened with diluted mildcleaning agent and then wipe with a drycloth.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adversely af-fected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera *1 , RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping it with a dry cloth.

Condition:

(199,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-9F356AD4-8F49-4908-BFCC-9727E4C0EC76

JVH1204X

1. CAMERA button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for the proper use of the Around View®

Monitor system could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The Around View® Monitor is a conve-nient feature but it is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation because it hasareas where objects cannot be viewed.

The four corners of the vehicle inparticular, are areas where objects donot always appear in the bird’s-eye,front, or rear views. Always check yoursurroundings to be sure that it is safe tomove before operating the vehicle. Al-ways operate the vehicle slowly. Alwayslook out the windows and check mirrorsto be sure that it is safe to move.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other maneu-vers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt orsnow from the front of the camera.

The Around View® Monitor system isdesigned as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallelparking.

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screenformat. All views are not available at alltimes.


AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if so equipped)

Condition:

(200,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Available views:

. Front viewAn approximately 150-degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

. Rear viewAn approximately 150-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

. Bird’s-eye viewThe surrounding view of the vehiclefrom above.

. Front-side viewThe view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

. Front-wide viewAn approximately 180-degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

. Rear-wide viewAn approximately 180-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

JVH1138X

To display the multiple views, the AroundView® Monitor system uses cameras *1located in the front grill, on the vehicle’soutside mirrors and one just above thevehicle’s license plate.

JVH1139X

Guiding lines that indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the vehicle body lines *A aredisplayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.





Condition:

(201,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATION

GUID-FD1966A0-218B-4C86-A1CD-1C9065731C6E

With the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse)position or press the CAMERA button tooperate the Around View® Monitor.

Available viewsGUID-0E2D4D3F-44F5-4170-8517-048C21A38C2E

WARNING

. The distance guide line and the vehiclewidth line should be used as a referenceonly when the vehicle is on a paved,level surface. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only and may bedifferent than the actual distance be-tween the vehicle and displayed objects.

. Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference.The lines and thebird’s-eye view are greatly affected bythe number of occupants, fuel level,vehicle position, road condition and roadgrade.

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course line andthe bird’s-eye view may be displayedincorrectly.

. When driving the vehicle up a hill,objects viewed in the monitor are furtherthan they appear. When driving thevehicle down a hill, objects viewed inthe monitor are closer than they appear.

. Objects in the monitor will appearvisually opposite compared to whenviewed in the rear view and outsidemirrors.

. Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to other ob-jects.

. The distance between objects viewed inthe rear view differs from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredictive course line and the actualcourse line.

. The vehicle width and predictive courselines are wider than the actual width andcourse.

. The displayed lines on the rear view willappear slightly off to the right becausethe rear view camera is not installed inthe rear center of the vehicle.

SAA1840

Front view

SAA1896

Rear view


Condition:

(202,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Front and rearview:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distances to objects withreference to the vehicle body line *A , aredisplayed on the monitor.


Indicate distances from the vehicle body.




. Green line *4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide lines *5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backingup.

Predictive course lines *6 :

Indicate the predictive course when oper-ating the vehicle. The predictive courselines will be displayed on the monitor whenthe steering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheelis in the straight ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the straight aheadposition, both the right and left predictivecourse lines *6 are displayed. When thesteering wheel turns about 90 degrees ormore, a line is displayed only on theopposite side of the turn.

JVH1140X

Bird’s-eye view:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The bird’s-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle, which helps confirmthe vehicle position and the predictivecourse to a parking space.

The vehicle icon *1 shows the position ofthe vehicle. Note that the size of thevehicle icon on the bird’s-eye view maydiffer somewhat from the actual distanceto the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover *2are indicated in black.

The non-viewable area *2 is highlighted inyellow for several seconds after the bird’s-

Condition:

(203,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

eye view is displayed. It will be shown onlythe first time after the ignition switch isplaced in the “ON” position.

The driver can check the approximatedirection and angle of the tire on thedisplay by tire icon *3 when driving thevehicle forward or backward.

Predictive course lines ( *4 and *5 )indicate the predictive course when oper-ating the vehicle. The predictive courselines will be displayed on the monitor whenthe steering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheelis in the neutral position.

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the neutral position,the two green predictive course lines *4are shown in front of the vehicle.

When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, one green predictivecourse line *5 is shown in front of thevehicle and the other green predictivecourse line *5 is shown at side of thevehicle.

When the monitor displays the rear view,

the predictive course lines are shown atback of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Objects in the bird’s-eye view willappear further than the actual distance.

. Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

. Objects that are above the cameracannot be displayed.

. The view for the bird’s-eye view may bemisaligned when the camera positionalters.

. A line on the ground may be misalignedand is not seen as being straight at theseam of the views. The misalignment willincrease as the line proceeds away fromthe vehicle.

. Tire angle display does not indicate theactual tire angle

JVH1141X

Front-side view:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Guiding lines:

Guiding lines that indicate the width andthe front end of the vehicle are displayedon the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line *1 shows the frontpart of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line *2 shows thevehicle width including the outside mir-rors.

The extensions *3 of both the front *1 andside *2 lines are shown with a greendotted line.


Condition:

(204,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVH1142X

Front-wide view

JVH1143X

Rear-wide view

Front-wide/rear-wide view:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The front-wide/rear-wide view shows awider area on the entire screen and allowsthe checking of the blind corners on theright and left sides. The front-wide/rear-wide view displays an approximately 180-degree area while the front view and therear view display an approximately 150-degree area. The predictive course lines arenot displayed when using the front-wide/rear-wide view.


Indicates distances from the vehicle body.




. Green line *4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide lines *5 :

Indicates the vehicle width when backingup.

Difference between predictive andactual distances

GUID-A6843FC0-BA75-45A0-A7EF-31DECAE11B49

The displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or down-hill surfaces or projecting objects will beactually located at distances different from

those displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

Condition:

(205,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVH1159X

Backing up on a steep uphill:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than theactual distance. Note that any object on thehill is farther than it appears on themonitor.

JVH1160X

Backing up on a steep downhill:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown farther thanthe actual distance. Note that any object onthe hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting object:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The predictive course lines *A do not touchthe object in the display. However, thevehicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.


Condition:

(206,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA1980

Backing up behind a projecting object:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The position *C is shown farther than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the samedistance as the position *A . The vehiclemay hit the object when backing up to theposition *A if the object projects over the

actual backing up course.

JVH1144X

How to switch the displayGUID-82BB86F8-BD77-4DA3-8C85-190F14A5F1A2

The Around View® Monitor can display twosplit views as well as a single view of thefront-wide view or rear-wide view. Push theCAMERA button, change the shift leverposition, or select the “Change View” key*1 to switch between the available views.

Condition:

(207,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEWGUID-345480AB-4BCA-4DBA-8271-6568E4007873

The display settings such as Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint, Color, Contrast andBlack Level of the Around View® Monitorcan be adjusted.

1. Push the SETTING button with theAround View® Monitor turned on.

2. Select an item you wish to adjust.

3. Adjust the level of the setting itemusing the INFINITI controller.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings ofthe Around View® Monitor while thevehicle is moving. Make sure the parkingbrake is firmly applied.

JVH1246X

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SET-TINGS

GUID-D0E64D35-7F44-4734-A886-A9C457A2F6D8

To set up the Around View® Monitorfunction to your preferred settings, pushthe SETTING button, select the “Others”key and then select the “Camera” key onthe center display.

Designs and items displayed on the screenmay vary depending on the models.

Predictive Course Lines:

When this item is turned to ON, thepredictive course line is displayed in thefront and the rearview and bird’s-eye view.

Camera View Priority:

The view shown on the screen at thebeginning of Around View® Monitor opera-tion can be selected in order of priority.

Non-viewable Area Reminder:

With this item turned to ON, the non-viewable area is highlighted in yellow forseveral seconds after the bird’s-eye view isdisplayed. It will be shown only the firsttime after the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.

Buzzer Volume:

Adjust the volume of the buzzer.

Moving Object Detection (MOD):

See “MOD function setting” (P.4-51).

Sonar:

See “Camera aiding sonar function (mod-els with Around View® Monitor)” (P.4-43).

Towing Mode:


Show Camera when Sonar Activate:

When this item is turned ON, the cameraview is automatically shown on the displayin the case that the distance to the objectsmeasured by the sonar is becoming short.


Condition:

(208,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Sonar Sensitivity:


AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

GUID-2DA02995-3AB7-4D45-BDB9-0A940591D11E

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forAround View® Monitor. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. Do not use the Around View® Monitorwith the outside mirrors in the storedposition, and make sure that the lift gateis securely closed when operating thevehicle using the Around View® Monitor.

. The apparent distance between objectsviewed on the Around View® Monitordiffers from the actual distance.

. The cameras are installed on the frontgrille, the outside mirrors and above therear license plate. Do not put anythingon the vehicle that covers the cameras.

. When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray it

around the cameras. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

. Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing so couldcause a malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

. The screen displayed on the AroundView® Monitor will automatically returnto the previous screen 3 minutes afterthe CAMERA button has been pushedwhile the shift lever is in a positionother than the “R” (Reverse) position.

. There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly.

. When strong light is directly shines onthe camera, objects may not be dis-played clearly.

. The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

. The colors of objects on the AroundView® Monitor may differ somewhatfrom the actual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clearand the color of the object may differ ina dark environment.

. There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of thebird’s-eye view.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the Around View® Monitor maynot display objects clearly. Clean thecamera.

. Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth thathas been dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent, then wipe with a drycloth.

Condition:

(209,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVH0791X

There are some areas where the systemwill not show objects and the system doesnot warn of moving objects. When in thefront or the rear view display, an objectbelow the bumper or on the ground maynot be viewed *1 . When in the bird’s-eyeview, a tall object near the seam *3 of the

camera viewing areas will not appear in themonitor *2 .

JVH0270X

System temporarily unavailableGUID-E6A4C604-56BE-4BB7-A51D-FF155CB0E7FC

When the “!” icon is displayed on thescreen, there will be abnormal conditionsin the Around View® Monitor. This will nothinder normal driving operation but thesystem should be inspected by an INFINITIretailer.


Condition:

(210,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVH0271X

When the “[X]” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receivingtemporary electronic disturbances fromsurrounding devices. This will not hindernormal driving operation but the systemshould be inspected by an INFINITI retailerif it occurs frequently.

JVH1138X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-902ED0E5-488F-4006-BE1F-F4C371418B46

CAUTION



If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras *1 , the Around View® Monitormay not display objects clearly. Clean thecamera by wiping with a cloth dampenedwith a diluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping with a dry cloth.

Condition:

(211,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-FC1D8BC0-B7EF-4DA7-8582-54AD75267399

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the sonar function asoutlined in this section could result inserious injury or death.

. The sonar is a convenience feature. It isnot a substitute for proper parking.

. This function is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationaryobjects to help avoid damaging thevehicle.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other maneu-vers.

. Always look around and check that it issafe to move before parking.

. Read and understand the limitations ofthe sonar as contained in this section.

When the corner/center sonar (located onthe bumper fascia) of the vehicle movescloser to the object while the AroundView® Monitor is displayed, an indicatoris displayed and a tone is sounded by thesonar function to warn the driver.

JVH1206X

1. Center display

2. Sonar indicator

3. CAMERA button

4. SETTING button


CAMERA AIDING SONAR FUNCTION(models with Around View® Monitor)

Condition:

(212,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SONAR SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-6F3B483B-D8EF-4FE2-A414-7283930CCD94

The system gives the tone for front objectswhen the shift lever is in the “D” (Drive)position and both front and rear objectswhen the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse)position.

When the camera image is shown on thecenter display, the system shows the sonarindicator regardless of the shift leverposition.

The system is deactivated at speeds above6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The colors of the sonar indicators and thedistance guide lines in the front, front-wide, rear and rear-wide views indicatedifferent distances to the object.

When the objects are detected, the indi-cator (green) appears and blinks and thetone sounds intermittently. When thevehicle moves closer to the object, thecolor of the indicator turns yellow and therate of the blinking and the rate of the toneincrease. When the vehicle is very close tothe object, the indicator stops blinking andturns red, and the tone sounds continu-ously.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3

seconds when an object is detected byonly the corner sonar and the distancedoes not change.

The tone will stop when the object is nolonger near the vehicle.

JVH1152X

TURNING ON AND OFF THE SONARFUNCTION

GUID-A54759E4-D8EB-49F3-A91E-8152FA31C5BF

When the “ ” key *A is selected, theindicator *B will turn off and the sonar willbe turned off temporarily. The MovingObject Detection (MOD) system will alsobe turned off at the same time. (See“Moving Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-48).) When the key *A is selected again,the indicator will turn on and the sonar willturn back on.

Condition:

(213,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

In the below cases, the sonar will be turnedback on automatically:

. When the shift lever is placed in the “R”(Reverse) position.

. When the CAMERA button is pressedand a screen other than the cameraview is shown on the display.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 6 MPH (10 km/h).

. When the ignition switch is placed inthe “OFF” position and turned back tothe “ON” position again.

To prevent the sonar system from activat-ing altogether, use the “Camera” menu.See “Sonar function settings” (P.4-46).

JVH1207X

1. Center display

2. CAMERA button

3. SETTING button


Condition:

(214,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVH1246X

Sonar function settingsGUID-C947109D-2230-4117-BED9-E29F99CD8572

To set up the sonar function to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTINGbutton, select the “Others” key and thenselect the “Camera” key on the centerdisplay.

Designs and items displayed on the screenmay vary depending on the models.

Buzzer Volume:

Adjust the volume of the buzzer.

Sonar:

When this item is turned ON, the front andrear sonar is activated. When this item is

turned to OFF (indicator turns off), the frontand rear sonar is deactivated. The ambermarkers are displayed at the corners of thevehicle icon and the sonar icon willdisappear from the . The next time theignition switch is placed in the “ON”position, “Sonar is OFF” is displayedbriefly.

Towing Mode:

When this item is turned ON, only the rearsonar is OFF. The amber markers aredisplayed at the rear corners of the vehicleicon.

Show Camera when Sonar Activate:

When this item is turned ON, the cameraview is automatically shown on the displayin the case that the distance to the objectsmeasured by the sonar is becoming short.

Sonar Sensitivity:

Adjust the sensitivity level of the sonarhigher (right) or lower (left).

SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-98B2B3B3-B12B-41D1-90F6-6DA030FC1AF2

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe Sonar Function. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. Inclement weather or ultrasonic sourcessuch as an automatic car wash, a truck’scompressed-air brakes or a pneumaticdrill may affect the function of thesystem, including reduced performanceor a false activation.

. This function is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationaryobjects to help avoid damaging thevehicle.

. The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.

. The system will not detect small objectsbelow the bumper, and may not detectobjects close to the bumper or on theground.

. The system may not detect the followingobjects:

Condition:

(215,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

— Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth,cotton, grass or wool.

— Thin objects such as rope, wire orchain.

— Wedge-shaped objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may be alteredcausing inaccurate measurement of ob-jects or false alarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise (such as audio systemvolume or an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the tone and it may not beheard.

System temporarily unavailableGUID-DA3694AA-D219-4F55-A28D-F5E735A2621A

When the amber markers are displayed atthe corners of the vehicle icon and thefunction cannot be activated from theCamera setting menu (the setting itemsare grayed out), the sonar system may bemalfunctioning.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-6B564E15-043C-459B-9EE4-89E7F0103141

CAUTION

Keep the surface of the sonar sensors(located on the front and rear bumper fascia)free from accumulations of snow, ice anddirt. Do not scratch the surface of the sonarsensors when cleaning. If the sensors arecovered, the accuracy of the sonar functionwill be diminished.


Condition:

(216,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-21F0C0E6-E1A3-4876-B7B3-814F3BD11F87

JVH1204X

1. CAMERA button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the Moving Object

Detection system could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The MOD system is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation and is notdesigned to prevent contact with the

objects surrounding the vehicle. Whenmaneuvering, always use the outsidemirror and rearview mirror and turn andcheck the surrounding to ensure it issafe to maneuver.

. The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.

. The MOD system is not designed todetect the surrounding stationary ob-jects.

The Moving Object Detection (MOD) systemcan inform the driver of the moving objectssurrounding the vehicle when driving outof garages, maneuvering into parking lotsand in other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects byusing image processing technology on theimage shown on the display.

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) (if soequipped)

Condition:

(217,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-21A55817-E686-49C1-8F4E-828F71369104

The MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:

. When the shift lever is in the “R”(Reverse) position.

. When the CAMERA button is pushed toactivate the camera view on the dis-play.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) and thecamera screen is displayed.

. When the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position and then back to theON position.

When the MOD system turns on, the MODicon is displayed.

JVH1146X

Bird’s-eye view

JVH1147X

Front view / rear view

JVH1148X

Front-wide view / rear-wide viewWhen the MOD system detects movingobjects near the vehicle, the yellow framewill be displayed on the view where theobjects are detected and a chime willsound once. While the MOD system con-tinues to detect moving objects, the yellowframe continues to be displayed.

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame *1is displayed on each camera image (front,rear, right, left) depending on wheremoving objects are detected.

The yellow frame *2 is displayed on eachview in the front view, front-wide view, rearview and rear-wide view modes.


Condition:

(218,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


While the sonar is beeping, the MODsystem does not chime.

A blue MOD icon *3 is displayed in theview where the MOD system is operative. Agray MOD icon *3 is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon *3 is not displayed.

The MOD system operates in the followingconditions when the camera view is dis-played:

. When the shift lever is in the “P” (Park)or “N” (Neutral) position and thevehicle is stopped, the MOD systemdetects the moving objects in thebird’s-eye view. The MOD system willnot operate if the outside mirror ismoving in or out or if either door isopened.

. When the shift lever is in the “D” (Drive)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe front view or front-wide view.

. When the shift lever is in the “R”(Reverse) position and the vehiclespeed is below approximately 5 MPH(8 km/h), the MOD system detects

moving objects in the rear view orrear-wide view. The MOD system willnot operate if the lift gate is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. The MODicon is not displayed on the screen when inthis view.

JVH1149X

TURNING ON AND OFF THE MODSYSTEM

GUID-811D6F2F-5802-44C2-9179-18C2A25D94BA

When the MOD is active and the “ ” *1is selected, the MOD system will turn offtemporarily and the indicator *2 will turnoff. (A camera-aiding sonar will turn off atthe same time.) When the “ ” *1 isselected again, the indicator will turn onand the MOD system will turn back on.

To enable or disable the MOD, use the“Camera” menu. See “MOD functionsetting” (P.4-51).

Condition:

(219,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

MOD function settingGUID-4112DA4B-BEF9-433F-8656-E19E4B4418FF

To activate or deactivate the MOD function,push the SETTING button, select “Others”key, select the “Camera” key on the centerdisplay, and then select the “MovingObject Detection (MOD)” key.

JVH0269X

When this item is turned on, the MOD isactivated. When this item is turned off(indicator turns off), the MOD system isdeactivated. When the MOD system isdeactivated, “MOD” *2 will disappear onthe *3 and the MOD icon *1 willdisappear as well. When the sonar isturned off on the setting menu as well,the *3 will disappear.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-812BECA8-975F-49A9-87D8-6AFB4472D659

WARNING

. Do not use the MOD system when towinga trailer. The system may not functionproperly.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound, andit may not be heard.

. The MOD system performance will belimited according to environmental con-ditions and surrounding objects such as:

— When there is low contrast betweenbackground and the moving objects.

— When there is blinking source oflight.

— When strong light such as anothervehicle’s headlight or sunlight ispresent.

— When camera orientation is not inits usual position, such as whenmirror is folded.

— When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.


Condition:

(220,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


— When the position of the movingobjects in the display is not changed.

. The MOD system might detect flowingwater droplets on the camera lens, whitesmoke from the muffler, moving sha-dows, etc.

. The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed, direc-tion, distance or shape of the movingobjects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed,leaving it misaligned or bent, the sen-sing zone may be altered and the MODsystem may not detect objects properly.

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly. This is not a malfunction.

JVH1138X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-C2D1DDCE-8F80-4037-9CC0-62AFBA11325D

CAUTION



If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras *1 , the MOD system may notoperate properly. Clean the camera bywiping with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping with a dry cloth.

Condition:

(221,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-BECDE132-14C5-4F77-9E0E-024F840E756E

SAA1981

Center ventilators

SAA1982

Side ventilators

SAA0564B

RearOpen or close, and adjust the air flowdirection of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the vents areclosed.

: This symbol indicates that the vents are open.

GUID-2CBC633B-3181-4B45-843B-015E2459B253

WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine is run-ning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldnot be left alone either. On hot, sunnydays, temperatures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become high enough tocause severe or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

. Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

Start the engine and operate the automaticclimate control system.

NOTE:. Odors from inside and outside the

vehicle can build up in the air condi-tioner unit. Odor can enter the passen-ger compartment through the vents.

. When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off airrecirculation to allow fresh air into


VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

Condition:

(222,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


the passenger compartment. Thisshould help reduce odors inside thevehicle.

When the “STATUS” button is pushed, theautomatic climate control status screenwill appear. (See “How to use STATUSbutton” (P.4-9).)

SAA2723


SAA1520


You can individually set the driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control button.

Condition:

(223,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA1527

Type A (if so equipped)1. “AUTO” automatic climate control ON

button/Temperature control dial (dri-ver side)

2. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button3. “ ” fan speed increase button4. “ ” front defroster button5. “MODE” manual air flow control but-

ton6. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button/

Temperature control dial (passengerside)

7. “OFF” button for climate control sys-tem

8. “ ” fan speed decrease button9. “ ” rear window defroster button

(See “Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch” (P.2-33).)

10. “ ” intake air control button

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL(Type A) (if so equipped)

GUID-CF452742-056A-4088-9BE3-91B7B26B3636

Automatic operationGUID-1CF54491-9367-4545-A907-A3B01C2AB7A7

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to control the

inside temperature, air flow distributionand fan speed after the preferred tempera-ture is set manually.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (Theindicator on the button will illuminateand AUTO will be displayed.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial (dri-ver side) to set the desired tempera-ture.. The temperature can be set within

the following range.

— For U.S.: 60 to 908F

— For Canada: 18 to 328C. The temperature of the passenger

compartment will be maintainedautomatically. Air flow distributionand fan speed will also be controlledautomatically.

3. You can individually set driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control button. When the“DUAL” button is pushed or the pas-senger side temperature control buttonis turned, the DUAL indicator will comeon. To turn off the passenger sidetemperature control, push the “DUAL”button.


Condition:

(224,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


4. To turn off the climate control system,push the “OFF” button.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as theair is cooled rapidly. This does not indicatea malfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the “ ” front defroster button.(The indicator light on the button willcome on.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.

. To quickly remove ice from the outsideof the windows, push the fan speedincrease button “ ” and set it to themaximum position.

. As soon as possible after the wind-shield is clean, push the “AUTO” buttonto return to the auto mode.

. When the “ ” front defroster buttonis pushed, the air conditioner willautomatically be turned on at outsidetemperatures above 238F (−58C) todefog the windshield, and the airrecirculate mode will automatically beturned off. Outside air is drawn into thepassenger compartment to improve thedefogging performance.

Manual operationGUID-DDC6237F-4E77-48B0-A091-75D559FF7C7A

Fan speed control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the fan speed increase “ ” ordecrease “ ” buttons to manually con-trol the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return toautomatic control of the fan speed.

Air flow control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the “MODE” button to change the airflow mode.

: Air flows from center and side ventilators.: Air flows from center and side ventilators and

foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.: Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.

Temperature control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

. The temperature can be set within thefollowing range.— For U.S.: 60 to 908F— For Canada: 18 to 328C

Air recirculation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the intake air control button “” to recirculate interior air inside the

vehicle. The indicator light on the “ ”

side will come on.

The air recirculation mode cannot beactivated when the air conditioner is inthe front defrosting mode “ ”.

Outside air circulation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the intake air control button “” to draw outside air into the passenger

compartment. The indicator light on the“ ” side will come on.

Automatic intake air control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually con-trol the intake air, push the intake aircontrol button “ ”. To return to theautomatic control mode, push the intakeair control button “ ” for about 2seconds. The indicator lights (both airrecirculation and outside air circulationsides) will flash twice, and then the intakeair will be controlled automatically.

To turn system offGUID-61FBE460-44F8-4D10-9E9B-57CDD7C550A6

Push the OFF button.

Condition:

(225,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA3568

Type B (if so equipped)1. “AUTO” automatic climate control ON

button/Temperature control dial (dri-ver side)

2. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button3. “ ” fan speed increase button4. “ ” front defroster button5. “MODE” manual air flow control but-

ton6. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button/

Temperature control dial (passengerside)

7. “OFF” button for climate control sys-tem*

8. “ ” fan speed decrease button9. “ ” rear window defroster button

(See “Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch” (P.2-33).)

10. “ ” auto-recirculation button/intake air control button

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL(Type B) (if so equipped)

GUID-A19F5865-2264-4A39-9D40-7647CF5C3B42

Automatic operation (AUTO)GUID-0762D28A-3ACC-4ECE-AAA9-4504B65BCF01

The AUTO mode may be used year-round asthe system automatically controls constanttemperature, air flow distribution and fanspeed after the desired temperature is set

manually.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner,push the “OFF” button.

Cooling and dehumidified heating:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the “AUTO” button.

(The AUTO indicator light will illuminateand “AUTO” will appear on the display.)

2. If the A/C indicator light does notilluminate, push the “A/C” button.

(The A/C indicator light will illuminate.)

3. Turn the temperature control dial (dri-ver’s side) to set the desired tempera-ture.. The temperature can be set within

the following range.

— For U.S.: 60 to 908F

— For Canada: 18 to 328C. When the DUAL indicator light is

turned off:

— Turning the driver’s side tempera-ture control dial changes both thedriver’s and front passenger’sside temperature.

— Turning the passenger’s sidetemperature control dial changesonly the front passenger’s side


Condition:

(226,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


temperature. (The DUAL indicatorlight will illuminate and “DUAL”will appear on the display.)

. To set separate desired tempera-tures for the driver and front pas-senger, push the “DUAL” button, theindicator light illuminates, and thenturn the corresponding temperaturecontrol dial.

. To cancel the separate temperaturesetting, push the “DUAL” button, theindicator light turns off, and thedriver’s side temperature setting willbe applied to both the driver’s andfront passenger’s sides.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as theair is cooled rapidly. This does not indicatea malfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the “ ” button. (The indicatorlight will illuminate.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.. To remove frost from the outside

surface of the windshield quickly,set the temperature control and fanspeed control to their maximum

position.. After the windshield is cleared, push

the “AUTO” button to set to theautomatic mode.

. When the “ ” button is pushed,the air conditioner will automaticallyturn on when the outside air tem-perature is above 238F (−58C) todefog the windshield. The air recir-culation mode will automaticallyturn off. The outside air circulationmode will be selected to improve thedefogging performance.

Manual operationGUID-A1174AD6-1F34-4BF3-AB3F-B9FA9A3D509E

The manual mode can be used to controlthe heater and air conditioner to yourdesired settings.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner,push the “OFF” button.

Fan speed control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the fan speed increase “ ” ordecrease “ ” buttons to manually con-trol the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to change the fanspeed to the automatic mode.

Air flow control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the “MODE” button to change the airflow mode.

: Air flows from center and side ventilators.: Air flows from center and side ventilators and

foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.: Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.

Temperature control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

. The temperature can be set within thefollowing range.— For U.S.: 60 to 908F— For Canada: 18 to 328C

Air recirculation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the intake air control button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.The indicator light on the “ ” side willilluminate.

The air recirculation mode cannot beactivated when the air conditioner is inthe front defrosting mode “ ”.

Outside air circulation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the intake air control button to drawoutside air into the passenger compart-

Condition:

(227,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

ment.

The indicator light on the “ ” side and“ ” side will turn off.

Automatic intake air control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually con-trol the intake air, push the intake aircontrol button.

To return to the automatic control mode,push the intake air control button until theindicator light on the “ ” side illumi-nates. The advanced climate control sys-tem turns on and the intake air will becontrolled automatically.

To turn system offGUID-41F80FC2-B97C-4D7B-B4AA-0D394F55B8FC

Push the OFF button.

Advanced climate control systemGUID-C73B1296-B006-44F7-B96B-A64751CF6E10

The advanced climate control systemkeeps the air inside of the vehicle clean,using the ion control and the automatic airintake control with exhaust gas/outsideodor detecting sensor.

SAA2734


SAA2735


Ion control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This unit generates highly concentratedPlasmacluster® ions into the air blownfrom the ventilators and reduces odorabsorbed into the interior trim.

The high-density Plasmacluster® ions gen-erated in the air conditioner’s air streamnot only suppress airborne bacteria andreduce the adherence of odors to theinterior trim, but also have a proven skinmoisture preserving effect.

When the air conditioner is turned on, thesystem generates Plasmacluster® ionsautomatically.

The amount of Plasmacluster® ions in-creases according to the amount of airflow. When the air flow is high, “ ” isdisplayed on the screen and when the airflow is low, the indication in the screenchanges to “ ”.

Plasmacluster® and Plasmacluster® ionare trademarks of Sharp Corporation.

Exhaust gas/outside odor detecting sen-sor:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This vehicle is equipped with an exhaustgas/outside odor detecting sensor. Whenthe automatic intake air control is ON, thesensor detects odors and exhaust gas and


Condition:

(228,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


the system then automatically changesfrom the outside air circulation mode tothe recirculation mode.

When the intake air control button ispushed under the following conditions,the indicator light on the “ ” side willilluminate and the exhaust gas/outsideodor detecting sensor will turn on.

. The air flow control is not in the frontdefroster mode (the indicator light onthe “ ” front defroster button isturned off).

. The outside temperature is about 328F(08C) or more.

. The exhaust gas/outside odor detectingsensor detects industrial odors such aspulp or chemicals and exhaust gas suchas gasoline or diesel.

When the automatic intake air control isON, for the first 5 minutes, the recircula-tion mode is selected to prevent dust, dirtand pollen from entering the vehicle andcleans the air inside of the vehicle withPlasmacluster® ions that are emitted fromthe ventilator.

After 5 minutes, the sensor detects outsideodor and exhaust gas and automaticallyalternates between the recirculation modeand outside air circulation mode.

OPERATING TIPSGUID-7F1136F1-D18D-4E73-9301-8F9963EF4A1E

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the airflow from the foot outlets may not operate.This is not a malfunction. After the coolanttemperature warms up, air will flow nor-mally from the foot outlets.

SAA1983

The sunload sensor *A on the instrumentpanel helps maintain a constant tempera-ture. Do not put anything on or around thissensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERGUID-784B0915-84F7-48F5-9867-15CA5FFDAF9E

To make sure that the air conditioner heats,defogs/defrosts and ventilates efficiently,replace the filter according the specifiedmaintenance intervals listed in the INFINITIService and Maintenance Guide. To replacethe filter, contact an INFINITI retailer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fogup easily when operating the heater or air

Condition:

(229,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

conditioner. A natural grape seed polyphe-nol filter (if so equipped) collects andneutralizes dirt, pollen, dust, etc.

SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROLGUID-0A376F08-096E-438A-9B04-868EA390BEE5

The climate control system in your INFINITIis charged with a refrigerant designed withthe environment in mind. This refrigerantwill not harm the earth’s ozone layer.However, special charging equipment andlubricant are required when servicing yourINFINITI air conditioner. Using improperrefrigerants or lubricants will cause severedamage to your climate control system.(See “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.9-2) for climate control sys-tem refrigerant and lubricant recommenda-tions.)

Your INFINITI retailer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly climate con-trol system.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant under highpressure. To avoid personal injury, any airconditioner service should be done only byan experienced technician with the properequipment.

GUID-ABF87D78-8829-4773-ACF7-DAEA86432C0D

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSGUID-E7C451BC-E948-4A20-ADA7-3F0A01A2B788

RadioGUID-9E037727-4E16-4F64-94D0-D8E1810C4ED5

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and push the radio band selectbutton to turn on the radio. If you listen tothe radio with the engine not running, theignition switch should be pushed to theACC position.

Radio reception is affected by stationsignal strength, distance from radio trans-mitter, buildings, bridges, mountains andother external influences. Intermittentchanges in reception quality normally arecaused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Your INFINITI radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to en-hance radio reception. These circuits aredesigned to extend reception range, and toenhance the quality of that reception.

However there are some general character-istics of both FM and AM radio signals thatcan affect radio reception quality in amoving vehicle, even when the finest

equipment is used. These characteristicsare completely normal in a given receptionarea, and do not indicate any malfunctionin your INFINITI radio system.

Reception conditions will constantlychange because of vehicle movement.Buildings, terrain, signal distance andinterference from other vehicles can workagainst ideal reception. Described beloware some of the factors that can affect yourradio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.


AUDIO SYSTEM

Condition:

(230,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA0306

FM radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25to 30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural(single channel) FM having slightly morerange than stereo FM. External influencesmay sometimes interfere with FM stationreception even if the FM station is within25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FMsignal is directly related to the distancebetween the transmitter and receiver. FMsignals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibit-ing many of the same characteristics aslight. For example they will reflect offobjects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away

from a station transmitter, the signals willtend to fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interfer-ence from buildings, large hills or due toantenna position, usually in conjunctionwith increased distance from the stationtransmitter, static or flutter can be heard.This can be reduced by lowering the treblesetting to reduce the treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflec-tive characteristics of FM signals, directand reflected signals reach the receiver atthe same time. The signals may canceleach other, resulting in momentary flutteror loss of sound.

AM radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

AM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip alongthe ground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent backto earth. Because of these characteristics.AM signals are also subject to interferenceas they travel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areaswith many tall buildings. It can also occurfor several seconds during ionosphericturbulence even in areas where no obsta-

cles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

Satellite radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the satellite radio is used for the firsttime or the battery has been replaced, thesatellite radio may not work properly. Thisis not a malfunction. Wait more than 10minutes with the satellite radio ON and thevehicle outside of any metal or largebuilding for the satellite radio to receiveall of the necessary data.

The satellite radio mode requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. Thesatellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

The satellite radio performance may beaffected if cargo carried on the roof blocksthe satellite radio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo near thesatellite antenna.

A build up of ice on the satellite radioantenna can affect satellite radio perfor-mance. Remove the ice to restore satelliteradio reception.

Condition:

(231,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA0480

Compact Disc (CD) playerGUID-BD6BD44F-C8DA-444D-AE28-82B356B99D86

. Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD changer/player.

. Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/or CDchanger.

. During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to thehumidity. If this occurs, remove theCD and dehumidify or ventilate theplayer completely.

. The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

. The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the passenger compartmenttemperature is extremely high. De-crease the temperature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc orpackaging.

. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints,or that have pin holes may not workproperly.

. The following CDs may not work prop-erly:— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

. Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs— CDs that are not round— CDs with a paper label— CDs that are warped, scratched, or

have abnormal edges. This audio system can only play pre-

recorded CDs. It has no capabilities torecord or burn CDs.

. If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.CHECK DISC:— Confirm that the CD is inserted

correctly (the label side is facingup, etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:This is an error due to the temperatureinside the player is too high. Removethe CD by pushing the EJECT button,and after a short time reinsert the CD.The CD can be played when thetemperature of the player returns tonormal.UNPLAYABLE:The file is unplayable in this audiosystem (only MP3 or WMA CD).


Condition:

(232,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


LHA0484

DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player(models with navigation system)

GUID-4D508F5D-FA8E-49D6-A9E2-6F8E76C17033

. Do not force a compact disc into the CD/DVD insert slot. This could damage theCD/DVD player.

. During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to humid-

ity. If this occurs, remove the CD/DVDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

. The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

. The CD/DVD player sometimes cannotfunction when the passenger compart-ment temperature is extremely high.Decrease the temperature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” or “DVD Video”logo on the disc or packaging.

. Do not expose the CD/DVD to directsunlight.

. CD/DVDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints, orthat have pinholes may not workproperly.

. The following CD/DVDs are not guaran-teed to play:— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)— Recordable DVDs (DVD±R, DVD±R

DL)— Rewritable DVDs (DVD±RW, DVD±RW

DL)

. Do not use the following CD/DVDs asthey may cause the CD/DVD player tomalfunction.— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs— CD/DVDs that are not round— CD/DVDs with a paper label— CD/DVDs that are warped, scratched

or have abnormal edges— This audio system can only play

prerecorded CD/DVDs. It has nocapabilities to record or burn CD/DVDs.

. If the CD/DVD cannot be played, one ofthe following messages will be dis-played.Disc Read Error:— Confirm that the CD/DVD is inserted

correctly (the label side is facing up,etc.).

— Confirm that the CD/DVD is not bentor warped and it is free of scratches.

Please Eject Disc:— This may be an error due to the

temperature inside the player beingtoo high. Remove the CD/DVD bypushing the EJECT button, and aftera short time reinsert the CD/DVD.The CD/DVD can be played when the

Condition:

(233,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

temperature of the player returns tonormal. If the error persists, consultyour INFINITI retailer.

Unplayable File:— The file may be copy protected.— The file is not MP3, WMA, AAC, M4A

or DivX® type.Region Invalid:— The DVD is not for region 1 or all

regions. Use DVDs with a regioncode “1”, “ALL” or “1 included” foryour DVD entertainment system.(The region code *A is displayedas a small symbol printed on the topof the DVD *B .) This vehicle-in-stalled DVD player cannot play DVDswith a region code other than “1” or“ALL”.

Copyright and trademark:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The technology protected by the U.S.patent and other intellectual propertyrights owned by Macrovision Corpora-tion and other right holders is adoptedfor this system.

. This copyright protected technologycannot be used without a permit fromMacrovision Corporation. It is limited tobe personal use, etc., as long as the

permit from Macrovision Corporation isnot issued.

. Modifying or disassembling is prohib-ited.

. Dolby digital is manufactured underlicense from Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

. Dolby and the double D mark “ ” aretrademarks of Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

. DTS and DTS Digital Surround “ ” areregistered trademarks of Digital Thea-ter Systems, Inc.

Parental level (parental control):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DVDs with the parental control setting canbe played with this system. Please useyour own judgement to set the parentalcontrol with the system.

Disc selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The following disc formats can be playedwith the DVD drive.

. DVD-VIDEO

. VIDEO-CD

. CD-DA (Conventional Compact Disc)

. DTS-CD

USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connec-tion Port

GUID-A4DAE208-A2DF-402A-9E31-FB8FBE712C99

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect or operate theUSB device while driving. Doing so can be adistraction. If distracted you could losecontrol of your vehicle and cause anaccident or serious injury.

CAUTION

. Do not force the USB device into the USBport. Inserting the USB device tilted orup-side-down into the port may damagethe port. Make sure that the USB deviceis connected correctly into the USB port.

. Do not grab the USB port cover (if soequipped) when pulling the USB deviceout of the port. This could damage theport and the cover.

. Do not leave the USB cable in a placewhere it can be pulled unintentionally.Pulling the cable may damage the port.


Condition:

(234,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


The vehicle is not equipped with a USBdevice. USB devices should be purchasedseparately as necessary.

This system cannot be used to format USBdevices. To format a USB device, use apersonal computer.

In some states/area, the USB device for thefront seats plays only sound withoutimages for regulatory reasons, even whenthe vehicle is parked.

This system supports various USB memorydevices, USB hard drives and iPod®

players. Some USB devices may not besupported by this system.

. Partitioned USB devices may not beplayed correctly.

. Some characters used in other lan-guages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) arenot displayed properly on display.Using English language characters witha USB device is recommended.

General notes for USB use:

Refer to your device manufacturer’s ownerinformation regarding the proper use andcare of the device.

Notes for iPod® use:

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.,registered in the U.S. and other countries.

. Improperly plugging in the iPod® maycause a checkmark to be displayed onand off (flickering). Always make surethat the iPod® is connected properly.

. An iPod nano® (1st Generation) mayremain in fast forward or rewind modeif it is connected during a seek opera-tion. In this case, please manually resetthe iPod®.

. An iPod nano® (2nd Generation) willcontinue to fast-forward or rewind if itis disconnected during a seek opera-tion.

. An incorrect song title may appear whenthe Play Mode is changed while usingan iPod nano® (2nd Generation)

. Audiobooks may not play in the sameorder as they appear on an iPod®.

. Large video files cause slow responsesin an iPod®. The vehicle center displaymay momentarily black out, but willsoon recover.

. If an iPod® automatically selects largevideo files while in the shuffle mode,the vehicle center display may momen-

tarily black out, but will soon recover.

Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA/AAC)

GUID-E541D8D1-9D43-4BFE-AAC0-F80AD3A10635

Explanation of terms:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 isthe most well known compressed digi-tal audio file format. This format allowsfor near “CD quality” sound, but at afraction of the size of normal audiofiles. MP3 conversion of an audio trackcan reduce the file size by approxi-mately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtuallyno perceptible loss in quality. Thecompression reduces certain parts ofsound that seem inaudible to mostpeople.

. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) isa compressed audio format created byMicrosoft as an alternative to MP3. TheWMA codec offers greater file compres-sion than the MP3 codec, enablingstorage of more digital audio tracks inthe same amount of space whencompared to MP3s at the same levelof quality.

Condition:

(235,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding(AAC) is a lossy audio compressionformat. Audio files that have beenencoded with AAC are generally smallerin size and deliver a higher quality ofsound than MP3.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the numberof bits per second used by a digitalmusic file. The size and quality of acompressed digital audio file is deter-mined by the bit rate used whenencoding the file.

. Sampling frequency — Sampling fre-quency is the rate at which the samplesof a signal are converted from analog todigital (A/D conversion) per second.

. Multisession — Multisession is one ofthe methods for writing data to media.Writing data once to the media is calleda single session, and writing more thanonce is called a multisession.

. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA filethat contains information about thedigital music file such as song title,artist, album title, encoding bit rate,track time duration, etc. ID3 tag in-formation is displayed on the Album/Artist/Track title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® areregistered trademarks or trademarks ofMicrosoft Corporation in the United Statesof America and/or other countries.

SAA2494

Playback order:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The folder names of folders not contain-ing compressed audio files are notshown in the display.

. If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB, “Root Folder” is displayed.


Condition:

(236,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. The playback order is the order in whichthe files were written by the writingsoftware, so the files might not play inthe desired order.

. Music playback order of compressedaudio files is as illustrated.

Condition:

(237,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Specification chart:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM *5, DVD±R*5, DVD±RW*5, DVD±R DL*5, USB2.0

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R*5, DVD±RW*5, DVD±R DL*5: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo,Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0* VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.

USB memory: FAT16, FAT32

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9


Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR (Ver.9)*4

AAC*5

Version MPEG-AAC


Bit rate 16 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels

With navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)Without navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian),05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.


Condition:

(238,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.*5 Models with navigation system

Condition:

(239,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Troubleshooting guide:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using theplayer.

If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will beplayed.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)”, “.WMA (.wma)”, “.AAC (.aac)”, “.M4A (.m4a)”, or “.AA3 (.aa3)” cannot be played. Inaddition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with thespecifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofcompressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

It takes a relatively long time beforethe music starts playing. If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might notmatch the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next songwhen playing.

If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyrightprotection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in thedesired order.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.


Condition:

(240,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Compressed Video Files (modelswith navigation system)

GUID-E2445A26-4CDB-4384-A0C2-18D86B23258C

Explanation of terms:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. DivX® - DivX® refers to the DivX® codecowned by DivX, Inc. used for a lossycompression of video based on MPEG-4.

. AVI - AVI stands for Audio Video Inter-leave. It is a standard file formatoriginated by Microsoft Corporation. A“.divx” encoded file can be saved intothe “.avi” file format for playback onthis system if it meets the requirementsstated in the table in this section.However, not all the “.avi” files areplayable on this system since differentencodings can be used than the DivX®

codec.. ASF - ASF stands for Advanced Systems

Format. It is a file format owned byMicrosoft Corporation. Note: Only “.asf” files that meet the requirementsstated in the table in this section can beplayed.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the numberof bits per second used by a digitalvideo file. The size and quality of acompressed digital audio file is deter-

mined by the bit rate used whenencoding the file.

Condition:

(241,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Requirement for Supporting Video Playback:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL, USB 2.0 Memory

File Systems

CD,CD-R,CD-RW,DVD,DVD±R,DVD±RW,DVD±RW DL

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet, UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0- ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.- Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.- VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.

USB Memory FAT16, FAT32

File Types

.divx, .aviVideo Codecs DivX3, DivX4, DivX5, DivX6

Audio Codecs MP3, MPEG2.5 Audio Layer3, AC3, LPCM

.asfVideo Codec ISO-MPEG4

Audio Codec G.726

Bit Rates .divx, .aviMaximum Average 4Mbps

Maximum Peak 8Mbps

Resolution

.divx, .aviMinimum 32 6 32

Maximum 720 6 480

.asfMinimum 32 6 32

Maximum 720 6 576

Bluetooth® Audio player (modelswith navigation system)

GUID-8CAEE269-6E22-4ACF-9AF6-F5C47B8DC7F9

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

. Some Bluetooth® audio devices maynot be recognized by the in-vehicleaudio system. Contact an INFINITI re-tailer for compatible devices.

. It is necessary to set up the wirelessconnection between a compatible Blue-tooth® audio device and the in-vehicleBluetooth® module before using theBluetooth® audio player.

. Operating procedure of the Bluetooth®

audio player will vary depending on thedevice. Make sure it is understood howto operate an audio device before usingit with this system.

. The Bluetooth® audio player may bestopped under the following condi-tions:— Receiving a hands-free call.— Checking the connection to the

hands-free phone.. Do not place a Bluetooth® audio device

in an area surrounded by metal or faraway from the in-vehicle Bluetooth®


Condition:

(242,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


module to prevent tone quality degra-dation and wireless connection disrup-tion.

. While an audio device is connectedthrough a Bluetooth® wireless connec-tion, the battery power of the devicemay discharge quicker than usual.

. This system supports the Bluetooth®

Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP,AVRCP).

. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®

functions share the same frequencyband (2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth®

and the wireless LAN functions at thesame time may slow down or discon-nect the communication and causeundesired noise. It is recommendedthat you turn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth® func-tions.

SAA2724

1. ON·OFF/VOL (volume) control knob2. Radio SCAN button3. RDM (random)/RPT (repeat) play but-

ton4. TRACK button5. SEEK·CAT (category) button

6. Radio tuning/MP3/WMA/AAC folderselector / AUDIO control knob

7. Disc EJECT button8. Radio station preset buttons

Condition:

(243,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER

GUID-0DB4181C-381F-4082-9A30-C481558366B4

No satellite radio reception is availableunless a SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscrip-tion is active.

The audio control buttons are also locatedon the center multi-function control panel.

JVH0132X

Models with navigation system1. AM·FM·SAT band select button2. DISC·AUX button

SAA2922

Models without navigation system1. AUX/Satellite radio band select but-

ton2. RADIO AM·FM band select button3. DISC button

For all operation precautions, see “Audiooperation precautions” (P.4-61).

The satellite radio mode requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. Thesatellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

It may take some time to receive theactivation signal after subscribing theSiriusXM Satellite Radio. After receivingthe activation signal, an available channel


Condition:

(244,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


list will be automatically updated in theradio. Push the ignition switch from LOCKto ACC to update the channel list.

Audio main operationGUID-E0255B26-FC35-4652-89E7-8756B7322814

Head unit:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The auto loudness circuit enhances the lowand high frequency ranges automatically inboth radio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF buttonwhile the system is off to turn on the lastaudio source, which was playing immedi-ately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing theON·OFF button turns the system off.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust thevolume.

Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade,push the Audio control knob. When thedisplay shows the setting you want tochange (Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade),rotate the Audio control knob to set thedesired setting. For the other settingmethods, see “How to use SETTING button”

(P.4-13).

This vehicle has some sound effect func-tions as follows:

. Speed Sensitive Vol.For more details, see “How to use SETTINGbutton” (P.4-13).

Switching the display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Pushing the DISC·AUX button willswitch the displays as follows:iPod®/USB ? CD/DVD (models withnavigation system) ? Bluetooth®

streaming audio (models with naviga-tion system) ? iPod®/USB

. Pushing the AUX button will switch thedisplay as follows:USB/iPod® ? XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ?

USB/iPod®

FM-AM-SAT radio operationGUID-301BCAC9-671A-4E03-A695-1E7F31949D21

When the radio band select button ispushed while the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position, the radio will come onat the channel last played.

The last channel played will also come onwhen the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

The satellite radio is not available inAlaska, Hawaii and Guam.

If another audio source is playing when theradio band select button is turned to ON,the audio source will automatically beturned off and the last radio channelplayed will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak,the radio will automatically change fromstereo to monaural reception.

radio (FM/AM/SAT) band select(models with navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the AM·FM·SAT band select buttonwill change the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3? AM

radio (FM/AM) band select (modelswithout navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the RADIO AM·FM band selectbutton will change the band as follows:

. Type A (if so equipped)AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

. Type B (if so equipped)AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? XM1? XM2?

XM3 ? AM

Condition:

(245,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

radio (SAT) band select (if soequipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the satellite band select button toselect the satellite radio mode XM1, XM2or XM3.

TUNE (Tuning):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. For AM and FM radioTurn the radio tuning knob for manualtuning.

. For SiriusXM Satellite RadioTurn the radio tuning knob to seekchannels from all of the categorieswhen any category is not selected.

SEEK tuning/CATEGORY (CAT):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. For AM and FM radioPush the SEEK·CAT or TRACK button totune from low to high or high to lowfrequencies and to stop at the nextbroadcasting station.

. For SiriusXM Satellite RadioPush the SEEK·CAT or TRACK button totune to the first channel of the next orprevious category.

During satellite radio reception, the follow-ing notices will be displayed under certainconditions.

. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received whilethe SAT tuner is connected.)

. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

. CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connectionerror)

. LOADING (When the initial setting isperformed)

. UPDATING (When the satellite radiosubscription is not active)

SCAN tuning:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the radio SCAN button to tune fromlow to high frequencies and stop at eachbroadcasting station/channel for 5 sec-onds. Pushing the button again during this5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuningand the radio will remain tuned to thatstation/channel.

If the radio SCAN button is not pushedwithin 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves tothe next station/channel.

*1 to *6 Station memory operations:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

12 stations/channels can be set for the FMband (6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 forSiriusXM Satellite Radio (6 each for XM1,XM2 and XM3) and 6 stations can be set forthe AM band.

1. Choose the radio band using the radioband select button.

2. Tune to the desired station/channelusing the SEEK·CAT, TRACK, SCANbutton or the radio TUNE knob.

3. Push and hold the desired stationpreset button *1 to *6 until the radiomutes.

4. The station indicator will then come onand the sound will resume. Memorizingis now complete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the radio memory will beerased. In that case, reset the desiredstations/channels.

List (AM and FM radio) (models withnavigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “List” key on the display isselected while the FM or AM radio is beingplayed, the preset station list will bedisplayed.

If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed istouched and held, the current station willbe stored as the new preset.


Condition:

(246,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Menu (SiriusXM Satellite Radio) (modelswith navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Menu” key on the display isselected while the SiriusXM Satellite Radiois being played, the menu list will bedisplayed.

The following items are available.

. Preset ListDisplays the preset channel list. If 1 ofthe 6 preset stations listed is touchedand held, the current station will bestored as the new preset.

. Customize Channel ListSelects specific channels to skip whileusing the TUNE, SEEK/CATEGORY orMenu-Categories feature.

. Favorite Artists & SongsStores the current artist or song that isbeing played. Touch the “Alert” key tobe reminded when the stored artist orsong is playing on a station whilelistening to SiriusXM Satellite Radio.

. CategoriesSelecting a category will go to the firstchannel in that category as defined bySiriusXM Satellite Radio.

. Direct TuneInputs the channel number by using a

keypad.

Text (models without navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Text” key is selected with theINFINITI controller on the display and thenthe ENTER button is pushed while thesatellite radio is being played, the textinformation listed below will be displayedon the screen.

. CH Name

. Category

. Name

. Title

. Other

Compact Disc (CD) player operationGUID-6154CAEE-34CB-4EED-B881-0F84AFB3FFC3

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and insert the Compact Disc (CD)into the slot with the label side facing up.The CD will be guided automatically intothe slot and start playing.

After loading the CD, the number of trackson the CD and the play time will appear onthe display.

If the radio is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while theCD was playing, pushing the ON·OFFbutton will start the CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

or PLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX or DISC button ispushed with the system off and the CDloaded, the system will turn on and the CDwill start to play.

When the DISC·AUX or DISC button ispushed with the CD loaded and the radioplaying, the radio will automatically beturned off and the CD will start to play.

Menu (models with navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Menu” key on the display isselected while the CD is being played, themenu screen will be displayed. The follow-ing menu options are available.

. Folder List (for CD with compressedaudio files)Displays the folder list.

. Track ListDisplays the track list.

. Play ModeSelect a play mode from the followingitems.— Normal— 1 Folder Repeat (for CD with com-

pressed audio files)

Condition:

(247,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

— 1 Track Repeat— 1 Disc Random— 1 Folder Random (for CD with

compressed audio files)


When the “Text” key is selected in thescreen using the INFINITI controller andthen the ENTER button is pushed while theCD is being played, the music informationbelow will be displayed on the screen.

CD:

. Disc title

. Track titleCD with compressed audio files:

. Folder title

. File title

. Song title

. Album title

. Artist

Next/Previous Track and FastForward/Rewind:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the FF or REW button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD isbeing played, the CD will play while fastforwarding or rewinding. When the buttonis released, the CD will return to normal

play speed.

When the FF or REW button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the next track or the beginning ofthe current track on the CD will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds afterthe current track started playing, theprevious track will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds fromwhen the current track started playing, thebeginning of the current track will beplayed.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RPT button is pushed while theCD is played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

(CD)

NOS2606

(CD with compressed audio files)

NOS2607

Disc EJECT:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the Disc EJECT button is pushed withthe CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will be ejected.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protectit.

DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) PLAYEROPERATION (models with naviga-tion system)

GUID-6DC0D1E7-7A72-4ED5-85C8-A877B9A0FDDF

PrecautionsGUID-00EEFAEC-0B60-4F54-8051-2CA871D68FB3

Start the engine when using the DVDentertainment system.

Movies will not be shown on the frontdisplay while the vehicle is in any driveposition to reduce driver distraction. Audiois available when a movie is played. To viewmovies in the front display, stop thevehicle in a safe location, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position and apply theparking brake.


Condition:

(248,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


WARNING

. The driver must not attempt to operatethe DVD system or wear the headphoneswhile the vehicle is in motion so that fullattention may be given to vehicle opera-tion.

. Do not attempt to modify the system todisplay a movie on the front screen whilethe vehicle is being driven. Doing so maydistract the driver and may cause acollision and serious personal injury ordeath.

CAUTION

. Only operate the DVD while the vehicleengine is running. Operating the DVD forextended periods of time with the engineOFF can discharge the vehicle battery.

. Do not allow the system to get wet.Excessive moisture such as spilledliquids may cause the system to mal-function.

. While playing VIDEO-CD media, this DVDplayer does not guarantee complete

functionality of all VIDEO-CD formats.

Display settingsGUID-CB0F92E9-FF63-4E64-920C-907E9D6FF2CA

To adjust the front display mode, push theSETTING button while the DVD is beingplayed, select the “Others” key and thenselect the “Display” key.

To adjust the display ON/OFF, brightness,tint, color and contrast, select the “DisplayAdjustment” key and then select each key.

Then you can adjust each item using theINFINITI controller. After changes havebeen made push the BACK button to savethe setting.

SAA2497

Playing a DVDGUID-99F8D436-B488-4A45-B280-4E0C2FEEA158

DISC·AUX button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Park the vehicle in a safe location for thefront seat occupants to operate the DVDdrive while watching the images.

Push the DISC·AUX button on the instru-ment panel and turn the display to the DVDmode.

When a DVD is loaded, it will be replayedautomatically.

The operation screen will be turned onwhen the DISC·AUX button located on theinstrument panel is pushed while a DVD isbeing played, and it will turn off auto-

Condition:

(249,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

matically after a period of time. To turn it onagain, push the DISC·AUX button again.

DVD operation keys:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DVD is playing without theoperation screen being shown, you mayuse the touch screen to select items fromthe displayed video. You may also use theINFINITI controller to select an item fromthe displayed video. When the operationscreen is being shown, use the INFINITIcontroller or touch screen to select an itemfrom the displayed menus.

PAUSE:

Select the “ ” key to pause the DVD. Toresume playing the DVD, use the “PLAY”key.

PLAY:

Select the “ ” key to start playing theDVD, for example, after pausing the DVD.

STOP:

Select the “ ” key to stop playing theDVD.

/ Next/Previous Chapter:

Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skip thechapter(s) of the disc forward/backward.The chapters will advance/go back thenumber of times this key is selected.

/ Commercial Skip:

This function is only for DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR. Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skipforward or backwards by the set amount asdefined in the DVD Settings menu.

Top Menu:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Top Menu” key is selected in thescreen while a DVD is being played, the topmenu specific to each disc will be dis-played. For details, see the instructions onthe disc.

SAA2498

Example

DVD settingsGUID-0C560E19-4509-40D3-BA50-93C530749CE5

Select the “Settings” key to adjust thefollowing settings.

Key (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Keys for the DVD menu operation aredisplayed.

: Move the cursor to select a DVDmenu.

Enter: Enter the selected menu.

Move: Change the display location bymoving the operation key.

Back: Return to the previous screen.


Condition:

(250,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Hide: Hide the operation key.

Title Menu (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Some menus specific to each disc will beshown. For details, see the instructions onthe disc.

Title Search (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The scene with the specified title will bedisplayed each time the “+” side or “−”side is selected.

Group Search (VIDEO CD):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

A scene in the specified group will bedisplayed each time the “+” side or “−”side is selected.

10 Key Search (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD, CD-DA, DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “10 Key Search” key to open thenumber entry screen. Input the number tobe searched and select the “OK” key. Thespecified Title/Chapter or Group/Track willbe played.

Select No. (VIDEO-CD):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Select No.” key to open thenumber entry screen. Input the number tobe searched and select the “OK” key. Thespecified scene will be played.

Angle (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the DVD contains different angles (suchas moving images), the current imageangle can be switched to another one.Select the “Angle” key. The angle willchange each time the “+” side or “−” sideis selected.

Angle Mark (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned on, an angle markwill be shown on the bottom of the screenif the scene can be seen from a differentangle.

Menu Skip (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DVD menus are automatically configuredand the contents will be played directlywhen the “Menu Skip” key is turned on.Note that some discs may not be playeddirectly even if this item is turned on.

CM Skip (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “CM Skip” key. Choose thesetting time from 15, 30 or 60 seconds byselecting the “+” side or “−” side.

DRC (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) auto-matically adjusts the soundtrack volumelevel to maintain a more even sound to thespeakers.

DVD Language (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “DVD Language” key to open thenumber entry screen. Input the numbercorresponding to the preferred languageand select the “OK” key. The DVD top menulanguage will be changed to the onespecified.

Display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the image quality of the screen,select the preferred adjustment items.

Audio:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred language for audio.

Subtitle (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred language for subtitles.

Display Mode (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD, DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select from the “Full”, “Wide”, “Normal” or“Cinema” modes.

Title List (DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred title from the list.

Play Mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred play mode.

PG/PL Mode (DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “PG” or “PL” mode.

Condition:

(251,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVH1208X

USB (Universal Serial Bus) CON-NECTION PORT

GUID-4D3D2CD8-DF18-4970-951F-8FC1ED347AF7

Audio main operationGUID-54C82475-9591-4C45-A670-94000A61ECFB

Open the console lid and connect a USBmemory *1 as illustrated. Then, push theDISC·AUX or AUX button repeatedly toswitch to the USB memory mode.

If the system has been turned off while theUSB memory was playing, pushing theON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the USBmemory.

WARNING


CAUTION





SAA2500

File selection (models with naviga-tion system)

GUID-01A6BCCB-B2D5-4A78-8C71-F104ADA1B426

When there are both audio and movie filesin the USBmemory, the mode select screenis displayed. Select the preferred contentsto play.

When there is only one type of file, theaudio or movie operation screen is dis-played and starts to play.

If a video file restricts the number ofplaybacks, a pop-up screen will appear toconfirm it is ok to play. Answer yes or no asrequested by the display.


Condition:

(252,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2501


SAA2611


Audio file operationGUID-435F6144-8A1A-4BF6-8750-BFB28E8300D9


When the DISC·AUX or AUX button ispushed with the system off and the USBmemory inserted, the system will turn on.

If another audio source is playing and aUSB memory is inserted, push theDISC·AUX or AUX button repeatedly untilthe center display changes to the USBmemory mode.


GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the FF or REW button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while a USBmemory is being played, the USB memorywill play while forwarding or rewinding.When the button is released, the USBmemory will return to normal play speed.

When the FF or REW button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the USBmemory is being played, the next track orthe beginning of the current track on theUSB memory will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds afterthe current track started playing, the

previous track will be played.


The INFINITI controller can also be used toselect tracks when the USB memory isbeing played.

Folder selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To change to another folder in the USBmemory, turn the folder selector or choosea folder displayed on the screen using theINFINITI controller.


When the RPT button is pushed while theUSB memory is played, the play patterncan be change as follows.

To change the play mode, push the RPTbutton repeatedly and the mode willchange as follows.

Normal ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 TrackRepeat ? All Random ? 1 Folder Random? Normal

Condition:

(253,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


When the “Text” key is selected on thescreen using the INFINITI controller andthen the ENTER button is pushed while aUSB memory is being played, the musicinformation listed below will be displayedon the screen.

. Folder title

. File title

. Song title

. Album Title

. ArtistSAA2502

Menu (models with navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

There are some options available duringplayback. Select one of the followingoptions that are displayed on the screenif necessary. Refer to the following infor-mation for each item.

. Movie PlaybackSwitch to the movie playback mode.This item is displayed only when a USBmemory contains movie files.

. Folder List/Track ListDisplays the folder or track list. The“Movie Playback” key is also displayedin this list screen, and enables switch-

ing to the movie playback mode.. Play Mode

Select the preferred play mode.


Condition:

(254,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2503

Movie file operation (models withnavigation system)

GUID-E2FBAA9F-D081-4C7E-BFEB-D96AE20C90F0

Park the vehicle in a safe location for thefront seat occupants to operate the USBmemory while watching the images.

PLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed withthe system off and the USB memoryinserted, the system will turn on.

If another audio source is playing and aUSB memory is inserted, push theDISC·AUX button repeatedly until the cen-ter display changes to the USB memory

mode.

Operation keys:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To operate the USB memory, select thedesired key displayed on the operationscreen using the INFINITI controller.

Pause

Select the “ ” key to pause the moviefile. To resume playing the movie file,select the “ ” key.

Play

Select the “ ” key to start playing amovie file, for example, after pausing amovie file.

STOP

Select the “ ” key to stop playing amovie file.

Skip (Next chapter)

Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s)of the disc forward. The chapters willadvance the number of times the ENTERbutton is pushed.

Skip (Previous chapter)

Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s)of the disc backward. The chapters will goback the number of times the “ ” key isselected.

List:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “List” key on the movie fileoperation screen to display the file list.

Condition:

(255,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2504

Example

Settings:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Settings” key to adjust thefollowing settings.

. Audio File PlaybackSwitch to the audio playback mode.This item is displayed only when theUSB memory contains the audio files.

. Play ModeSelect the “Normal” or “1 Track Repeat”play mode.

. 10 Key SearchSelect the “10 Key Search” key to openthe number entry screen.

Input the number to be searched andselect the “OK” key.The specified folder/file will be played.

. DisplayTo adjust the image quality of thescreen, select the preferred adjustmentitems.

. DRCDRC (Dynamic Range Compression)automatically adjusts the soundtrackvolume level to maintain a more evensound to the speakers.

. AudioSelect the preferred language foraudio.

. SubtitleSelect the preferred language for sub-title.

. Display ModeSelect the “Normal”, “Wide”, “Cinema”or “Full” mode.

Bluetooth® STREAMING AUDIO(models with navigation system)

GUID-90976021-E7A6-4C65-A5D8-B0C01B45CF7F

Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth®

Streaming Audio. If you have a compatibleBluetooth® device with streaming audio(A2DP profile), you can set up the wirelessconnection between your Bluetooth® de-vice and the in-vehicle audio system. Thisconnection allows you to listen to the audiofrom the Bluetooth® device using yourvehicle speakers. It also may allow basiccontrol of the device for playing andskipping audio files using the AVRCPBluetooth profile. All Bluetooth® Devicesdo not have the same level of controls forAVRCP. Please consult the manual for yourBluetooth® Device for more details.

Once your Bluetooth® device is connectedto the in-vehicle audio system, it willautomatically reconnect whenever the de-vice is present in the vehicle and you selectBluetooth Audio from your audio system.You do not need to manually reconnect foreach usage.

Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®

functions share the same frequency band(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and thewireless LAN functions at the same timemay slow down or disconnect the commu-


Condition:

(256,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


nication and cause undesired noise. It isrecommended that you turn off the wire-less LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®

functions.

Regulatory informationGUID-B047BAF2-A970-4950-9F6B-340AF867E66E

FCC Regulatory information:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. CAUTION: To maintain compliance withFCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorizedantenna, modification, or attachmentscould damage the transmitter and mayviolate FCC regulations.

. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1) This device may not cause inter-

ference and2) This device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation ofthe device

IC Regulatory information:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1) This device may not cause inter-

ference, and2) This device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference that

may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

. This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the Canadian Interfer-ence-Causing Equipment Regulations.

Bluetooth® trademark:

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

SAA2505

Connecting procedureGUID-EB424660-44B9-48C8-9DC4-FDA417E4DDA7

1. Push the SETTING button and select the“Bluetooth” key.

Condition:

(257,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2506

2. Select the “Connect Bluetooth” key.

SAA2507

3. A confirmation screen will be dis-played. Select “No”.

Note: Selecting “Yes” will only connectthe hands free phone portion of aBluetooth® device.

SAA3005

4. Choose a PIN code to use with thecompatible Bluetooth® audio deviceusing the number input screen. ThePIN code will need to be entered intothe Bluetooth® audio device after step5. Select the “OK” key.


Condition:

(258,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA3006

5. The standby message screen will ap-pear. Operate the compatible Blue-tooth® audio dev ice . For theconnecting procedure of the audiodevice, see the Bluetooth® audio in-structions.

When the connecting is completed, thescreen will return to the Bluetooth®

setup display.

SAA2510

Audio main operationGUID-EDB1A1DC-C38D-4E95-B2EF-53448A31F992

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the DISC·AUX buttonrepeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth®

audio mode. If the system has been turnedoff while the Bluetooth® audio device wasplaying, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL controlknob will start the Bluetooth® audiodevice.

The ability to pause, change tracks, fastforward, rewind, randomize and repeatmusic may be different between devices.Some or all of these functions may not besupported on each device.

DISC·AUX button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed withthe system off and the Bluetooth® audiodevice connected, the system will turn on.If another audio source is playing and theBluetooth® audio device is connected,push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly untilthe display changes to the Bluetooth®

audio mode.


GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the FF or REW button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while a Bluetooth®

audio file is being played, the Bluetooth®

audio device will play while forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released,the Bluetooth® audio device will return tonormal play speed.

When the FF or REW button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while a Bluetooth®

audio file is being played, the next track orthe beginning of the current track on theBluetooth® audio device will be played.


Condition:

(259,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


The INFINITI controller can also be used toselect tracks when the Bluetooth® audioplay mode screen is shown on the display.(“Bluetooth audio” will be indicated on theheader of the screen.)


To change the play mode, push thebutton repeatedly and the mode changesas follows.

Normal ? Shuffle All Tracks ? ShuffleGroup ? Repeat 1 Track ? Repeat AllTracks ? Repeat Group ? Normal

Operation keys:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To operate a Bluetooth® audio device,select a key displayed on the operationscreen using the INFINITI controller.

Play

Select the “ ” key to start playing whenpausing. Select this key again to pause theaudio play.

Pause

Select the “ ” key to pause the Blue-tooth® audio device. Select this key againto resume playing.

Play Mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The play mode setting display will appearwhen the “Menu” key is selected.

Choose the preferred play mode from thefollowing items.

. ShuffleChoose “Shuffle OFF”, “Shuffle AllTracks” and “Shuffle Group”.

. RepeatChoose from “Repeat OFF”, “Repeat 1Track”, “Repeat All Tracks” and “RepeatGroup”.

SAA2511

Bluetooth® settingsGUID-18AFAFAA-682B-4649-908F-68A846C2B73F

To set up the Bluetooth® device system tothe preferred settings, push the SETTINGbutton and select the “Bluetooth” key.

Bluetooth®:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If this setting is turned off, the connectionbetween the Bluetooth® devices and thein-vehicle Bluetooth® module will be can-celed.

Connect Bluetooth:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Connects to the Bluetooth® device. See“Connecting procedure” (P.4-88). Up to 5devices can be registered.


Condition:

(260,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Connected Devices:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Registered devices are shown on the list.Select a Bluetooth® device from the list,the following options will be available.

. SelectSelect “Select” to connect the selecteddevice to the vehicle. If there is adifferent device currently connected,the selected device will replace thecurrent device.

. EditRename the selected Bluetooth® deviceusing the keypad displayed on thescreen. (See “How to use touch screen(models with navigation system)” (P.4-5).)

. DeleteDelete the selected Bluetooth® device.

Edit Bluetooth® Info:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Change the name broadcasted by thissystem over Bluetooth®. Change the PINcode that is entered when connecting ahands free device to this system.

Replace Connected Phone:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Replace the Bluetooth® connection with aconnected Bluetooth® cellular phone. Fordetails about Hands-Free Phone System,

see “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models with navigation system)” (P.4-99).

JVH1209X

iPod® PLAYER OPERATIONGUID-CF0B0D0E-69BA-44DF-ABAA-31ECB5275832

Connecting iPod®GUID-C174979D-7EB5-45DB-AB71-C689B5B4740A

Open the console lid and connect theiPod® cable to the USB connector. Thebattery of the iPod® is charged while theconnection to the vehicle.

Depending on the version of the iPod®, thedisplay on the iPod® shows an INFINITI orAccessory Attached screen when the con-nection is completed. When the iPod® isconnected to the vehicle, the iPod® musiclibrary can only be operated by the vehicleaudio controls.

Condition:

(261,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.,registered in the U.S. and other countries.

WARNING


CAUTION





CompatibilityGUID-D33B6318-61AC-47F1-9F46-D136C4411ABB

The following models are available:

Models with navigation system:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Fifth generation iPod® (version 1.2.3 orlater)

. iPod Classic® (version 1.1.1 or later)

. First generation iPod touch® (version2.0.0 or later)

. Second generation iPod touch® (version1.2.3 or later)

. First generation iPod nano® (version1.3.1 or later)

. Second generation iPod nano® (version1.1.3 or later)

. Third generation iPod nano® (version1.1 or later)

. Fourth generation iPod nano® (version1.0.2 or later)

Models without navigation system:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Fifth generation iPod® (firmware ver-sion 1.3)

. First generation iPod® Classic (firmwareversion 1.1.2 PC)

. Second generation iPod Classic® (firm-ware version 2.0 PC)

. First generation iPod touch® (firmwareversion 2.1)

. Second generation iPod touch® (firm-ware version 2.1.1)

. First generation iPod nano® (firmwareversion 1.3.1)

. Second generation iPod nano® (firm-ware version 1.1.3)

. Third generation iPod nano® (firmwareversion 1.1 PC)

. Third generation iPhone® (firmwareversion 2.1)

Make sure that the iPod® version isupdated.

Audio main operationGUID-22CD1BCF-E2D7-4DE3-91A8-25AD3B82DBE3

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the DISC·AUX or AUXbutton repeatedly to switch to the iPod®

mode.

If the system has been turned off while theiPod® was playing, pushing the ON·OFFbutton will start the iPod®.


Condition:

(262,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]



When the DISC·AUX or AUX button ispushed with the system off and the iPod®

connected, the system will turn on. Ifanother audio source is playing and theiPod® is connected, push the DISC·AUX orAUX button repeatedly until the centerdisplay changes to the iPod® mode.

Interface:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The interface for iPod® operation shown onthe vehicle center display is similar to theiPod® interface. Use the INFINITI controllerand the ENTER or BACK button to play theiPod® with your favorite settings.

The following items can be chosen from themenu list screen. For further informationabout each item, see the iPod® Owner’sManual.

. Now Playing

. Playlists

. Artists

. Albums

. Songs

. Podcasts

. Genres

. Composers

. Audiobooks

. Shuffle Songs

. Play ModeThe following touch-panel buttons shownon the screen are also available:

. : returns to the previous screen.

. : plays/pauses the music selected.


GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the FF or REW button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® isplaying, the iPod® will play while fastforwarding or rewinding. When the buttonis released, the iPod® will return to thenormal play speed.

When the FF or REW button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® isplaying, the next track or the beginning ofthe current track on the iPod® will beplayed.


When the REW button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds fromwhen the current track started playing, the

beginning of the current track will beplayed.

The INFINITI controller can also be used toselect tracks when the iPod® is playing.


When the RPT button is pushed while atrack is being played, the play pattern canbe changed as follows:

NOS2608

Condition:

(263,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA0451

CD/DVD/USB MEMORY CARE ANDCLEANING

GUID-8EE92BA6-29D1-4D00-A1CD-06AA6F4B3729

CD/DVDGUID-AE827974-76A8-4315-B7EB-8B210DB6923A

. Handle a CD/DVD by its edges. Nevertouch the surface of the disc. Do notbend the disc.

. Always place the discs in the storagecase when they are not being used.

. To clean a disc, wipe the surface fromthe center to the outer edge using aclean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the discusing a circular motion.Do not use a conventional recordcleaner or alcohol intended for indus-

trial use.. A new disc may be rough on the inner

and outer edges. Remove the roughedges by rubbing the inner and outeredges with the side of a pen or pencilas illustrated.

USB memoryGUID-75DB6F6B-D249-4682-9973-CE51C11FA858

. Do not touch the terminal portion of theUSB memory.

. Do not place heavy objects on the USBmemory.

. Do not store the USB memory in highlyhumid locations.

. Do not expose the USB memory todirect sunlight.

. Do not spill any liquids on the USBmemory.

Refer to the USB memory Owner’s Manualfor the details.

SAA2923


SAA2924



Condition:

(264,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


1. Audio source switch2. Menu control switch (models with

navigation system) or audio tuningswitch (models without navigationsystem)

3. Volume control switch4. Back switch

STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-TROLS FOR AUDIO

GUID-1F1450BB-2D2C-4477-A859-B65C752945DA

Menu control switch (models withnavigation system) or audio tuningswitch (models without navigationsystem)

GUID-198F7519-A1E2-4B29-974B-F1E9FBDCB0C3

While the display is showing a MAP(navigation systems only), STATUS or Audioscreen, tilt the switch upward or downwardto select a station, track, CD or folder. Formost audio sources, tilting the switch up/down for more than 1.5 seconds provides adifferent function than tilting up/down forless than 1.5 seconds.

AM and FM radio:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe preset station.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will seek up or down to the

next station.. Pushing the menu control switch will

show the list of preset stations.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe preset channel.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will go to the next or previouscategory.

. Pushing the menu control switch willshow the XM Menu.

iPod®:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe track number.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will skip to the next orprevious playlist.

. Pushing the menu control switch willshow the iPod® Menu.

CD:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down through

the folder number (if playing com-pressed audio files).

. Pushing the menu control switch willshow the CD Menu.

DVD (models with navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe title number.

. Pushing the menu control switch willselect an item from the DVD display.

. When the transparent operation menuappears, the switch will control themenu.

USB:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5seconds will scroll up or down throughthe folder number

. Pushing the menu control switch willshow the USB Menu.

Condition:

(265,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Bluetooth® Audio (models with navigationsystem):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


BACK switch (if so equipped)GUID-53FBAD19-30D7-4BB5-97D9-86904D9A8CE5

Push this switch to go back to the previousscreen or cancel the selection if it is notcompleted.

Volume control switchesGUID-7B3B8B45-A43B-4500-A680-85DB3D3BDBE3

Push the upper (+) or lower (−) side switchto increase or decrease the volume.

Audio source switchGUID-1823530A-8047-4D65-99E8-84FF2B049B42

Push the source select switch to changethe mode to available audio source.

ANTENNAGUID-67DA93A7-DE3B-4824-98DC-644C5CFC8020

Window antennaGUID-9BF53296-D9A4-49C7-B51C-2A411E3353BC

The antenna pattern is printed inside therear window.

CAUTION

. Do not place metalized film near the rearwindow glass or attach any metal partsto it. This may cause poor reception ornoise.

. When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.

SAA2102

Roof antennaGUID-C4AEBA7C-40FC-486E-9081-D9F63AB034BF

Removing the antenna:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna andremove by turning counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn the antennaclockwise and tighten.

CAUTION

. To avoid damaging or deforming theantenna, be sure to remove the antennaunder the following conditions.


Condition:

(266,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


— The vehicle enters an automatic carwash.

— The vehicle enters a garage with alow ceiling.

— The vehicle is covered with a carcover.

. Always properly tighten the antenna rodduring installation. Otherwise, the an-tenna rod may break during vehicleoperation.

GUID-401A908F-1B98-4BBA-86C8-B829C89D2BEE

When installing a car phone or a CB radioin your vehicle, be sure to observe thefollowing cautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the elec-tronic control modules and electronic con-trol system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not be used forany purpose while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular phones while driving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended. Ex-ercise extreme caution at all times so fullattention may be given to vehicle opera-tion.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop yourvehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20cm) away from the electronic controlsystem harness. Do not route the anten-na wire next to any harness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

. For details, consult an INFINITI retailer.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

Condition:

(267,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-AC70EB75-705F-4108-A5C4-01E69DCA937E

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devote fullattention to vehicle operation whiletalking on the phone, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use aphone after starting the engine.

Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are anowner of a compatible Bluetooth® enabledcellular phone, you can set up the wirelessconnection between your cellular phoneand the in-vehicle phone module. WithBluetooth® wireless technology, you canmake or receive a telephone call with yourcellular phone in your pocket.

Once a cellular phone is connected to thein-vehicle phone module, no phone con-necting procedure is required anymore.Your phone is automatically connectedwith the in-vehicle phone module whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition with the registered cellular phoneturned on and carried in the vehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Blue-tooth® cellular phones in the in-vehiclephone module. However, you can talk ononly one cellular phone at a time.

The INFINITI Voice Recognition systemsupports the phone commands, so dialinga phone number using your voice ispossible. For more details, see “INFINITIVoice Recognition system (models withnavigation system)” (P.4-124).

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System, refer to the following notes.



and the wireless LAN functions at thesame time may slow down or discon-nect the communication and causeundesired noise. It is recommendedthat you turn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth® func-

tions.. Set up the wireless connection between

a compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellularphones may not be recognized by thein-vehicle phone module. Please visitwww.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetooth for arecommended phone list.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:— Your vehicle is outside of the tele-

phone service area.— Your vehicle is in an area where it is

difficult to receive radio waves; suchas in a tunnel, in an undergroundparking garage, behind a tall build-ing or in a mountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked inorder not to be dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is notideal or ambient sound is too loud, itmay be difficult to hear the otherperson’s voice during a call.

. Immediately after the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.


Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM(models with navigation system)

Condition:

(268,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. Do not place the cellular phone in anarea surrounded by metal or far awayfrom the in-vehicle phone module toprevent tone quality degradation andwireless connection disruption.

. While a cellular phone is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® wireless con-nection, the battery power of thecellular phone may discharge quickerthan usual.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem seems to be malfunctioning,please visit www.InfinitiUSA.com/blue-tooth for troubleshooting help.

. Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzingnoise to come from the audio systemspeakers. Storing the device in adifferent location may reduce or elim-inate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’sManual regarding the telephone pair-ing procedure specific to your phone,battery charging, cellular phone anten-na, etc.

. The antenna display on the monitor willnot coincide with the antenna displayof some cellular phones.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible to hear the caller’s voiceclearly as well as to minimize itsechoes.

. If reception between callers is unclear,adjusting the incoming or outgoing callvolume may improve the clarity.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONGUID-4308A86E-66BC-43CD-B2FB-E9B8CEA19C0A

FCC Regulatory informationGUID-779D1582-A114-4DB3-8A2B-6E01A2B1ADB7


. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. this device may not cause interferenceand

2. this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice

IC Regulatory informationGUID-31BEAA34-9563-4EA3-9520-75A276124ADC

. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this device

must accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.


Bluetooth® trademark:

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

VOICE COMMANDSGUID-18FBE1A5-C5AB-4B08-A762-99363C1D6F3C

You can use voice commands to operatevarious Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem features using the INFINITI VoiceRecognition system.

For more details, see “INFINITI VoiceRecognition system (models with naviga-tion system)” (P.4-124).

Condition:

(269,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2219

1) TALK button2) PHONE SEND button

CONTROL BUTTONSGUID-438D5F45-E486-45D2-9801-DCF9AA79B27B

JVH0473X

CONNECTING PROCEDUREGUID-D1888070-CBE2-48DB-821D-3E4934992692

1. Push the button, and select the“Connect Phone” key.

SAA2520

2. When a PIN code appears on thescreen, operate the compatible Blue-tooth® cellular phone to enter the PINcode.

If you have the phone corresponding toBluetooth® Secure Simple Pairing, se-lect MY-CAR on the cellular phonedevice searching screen.. Touch [Yes] if the PIN code displayed

on the cellular phone is the same asthe one displayed on the screen.

. Both vehicle system and mobile sideapproval operation on the screenswill make Bluetooth® connection.

The connecting procedure of the cellu-


Condition:

(270,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


lar phone varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for the details. You canalso visit

www.InfinitiUSA.com/bluetooth or callINFINITI Consumer Affairs Departmentfor instructions on pairing INFINITIrecommended cellular phones.

When the connection process is com-pleted, the screen will return to thePhone menu display.

PHONE SELECTIONGUID-EA2F3873-79D1-4B5E-A5B7-6D8A8E868233

Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered tothe system. To switch to connect anothercellular phone, push the button andselect the “Connected Phones” key. Theregistered cellular phones are shown onthe list. If you select a cellular phone that isdifferent from the one currently connected,the newly selected phone will be con-nected to the system.

QUICK DIALGUID-EC5C3EE3-1229-4F82-89BC-77D1782DD10B

This vehicle has two phonebooks availablefor hands-free use. Depending on thephone, the system may automaticallydownload the entire cell phone’s phone-book into the “Phonebook”. For the detailsabout downloading a phonebook, see“Phone setting” (P.4-107). If a phonebookdoes not automatically download, theQuick Dial may be set for up to 40 entries.This Quick Dial allows the recording of aname to speak while using voice recogni-tion. JVH0474X

1. Push the button and select the“Quick Dial” key.

2. Select the “Add New” key at the top ofthe screen.

Condition:

(271,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVH0475X

3. Choose the method for entering theQuick Dial entry. For this example,select “Enter Number by Keypad”.

4. Enter the digits and select the “OK”key. (See “How to use touch screen(models with navigation system)” (P.4-5).)

JVH0476X

5. Select the “Voicetag” key to record aname to speak when using the INFINITIVoice Recognition system.

6. Select the “Store” key and prepare tospeak the name after the tone.

7. When the voicetag is successfullysaved, select the “OK” key to save theQuick Dial entry.

8. After the Quick Dial entry is saved, itwill show a screen that is ready to callthe number. Press the BACK button toreturn to the Quick Dial.

There are different methods to input aphone number. Select one of the following

options instead of “Enter Number by Key-pad” in step 3.

. Copy from Call HistoryThe system will show a list of incoming,outgoing or missed calls that weredownloaded from the connected cellu-lar phone (depending on the phone’scompatibility). Select one of theseentries to save in the Quick Dial.

. Copy from the HandsetThe system will show the connectedcellular phone’s phonebook that wasdownloaded (depending on thephone’s compatibility). Select one ofthese entries to save in the Quick Dial.


Condition:

(272,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVH0477X

Editing the Quick DialGUID-D29BB946-9A25-489B-930D-95D0AE600133

1. Push the button and select the“Quick Dial” key.

2. Select the desired entry from thedisplayed list.

3. Select the “Edit” key.

4. Select the desired item to change.

JVH0478X

The following editing items are available:

. Entry #Changes the displayed number of theselected entry.

. NameEdit the name of the entry using thekeypad displayed on the screen.

. NumberEdit the phone number using the key-pad displayed on the screen.

. TypeSelect an icon from the icon list.

. VoicetagConfirm and store the voicetag. Voice-

tags allow easy dialing using theINFINITI Voice Recognition system.(See “INFINITI Voice Recognition system(models with navigation system)” (P.4-124).)

To delete an entry, select the “Delete” keyat step 3.

Condition:

(273,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVH0479X

MAKING A CALLGUID-D3E00526-410A-4E9F-AB53-B9100533FB33

To make a call, follow this procedure.

1. Push the button on the steeringwheel. The “PHONE” screen will appearon the display.

2. Select the “Phonebook” key on the“PHONE” menu.

3. Select the desired entry from the list.

4. Confirm the correct entry by selectingfor the correct number from the list.

JVH0495X

There are different methods to make a call.Select one of the following options insteadof “Phonebook” in step 2 above.

. Quick DialSelect an entry stored in the Quick Dial.

. Call HistorySelect an outgoing, incoming or missedcall downloaded from your cell phone(depending on your phone’s compat-ibility).

. Dial NumberInput the phone number manuallyusing the keypad displayed on thescreen. (See “INFINITI Voice Recogni-tion system (models with navigation

system)” (P.4-124).)


Condition:

(274,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2525

RECEIVING A CALLGUID-6F43A1A1-EE11-4E04-8279-8274439D20B9

When you hear a phone ring, the displaywill change to the incoming call mode. Toreceive a call, perform one of the followingprocedures listed below.

1. Select the “Answer” key.

2. Push the button on the steeringwheel.

There are some options available whenreceiving a call. Select one of the followingdisplayed on the screen.

. AnswerAccept an incoming call to talk.

. Hold CallPut an incoming call on hold.

. Reject CallReject an incoming call.To finish the call, perform one of thefollowing procedures listed below.

1. Select the “Hang up” key.

2. Push the button on the steeringwheel.

SAA3587

DURING A CALLGUID-C90FAF40-A6F9-4C1C-9015-FD63D3B860F0

There are some options available during acall. Select one of the following displayedon the screen if necessary.

. Hang upFinish the call.

. Use HandsetTransfer the call to the cellular phone.

. MuteMute your voice to the person.

. KeypadUsing the touch tone, send digits to theconnected party for using services suchas voicemail.

Condition:

(275,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. Cancel MuteThis will appear after “Mute” is se-lected. Mute will be canceled.

. Switch Call*Select “Switch Call” to answer anotherincoming call. By selecting “Hang up”,you can end a call and can speak to acaller who is on hold again.* This function may not be usable,depending on the model of phone.

To adjust the person’s voice to be louder orquieter, push the volume control switch (+or −) on the steering wheel or turn thevolume control knob on the instrumentpanel while talking on the phone. Thisadjustment is also available in the SETTINGmode.

JVH0480X

PHONE SETTINGGUID-B442C44D-61B3-49F0-A211-206BE5E2256F

To set up the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem to your preferred settings, push theSETTING button on the instrument paneland select the “PHONE” key.

Edit Quick DialGUID-BFB0F6AB-88F8-4924-84F2-452443A86EF7

To edit the Quick Dial, use the sameprocedure as described in “Quick Dial”(P.4-102).

Delete Quick DialGUID-6DDC0469-A8C3-47FE-B952-9398AC8AD6B0

The Quick Dial entries can be deleted all atthe same time or one by one.

Download PhonebookGUID-E6527CB9-358F-4E6D-B0EE-79106E4FE195

Download the contacts registered in aBluetooth® cellular phone. Availability ofthis function depends on each cellularphone. The memory downloading proce-dure from the cellular phone also variesaccording to each cellular phone. Seecellular phone Owner’s Manual for details.

Volume & RingtoneGUID-2C0A3361-240C-46A8-BF4E-63D5E3A4EB99

The following kinds of phone volume canbe set.

. Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing CallTo increase or decrease the volume,select the “Ringtone”, “Incoming Call”or “Outgoing Call” key and adjust itwith the INFINITI controller.

. Automatic HoldWhen this function is activated, anincoming phone call is automaticallyheld.

. Vehicle RingtoneWhen this function is activated, aspecific ringtone that is different fromthe cellular phone will sound whenreceiving a call.


Condition:

(276,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Auto DownloadedGUID-6BE175E2-470A-49F6-829E-A01260966EB1

When this item is activated, the phonebookof a hands-free phone is automaticallydownloaded at the same time that thehands-free phone is connected.

Condition:

(277,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-8D414043-EC6F-40FA-AE71-118BDCAEF252

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

The system fails to interpret the com-mand correctly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “INFINITI Voice Recognition system (models with navigation system)” (P.4-124).)

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to usethe phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

The system consistently selects thewrong voicetag.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Quick Dial” (P.4-102).)2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


Condition:

(278,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-E8B794AB-1D34-4031-873C-C179EAC9E932

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devote fullattention to vehicle operation whiletalking on the phone, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use aphone after starting the engine.

Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are anowner of a Bluetooth® enabled cellularphone, you can set up the wirelessconnection between your cellular phoneand the in-vehicle phone module. WithBluetooth® wireless technology, you canmake or receive a telephone call with yourcellular phone in your pocket.

Once your cellular phone is paired to thein-vehicle phone module, no phone con-necting procedure is required. Your phoneis automatically connected with the in-vehicle phone module when the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position withthe registered cellular phone turned on andcarried in the vehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Blue-tooth® cellular phones in the in-vehiclephone module. However, you can talk ononly one cellular phone at a time.

When a call is active, the audio system andmicrophone (located in the ceiling in frontof the rearview mirror) are used for thehandsfree communications.

If the audio system is being used at thetime, the audio mode will mute and willstay muted until the active call is ended.

The INFINITI Voice Recognition systemsupports the phone commands, so dialinga phone number using your voice ispossible.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System, refer to the following notes.



and the wireless LAN functions at thesame time may slow down or discon-nect the communication and causeundesired noise. It is recommendedthat you turn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth® func-tions.

. Set up the wireless connection betweena cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the Blue-tooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellularphones may not be recognized by thein-vehicle phone module.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:— Your vehicle is outside of the tele-

phone service area.— Your vehicle is in an area where it is

difficult to receive radio waves; suchas in a tunnel, in an undergroundparking garage, behind a tall build-ing or in a mountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked inorder not to be dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is notideal or ambient sound is too loud, itmay be difficult to hear the otherperson’s voice during a call.

Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM(models without navigation system)

Condition:

(279,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. Immediately after the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.

. Do not place the cellular phone in anarea surrounded by metal or far awayfrom the in-vehicle phone module toprevent tone quality degradation andwireless connection disruption.

. While a cellular phone is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® wireless con-nection, the battery power of thecellular phone may discharge quickerthan usual.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem seems to be malfunctioning,please contact an INFINITI retailer.

. Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzingnoise to come from the audio systemspeakers. Storing the device in adifferent location may reduce or elim-inate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’sManual regarding the telephone pair-ing procedure specific to your phone,battery charging, cellular phone anten-na, etc.

. The antenna display on the monitor willnot coincide with the antenna displayof some cellular phones.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible to hear the caller’s voiceclearly as well as to minimize itsechoes.

. If reception between callers is unclear,adjusting the incoming or outgoing callvolume may improve the clarity.

. This wireless hands free car kit is basedon Bluetooth® technology,— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz— Output Power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P— Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/

4DQPSK— Number of Channels: 79— This wireless equipment cannot be

used for any services related tosafety because there is the possibi-lity of radio interference.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONGUID-A25EA872-0681-40B5-8FFC-2B4965257131

FCC Regulatory informationGUID-1DC6AD56-969B-473B-B153-8832A2D0D4D2


. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1) this device may not cause interfer-

ence and2) this device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation ofthe device

IC Regulatory informationGUID-7CB81089-32E2-4FE4-95D0-FE5411393A44

. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.



Condition:

(280,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Bluetooth trademark:

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,and licensed to Visteon Cor-poration.

SAA2642

CONTROL BUTTONSGUID-63652779-89CA-4B8E-9C76-4E7CBD5CCC5D

1. PHONE SEND buttonPush the button to initiate a VoiceRecognition (VR) session or answer anincoming call. You can also use thebutton to skip through system feed-back and to enter commands during acall.

2. PHONE END buttonPush the button to cancel a VRsession or end a call.

VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEMGUID-5F71B0CA-D9EA-4D2D-857A-80C28F02800C

You can also use the Bluetooth® hands-free phone system with Voice RecognitionSystem.

INFO

. The available voice commands are onlyapplicable to the relevant language setin the LANGUAGE setting screen. (See“How to use SETTING button” (P.4-13).)

. If the vehicle is in motion, somecommands may not be available so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation.

Using systemGUID-09DE0B17-B100-4514-AFB9-78F5295557F7

Initialization:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, Voice Recognition System isinitialized, which may take up to oneminute. When completed, the system isready to accept voice commands. If theswitch on the steering wheel is pushedbefore the initialization completes, thesystem will not accept any command.

Before starting:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowing:

Condition:

(281,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible. Close the windows toeliminate the surrounding noises (traf-fic noises, vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system fromrecognizing the voice commands cor-rectly.

. Wait until a tone sounds before speak-ing a command.

. Speak a voice command within 5seconds after the beep sound. If novoice command is given, the systemwill ask you for a number. If no furthercommand is given, the session ends.

. Speak in a natural voice without paus-ing between words.

SAA2643

Giving voice command:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push and release the switchlocated on the steering wheel.

SAA2574

2. A list of commands appears on thescreen, and the system announces,“Please say a command after the beep.Available commands are: Call, Phone-book, Recent Calls, Connect Phone orHelp”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from to ,speak a command. See the “List ofvoice commands” (P.4-116) for thevoice command list. Speak “Call” forexample.

INFO

Voice commands cannot be recognizedas long as the screen icon is not in the


Condition:

(282,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


command recognition mode .

4. The system acknowledges the com-mand and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

5. After the tone sounds, speak the phonenumber.

6. When you have finished speaking thephone number, the system repeats itback and announces the availablecommands.

7. After system responds, speak “Dial”and the system dials the spokennumbers.


. Voice commands cannot be acceptedwhen the icon is .

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the switch or the BACK buttononce to return to the previous screen.

. If you want to cancel the command,push the switch. The message“Voice input is canceled” will beannounced. If you want to adjust thevolume of the system feedback, pushthe volume control buttons [+] or [−] onthe steering wheel or use the audio

system volume knob while the systemis making an announcement.

How to speak commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The Voice Recognition System requires acertain way to speak voice commands.Speak normally and clearly in the directionof the microphone (located in front of therearview mirror). Every digit of the numbermust be spoken individually and in anormal manner. The hands-free mode willwork best when the telephone number isspoken in blocks of three to five digits.After each spoken block is terminated, thesystem will repeat the three to five digitsand wait for you to speak the next digit orblock of digits required for the telephonenumber.

See “List of voice commands” (P.4-116) forthe appropriate commands that can bespoken for the hands-free mode system.

Example:

In order to initiate a call, speak “Phone-book”.

INFO

. If you are controlling the telephonesystem by voice command for the firsttime or do not know the appropriatevoice command, speak “Help”. The

system announces the available com-mands.

. When you speak numbers, you canspeak both “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Personal vocabulary (voicetags):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Voice Recognition System is equipped withthe function called “voicetags”, which canbe associated with the phone number andname in the phonebook. Using the voicetag will automatically generate a speeddial to the registered number.

See “Phonebook registration” (P.4-118).

You can call the identified number usingthe following command: “Dial” followed bythe voice tag.

Dialling a name with a voice tag:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

It is possible to call up a name via a voicetag instead of a number, provided thename and number of your correspondenthas been previously stored in the phone-book.

Dial via a voice tag, according to thefollowing procedure.

1. Push the switch.

2. The system replies “please say acommand after the beep. Availablecommands are: Call, Phonebook, Re-

Condition:

(283,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

cent Calls, Connect Phone or Help”.

3. Give your instructions to the system bysaying: “Dial John” for example (“John”must have been previously set as avoice tag for John’s phone number) or“Dial One” if John is classified as one inthe phonebook.

If the system cannot understand yourcommand, repeat it according to therecommendations mentioned in “Usingsystem” (P.4-112).

4. If the given name (voice tag) is correct,the phone system will dial the numberregistered for “John”.

INFO

To end the voice command phase at anystage of the procedure, push theswitch once in order to activate the cancelcommand.

Manual command selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Commands can be selected manually.While the commands are displayed on thescreen, select a command by operating theTune switch, and then push the button.Once a command is manually selected, thevoice command function is cancelled. Toreturn to voice command mode, push the

button to cancel the current operation,

and then perform the first procedure ofvoice command.


Condition:

(284,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


List of voice commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

COMMAND ACTION

“Call/Dial” “<name>” Dials the specified <name>.

“Call/Dial” “Redial” Dials the last number.

“Call” “<number>” Dials the specified <number>.

“Phonebook” “<name>” Displays the specified <name> in the phonebook.

“Phonebook” “List Names” Displays all the names in the phonebook.

“Phonebook” “Transfer Entry” Transfers the phonebook data to the system.

“Phonebook” “Delete Entry” Deletes the phonebook registered in the system.

“Connect Phone” “Add Phone” Connects a cellular phone to the system.

“Connect Phone” “Select Phone” Selects a registered cellular phone.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” Deletes a registered cellular phone.

“Connect Phone” “Bluetooth Off” Turns the Bluetooth connection off.

“Connect Phone” “Replace Phone” Changes the registered order of the cellular phones.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “All Phones” Deletes all registered cellular phones.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “List Phones” Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it.

Condition:

(285,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2575

PAIRING PROCEDUREGUID-505E2AB8-A505-45F5-ADCE-027E4A52E197

Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered.

1. Push the button on the steeringwheel. The system announces theavailable commands.

2. Speak: “Connect Phone”. The systemacknowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of availablecommands.

SAA2576

3. Speak: “Add Phone”. The system ac-knowledges the command and asksyou to initiate connecting from thephone handset.

INFO:

The Add Phone command is not avail-able when the vehicle is moving.

SAA2577

4. When asked to enter a PIN code toconnect a Bluetooth® cellular phone,enter the code “1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardlessof the number of phones paired.

The connecting procedure of a cellularphone varies according to each cellularphone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for more information.


Condition:

(286,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2578

5. The system asks the user to speak aname for the phone.

Speak: “Yes”. The system acknowl-edges the command and registers thecellular phone.

If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells the user, then prompts theuser for a name again.

Also, if more than one phone is connectedand the name sounds too much like a namealready used, the system tells the user,then prompts the user for name again.

SAA2579

PHONEBOOK REGISTRATIONGUID-2FC1F493-8C64-496D-B46D-94724C6147CF

When the cellular phone is connected tothe in-vehicle module, the data stored inthe cellular phone such as phonebook,outgoing call logs, incoming call logs andmissed call logs is automatically trans-ferred and registered to the system.

The availability of this function depends oneach cellular phone. The copying procedurealso varies according to each cellularphone. See cellular phone Owner’s Manualfor more information.

Up to 40 phone numbers per registeredcellular phone can be stored in the phone-

book.

Condition:

(287,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2580

MAKING A CALLGUID-9E2976C3-F4B5-409A-B0C0-2BDF8CBB6D5F

To make a call, follow the proceduresbelow.

1. Push the button on the steeringwheel. A tone will sound.

2. Speak: “Call”. The system acknowl-edges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.

3. Speak the registered person’s name.The system acknowledges the com-mand and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

4. Speak: “Yes”. The system acknowl-edges the command and makes the

call.

5. Once the call has ended, press thebutton on the steering wheel.

RECEIVING A CALLGUID-43C21EB8-312B-4748-B3E5-5FA3BA571EBB

When the ring tone is heard, press thebutton on the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, press thebutton on the steering wheel.

NOTE:

If you do not wish to take the call when youhear the ringtone, press the button onthe steering wheel to reject the call.

SAA2581

DURING A CALLGUID-BCB8CBF5-BE4D-48B9-A485-28D463A549DE

During a call there are several commandoptions available. Press the button onthe steering wheel to mute the receivingvoice and enter commands.

. “(digits)” — Use the Send command toenter numbers during a call. For exam-ple, if directed to dial an extension byan automated system:Speak: “Sending one two three four.”The system acknowledges the com-mand and sends the tones associatedwith the numbers. The system thenends the VR session and returns to the


Condition:

(288,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


call.. “Mute on/off” — Use the Mute com-

mand to mute the user’s voice so theother party cannot hear it.Use the mute command again tounmute the user’s voice.

. “Transfer Handset” — Use the TransferHandset command to transfer the callfrom the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem to a cellular phone whenprivacy is desired. The system an-nounces, “Transfer Handset. The callis transferred to the handset only.” Thesystem then ends the VR session.The Transfer Call command can also beissued again to return to a hands-freecall through the vehicle.

. “Help” — The system announces theavailable commands.

NOTE:

If the other party ends the call or thecellular phone network connection is lostwhile the Mute feature is on, the Mutefeature may need to be reset to “off.”

SAA2582

PHONE SETTINGSGUID-E1C1629F-B094-43B2-B1E9-12D8866990FF

CallGUID-5528AA56-2F92-4BC1-A3A6-0B302FEF2BA9

. (a name)If there are entries stored in the PhoneBook, a number associated with aname and location can be dialed. See“Phone book registration” in this sec-tion to learn how to store entries. Whenprompted by the system, say the nameof the phone book entry to call.The system acknowledges the name. Ifthere are multiple locations associatedwith the name, the system asks theuser to choose the location.

Once the name and location are con-firmed, the system begins the call.

. NumberWhen prompted by the system, speakthe number to call.

. RedialUse the Redial command to call the lastnumber of outgoing calls. The systemacknowledges the command, repeatsthe number and begins dialing. If aredial number does not exist, thesystem announces, “There is no num-ber to redial” and ends the VR session.

. CallbackUse the Callback command to call thelast number in incoming calls. Thesystem acknowledges the command,repeats the number and begins dialing.If an incoming call number does notexist, the system announces, “There isno number to call back” and ends theVR session.

. HelpThe system announces the availablecommands.

Condition:

(289,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2583

PhonebookGUID-0AF353C7-38B5-4F94-B147-D88EC0170C69

. (a name)Use the name command to seek thename and locations registered in thephonebook in alphabetical order.Whenthe system acknowledges the alphabetthe user spoke, the system announcesall registered names and locationsbeginning with that alphabet.Playback of the list can be stopped atany time by pressing a button on thesteering wheel. The system ends the VRsession.

. List NamesUse the List Names command to hearthe names and locations registered inthe phonebook. When the systemacknowledges the command, the sys-tem announces all voicetags registeredin the system.Playback of the list can be stopped atany time by pressing a button on thesteering wheel. The system ends the VRsession.

. Transfer EntryUse the Transfer Entry command totransfer the phonebook data stored in acellular phone to the system.The system acknowledges the com-mand and asks the user to initiate atransfer from the phone handset. Thenew contact phone number will betransferred from the cellular phone viaa Bluetooth® communication link.The transfer procedure varies accordingto each cellular phone. See the cellularphone Owner’s Manual for more infor-mation. The system repeats the numberand prompts the user for the nextcommand. After entering numbers,choose “Store.”The system confirms the name, location

and number. The system then asks ifthe user would like to store anotherlocation for the same name. If the userdoes not wish to store another location,the system ends the VR session.

. Delete EntryUse the Delete Entry command todelete a specific number or all numbersin the phonebook. The system an-nounces the names of the phonenumbers already stored in the system.The system then gives the option todelete a specific number or all num-bers. Once the user chooses to delete anumber or all numbers, the systemasks the user to confirm.



Condition:

(290,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2584

Recent CallsGUID-505A1727-5086-48F5-8514-99C72377AE94

. IncomingUse the Incoming command to make acall viewing the list of incoming calls.

. MissedUse the Missed command to make acall viewing the list of missed calls.

. OutgoingUse the Outgoing command to make acall viewing the list of outgoing calls.

. RedialUse the Redial command to dial the lastoutgoing call.

. CallbackUse the Callback command to dial thelast incoming call.


SAA2585

Connect PhoneGUID-FBD19F46-9065-404A-B841-91E1AA085596

. Add PhoneUse the Pair Phone command to con-nect a compatible phone to the Blue-tooth® Hands-Free Phone System.When asked to enter a PIN code toconnect a Bluetooth® cellular phone,enter the code “1234”.The code is always “1234” regardlessof the number of phones connected. Upto 5 phones can be connected. If theuser tries to connect a sixth phone, thesystem announces that the user mustfirst delete one phone or replace an

Condition:

(291,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

existing phone. If the user tries toconnect a phone that has already beenconnected to the vehicle system, thesystem announces the name that thephone is already using. The connectingprocedure will then be cancelled.The Add Phone command is not avail-able when the vehicle is moving.

. Select PhoneUse the Select Phone command toselect a phone of lesser priority whentwo or more phones connected withBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemare in the vehicle at the same time.The system asks the user to name thephone and confirm the selection.Once the selection is confirmed, theselected phone remains active until theignition switch is turned OFF or a newphone is selected.

. Delete PhoneUse the Delete Phone command todelete a specific phone or all phonesfrom Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem. The system announces thenames of the phones already pairedwith the system and their priority level.The system then gives the option todelete a specific phone, all phones or

listen to the list again. Once the userchooses to delete a phone or allphones, the system asks the user toconfirm.

NOTE:

When the user deletes a phone, theassociated phone book for that phone willalso be deleted.

. Replace PhoneUse the Replace Phone command tochange the priority level of the activephone.The priority level determines whichphone is active when more than onepaired Bluetooth® phone is in thevehicle.The system states the priority level ofthe active phone and asks for a newpriority level (1, 2, 3, 4, 5).If the new priority level is already beingused for another phone, the twophones will swap priority levels.

For example, if the current priority levelsare:

Priority Level 1 = Phone A

Priority Level 2 = Phone B

Priority Level 3 = Phone C

and you change the priority level of PhoneC to Level 1, then:

Priority Level 1 = Phone C

Priority Level 2 = Phone B

Priority Level 3 = Phone A

. Bluetooth® On/OffUse the Bluetooth® On/Off commandto turn on/off Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System.


VOICE ADAPTATION MODEGUID-1EBFFC6F-1EF0-425A-994C-6BBA0394BA55

The Voice Adaptation mode allows up totwo users with different dialects to trainthe system to improve recognition accu-racy. By repeating a number of commands,the users can create a voice model of theirown voice that is stored in the system. Thesystem is capable of storing a differentvoice adaptation model for each connectedphone.

Training procedureGUID-2E5D01AB-3637-4701-BEF7-9A58CBCF2303

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonablyquiet outdoor location.


Condition:

(292,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Press the button.

4. Speak: “Help”. The system acknowl-edges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.

5. Speak: "Voice Adaptation". The systemacknowledges the command and dis-plays the voice adaptation modescreen.

6. Voice memory A or memory B isselected automatically. If both memorylocations are already in use, the systemwill prompt you to overwrite one. Followthe instructions provided by the sys-tem.

7. When preparation is complete and youare ready to begin, press thebutton.

8. The voice adaptation mode will beexplained. Follow the instructions pro-vided by the system.

9. When training is finished, the systemwill tell you an adequate number ofphrases have been recorded.

10.The system will ask you to say yourname. Follow the instructions to regis-

ter your name.

11.The system will announce that voiceadaptation has been completed and thesystem is ready.

The voice adaptation mode will stop if:

. The button is pressed in voiceadaptation mode.

. The vehicle is driven during voiceadaptation mode.

. The ignition switch is turned to the OFFor LOCK position.

GUID-0BDB2017-A08A-4CB1-A128-9719487DE6B5

INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands-free operation of the Phone, Navigation,Information and Audio systems in one oftwo modes, Standard Mode or AlternateCommand Mode.

In Standard Mode, commands that areavailable are always shown on the displayand announced by the system. You cancomplete your desired operation by simplyfollowing the prompts given by the system.(See “INFINITI Voice Recognition StandardMode” (P.4-125) for details.)

For advanced operation, you can use theAlternate Command Mode. (See “INFINITIVoice Recognition Alternate CommandMode” (P.4-136) for details.) When thismode is active, an expanded list ofcommands can be spoken after pushingthe TALK switch, and the voicecommand menu prompts are turned off.Review the expanded command list, whichis available when this mode is active. Notethat in this mode the recognition successrate may be affected as the number ofavailable commands and the ways ofspeaking each command are increased.

To switch one mode to another, see eachmode description later in this section.

To improve the recognition success rate

INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM(models with navigation system)

Condition:

(293,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

when Alternate Command Mode is active,try using the Speaker Adaptation Functionavailable in that mode. Otherwise, it isrecommended that Alternate CommandMode be turned off and Standard Modebe used for the best recognition perfor-mance.

For the voice commands for the navigationsystem, refer to the Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual of your vehicle.

INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STAN-DARD MODE

GUID-159A7229-5278-43CA-9D2E-3E80816D6097

The following section is applicable whenthe Standard Mode is activated.

The Standard Mode enables you to com-plete the desired operation by simplyfollowing the prompts that appear on thedisplay and also are announced by thesystem.

SAA2529

Activating Standard ModeGUID-0CF9253D-BCFF-40CC-BB85-982F2D4EAE16

When the Alternate Command Mode isactive, perform the following steps toswitch to the Standard Mode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instru-ment panel.

2. Select the “Others” key.

3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.

SAA2530

4. Select the “Alternate Command Mode”key.

5. The indicator turns off and the Stan-dard Mode activates.

Displaying user guideGUID-289AD01F-4981-4BBE-86EB-6527092B9986

If you use the INFINITI Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time or you do not knowhow to operate it, you can display the UserGuide for confirmation.

You can confirm how to use voice com-mands by accessing a simplified UserGuide, which contains basic instructionsand tutorials for several voice commands.


Condition:

(294,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2531

1. Push the INFO button on the instrumentpanel.



4. Select the “User Guide” key.

5. Select a preferred item.

You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say“Help”.

Available items:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Getting StartedDescribes the basics of how to operatethe INFINITI Voice Recognition system.

. Let’s PracticeMode that allows practicing by follow-ing the instructions of the system voice.

. Using the Address BookTutorial for entering a destination byusing the Address Book.

. Finding a Street Address (if soequipped)Tutorial for entering a destination bystreet address.

. Placing CallsTutorial for making a phone call byvoice command operation.

. Help on SpeakingDisplays useful tips of speaking forcorrect command recognition by thesystem.

Note that the Command List feature is onlyavailable when Alternate Command Modeis active.

SAA2532

Getting StartedGUID-1CEFCE0F-BF19-4E52-97B6-E15F7215B943

Before using the INFINITI Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time, you can confirmhow to use commands by viewing theGetting Started section of the User Guide.

1. Select the “Getting Started” key.

2. You can confirm the page by scrollingthe screen using the INFINITI controller.

Tutorials on the operation of the INFINITIVoice Recognition system

If you choose “Using the Address Book”,“Finding a Street Address” or “PlacingCalls”, you can view tutorials on how toperform these operations using INFINITI

Condition:

(295,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Voice Recognition.

SAA2534

Let’s PracticeGUID-CEB24665-1937-41AD-8E91-E94C0E5C3181

This mode helps learn how to use theINFINITI Voice Recognition system.

1. Select the “Let’s Practice” key.

2. After the message screen appears,push the TALK switch on thesteering wheel.

3. Speak the displayed number after thetone. The evaluation screen will bedisplayed and the result can be con-firmed.

SAA2533

Useful tips for correct operationGUID-C9E09F86-96F6-4B3F-AA7F-ECCEF1C7D699

You can display useful speaking tips tohelp the system recognize your voicecommands correctly.

Select “Help on Speaking” to start display.


Condition:

(296,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


USING THE SYSTEMGUID-5C6975DD-FEFF-4469-A81D-6B1128DD1C3E

InitializationGUID-84EB02E8-7C3C-43A1-BC47-E7E511BA17A5

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, INFINITI Voice Recognition isinitialized, which may take up to oneminute. When completed, the system isready to accept voice commands. If theTALK switch is pushed before theinitialization completes, the display willshow the message: “System not ready.” ora beep sounds.

Before startingGUID-1AA78604-9900-498E-8A6B-23026EDA496A

To get the best recognition performancefrom INFINITI Voice Recognition, observethe following:

. The interior of the vehicle should be asquiet as possible. Close the windows toeliminate the surrounding noises (traf-fic noise and vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system fromcorrectly recognizing the voice com-mands.

. Wait until the tone sounds beforespeaking a command.

. Speak in a natural conversational voicewithout pausing between words.

. If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”,the fan speed is automatically loweredso that your commands can be recog-nized more easily.

SAA1588

Giving voice commandsGUID-27706B5B-B2CE-4A70-A392-017F8C780B1D

1. Push the TALK switch located onthe steering wheel.

2. A list of commands appears on thescreen, and you will hear a prompt.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from to ,speak a command.

Selecting the “Practice” key will startthe practice mode. See “Let’s Practice”(P.4-127).

4. Continue to follow the voice menuprompts and speak after the tonesounds until your desired operation is

Condition:

(297,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

completed.

Selecting the “Help” key can displaythe detailed information of the eachcommand.


. Say a command after the tone.

. Commands that are available are al-ways shown on the display and spokenthrough voice menu prompts. Com-mands other than those that aredisplayed are not accepted. Pleasefollow the prompts given by the sys-tem.

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return tothe previous screen.

. To exit the voice recognition system,push and hold the TALK switch. Themessage, “Voice canceled” will beannounced.

Voice Prompt Interrupt:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To skip the voice guidance function andgive the command immediately, press theTALK switch to interrupt the system.Remember to speak after the tone.

How to speak numbers:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer-tain way to speak numbers when givingvoice commands. Refer to the followingexamples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used.(For example, if you would like to say 500,“five zero zero” can be used, but “fivehundred” cannot.)

Examples

. 1-800-662-6200— “One eight zero zero six six two six

two zero zero”Improving Recognition of Phone numbers

You can improve the recognition of phonenumbers by saying the phone number inthree groups of numbers. For example,when you try to call 800-662-6200, say“eight zero zero” first, and the system willthen ask you for the next three digits. Then,say “six six two”. After recognition, thesystem will then ask for the last four digits.Say, “six two zero zero”. Using this methodof phone digit entry can improve recogni-tion performance.

When speaking a house number, speak thenumber “0” as “zero”. If the letter “o (Oh)”

is included in the house number, it will notbe recognized as the number “0 (zero)”even if you speak “oh” instead of “zero”.Please speak “zero” for the number “0(zero)”, “oh” for the letter “o (oh)”

Send digits using dial tone:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Press the TALK switch during aphone call.

. The menu will be launched and you willbe provided with the following gui-dance: "Please say the digits to dial".

. After guidance, say the digits of thenumber you want to send. After this,the digits that have been recognizedwill be read out.

. If you press the ENTER button on thesteering wheel or on the INFINITI con-troller, the selected digits will be sent.


Condition:

(298,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Command ListGUID-3DE47269-AFF5-4CA3-8B76-5D0AAEBC112C

Category Command:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Call (Optional) Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either phonebook. Please say "Call" followed by a stored name.

Phone Operates the Phone function

Navigation Operates the Navigation function

Information Displays the vehicle Information function

Audio Operates the Audio function.

Help Displays User Guide

. Phone Command:

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.

Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial.

Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.Call history Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).

. Navigation Command:

Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Condition:

(299,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Command Action

Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

. Information Command:

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Traffic Information Displays the [Info On Route] screen when a route to the destination is set.Displays the [Nearby Traffic Info.] screen when a route to the destination is not set.

Where am I? Displays your current location.

. Audio Command:

Command Action

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

CD Starts to play a CD.

. General Commands

Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition


Condition:

(300,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Voice command examplesGUID-EE13DCC8-0C1B-4B52-BC3B-BC0301FD3E8D

To use the INFINITI Voice Recognitionfunction, speaking one command is some-times sufficient, but at other times it isnecessary to speak two or more com-mands. As examples, some additionalbasic operations by voice commands aredescribed here.

For navigation system commands, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

SAA1588

Example 1 - Placing a call to the phonenumber 800-662-6200:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the TALK switch located onthe steering wheel. You will hear aprompt.

2. Speak “Phone”.

JVH0481X

3. Speak “Dial Number”.

Condition:

(301,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2537

4. Speak “8 0 0”.

Selecting the “Manual Controls” keyswitches the screen to the keypad toinput the phone number manually.

SAA2538

5. The system announces, “Please say thenext three digits or dial, or say changenumber.”

6. Speak “6 6 2”.

SAA2539

7. The system announces, “Please say thelast four digits” or say change number.

8. Speak “6 2 0 0”.


Condition:

(302,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2540

9. The system announces, “Dial or ChangeNumber?”

10.Speak “Dial”.

11.The system makes a call to 800-662-6200.

NOTE:. You can also speak “800-662-6200”

(10 continuous digits) or “662-6200”(7 continuous digits), if the area code isnot necessary. However, the 3-3-4 digitgrouping is recommended for improvedrecognition. (See “How to speak num-bers” earlier in this section.)

. You can only say a phone number usingthe 3-3-4 grouping, 7 digits, and 10digits using this command. Please usethe “International Call” command forall other formats.

. If you say “Change Number” duringphone number entry, the system willautomatically request that you repeatthe number using the 3-3-4 format. Inthis case please say the area code firstand then follow the prompts.

. Do not add a “1” in front of the areacode when speaking phone numbers.

. If the system does not recognize yourcommand, please try repeating thecommand using a natural voice. Speak-ing too slow or too loudly may furtherdecrease recognition performance.

SAA1588

Example 2 - Placing an international call tothe phone number 011-81-111-222-3333:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the TALK switch located onthe steering wheel. You will hear aprompt.

2. Speak “Phone”.

Condition:

(303,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVH0481X

3. Speak “International Call”.

SAA2541

4. Speak “011811112223333”.

SAA2542

5. Speak “Dial”.

6. System makes a call to 011-81-111-222-3333.

NOTE:

Any digit input format is available in theInternational Number input process.


Condition:

(304,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION AL-TERNATE COMMAND MODE

GUID-D2C0E233-A584-4E53-8320-7CBFF245904C

The following section is applicable whenAlternate Command Mode is activated.

When Alternate Command Mode is acti-vated, an expanded list of commands canbe used after pressing the TALK switch.In this mode, available commands are notfully shown on the display or prompted.Review the expanded command list whenthis mode is active. See examples ofAlternate Command Mode screens.

Please note that in this mode the recogni-tion success rate may be affected as thenumber of available commands and waysof speaking each command are increased.To improve the recognition success rate,try using the Speaker Adaptation Functionavailable in that mode. (See “Speakeradaptation function (for Alternate Com-mand Mode)” (P.4-146).) Otherwise it isrecommended that Alternate CommandMode be turned OFF and Standard Modebe used for the best recognition perfor-mance.

Activating Alternate CommandMode

GUID-9775577A-205B-41F8-BBC3-DDD40B78C94A

When the Standard Mode is active, performthe following steps to switch to theAlternate Command Mode.


2. Highlight the “Others” key.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key.

SAA2543

4. Highlight the “Alternate CommandMode” key.

5. The confirmation message is displayedon the screen. Push the “OK” key toactivate the Alternate Command Mode.

Displaying command listGUID-F67169D0-4D12-4E01-8380-0D0B923A9120

If you are controlling the system by voicecommands for the first time or do not knowthe appropriate voice command, performthe following procedure for displaying thevoice command list (available only inAlternate Command Mode).

Condition:

(305,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2544




4. Select the “Command List” key.

SAA2545

5. Select a category from the list.

JVH0483X

6. Select an item.

7. If necessary, scroll the screen using theINFINITI controller to view the entirelist.

8. Press the BACK button to return to theprevious screen.


Condition:

(306,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Command ListGUID-4E59F906-B7C4-464E-A1C7-F3380543C508

Phone Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number.

Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial.

Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.Call <name> Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Quick Dial or Phonebook. Please say “Call” followed by a stored name.Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).

Condition:

(307,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Navigation Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

Previous Start Point Sets a route to a previous starting point.

Delete Destination Deletes a destination.


Condition:

(308,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Information Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Where am I? Displays your current location.

Traffic Information Displays the [Info On Route] screen when a route to the destination is set.Displays the [Nearby Traffic Info.] screen when a route to the destination is not set.

Weather Information Displays weather information.

Weather Map Displays a weather map.

Condition:

(309,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Audio Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

CD Starts to play a CD.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

USB Turns on the USB memory.

Bluetooth® Audio Turns on the Bluetooth® audio player.


Condition:

(310,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Help Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command ActionCommand List Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list.

Phone Commands Displays the phone command list.

Audio Commands Displays the audio command list.

Information Com-mands Displays the information command list.

Help Commands Displays the help command list.

User Guide Displays the User Guide.Speaker Adaptation The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons.

Condition:

(311,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

General Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition


Condition:

(312,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAA2547

Displaying user guideGUID-AD6524E6-709F-4D5F-97EE-08BC44964377

You can confirm how to use voice com-mands by accessing a simplified UserGuide, which contains basic instructionsand tutorials for several voice commands.


2. Select the “Others” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTERbutton.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” keyusing the INFINITI controller and pushthe ENTER button.

4. Highlight the “User Guide” key usingthe INFINITI controller and push theENTER button.

5. Highlight an item using the INFINITIcontroller and push the ENTER button.

Available items:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Getting StartedDescribe the basics of how to operatethe INFINITI Voice Recognition system.

. Let’s PracticeMode that allows practicing by follow-ing the instructions of the system voice.

. Using the Address BookRefer to Navigation System Owner’sManual.

. Finding a Street Address (if soequipped)Refer to Navigation System Owner’sManual.

. Placing CallsTutorial for making a phone call byvoice command operation.

. Help on SpeakingDisplays useful tips for how to correctlyspeak commands in order for them tobe properly recognized by the system.

. Voice Recognition SettingsDescribes the available voice recogni-tion settings.

. Adapting the System to Your VoiceTutorial adapting the system to yourvoice.

USING THE SYSTEMGUID-928ACD9E-3451-4C24-A26C-79CC46247774

InitializationGUID-BDFF588F-0694-4659-BCDD-DB7024336331

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, INFINITI Voice Recognition isinitialized, which may take up to oneminute. When completed, the system isready to accept voice commands. If theTALK switch is pushed before theinitialization completes the display willshow the message: “System not ready.”or a beep sounds.

Before startingGUID-D65D5847-737B-4716-A5D4-81912922CA74

To get the best performance from INFINITIVoice Recognition, observe the following.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quietas possible. Close the windows toeliminate the surrounding noises (traf-fic noises, vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system fromrecognizing the voice commands cor-rectly.

Condition:

(313,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. When the air conditioner is in the AUTOmode, the fan speed decreases auto-matically for easy recognition.

. Wait until a tone sounds before speak-ing a command.

. Speak in a natural voice without paus-ing between words.

SAA1588

Giving voice commandGUID-7F94FAE2-9E25-4029-8785-6A533D5F2058

1. Push and release the TALK switchlocated on the steering wheel.

2. A list of commands appears on thescreen, and the system announces,“Please say a command”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from to ,speak a command.


. Voice commands cannot be acceptedwhen the icon is .

. The list displayed can be scrolled bytilting the menu control switch on the

steering wheel.. If the command is not recognized, the

system announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return tothe previous screen.

. If you want to cancel the command,push and hold the TALK switch for 1second. The message “Voice canceled”will be announced.

Voice Prompt Interrupt:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To skip the voice guidance function andgive the command immediately, press theTALK switch to interrupt the system.Remember to speak after the tone.

How to speak numbers:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer-tain way to speak numbers when givingvoice commands. Refer to the followingexamples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used.(For example, if you would like to say 500,“five zero zero” can be used, but “fivehundred” cannot.)


Condition:

(314,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Phone numbers

Speak phone numbers according to thefollowing examples:

. 1-800-662-6200— “Dial one eight zero zero six six two

six two zero zero.”Note 1: For the best voice recognitionphone dialing results, say phone numbersas single digits.

Note 2: You cannot say 555-6000 as “fivefive five six thousands”.

Note 3: When speaking a house number,speak the number “0” as “zero”. If theletter “o (Oh)” is included in the housenumber, it will not be recognized as thenumber “0 (zero)” even if you speak “oh”instead of “zero”. Please speak “zero” forthe number “0 (zero)”, “oh” for the letter“o (oh)”.

Send digits using dial tone:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Press the TALK switch during aphone call.

. The menu will be launched and you willbe provided with the following gui-dance: "Please say the digits to dial".

. After guidance, say the digits of thenumber you want to send. After this,

the digits that have been recognizedwill be read out.

. If you press the ENTER button on thesteering wheel or on the INFINITI con-troller, the selected digits will be sent.

SAA2549

Speaker adaptation function (forAlternate Command Mode)

GUID-4C422A2D-B1C9-4A6A-87C5-CE4FC4386C7B

The voice recognition system has a func-tion to learn the user’s voice for bettervoice recognition performance. The systemcan memorize the voices of up to threepersons.

Having the system learn the user’s voice:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the SETTING button on the instru-ment panel and select the “Others”key.


3. Select the “Speaker Adaptation” key.

Condition:

(315,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SAA2550

4. Select the user whose voice is memor-ized by the system.

5. Select the “Start Speaker AdaptationLearning” key.

SAA2551

6. Select a category to be learned by thesystem from the following list.. Phone Commands. Navigation Commands. Information Commands. Audio Commands. Help Commands

The voice commands in the categoryare displayed.

7. Select a voice command and then pushthe ENTER button.

The voice recognition system starts.

SAA2552

8. The system requests that you repeat acommand after a tone.

9. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from to ,speak the command that the systemrequested.

10.When the system has recognized thevoice command, the voice of the user islearned.

Push the switch or BACK button toreturn to the previous screen.

If the system has learned the commandcorrectly, the voice command status on theright side of the command turns from


Condition:

(316,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


“None” to “Stored”.

SAA2553

Speaker Adaptation function settings:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Edit User Name

Edit the user name using the keypaddisplayed on the screen.

Delete Voice Data

Resets the user’s voice that the voicerecognition system has learned.

Continuous Learning

When this item is turned to ON, you canhave the system learn the voice commandsin succession, without selecting com-mands one by one.

Minimize voice feedback (for Alter-nate Command Mode)

GUID-5C39B88D-DE77-4190-B9CF-92B436BE565B

To minimize the voice feedback from thesystem, perform the following steps.




4. Select the “Minimize Voice Feedback”key.

5. The setting is turned to ON and thevoice guidance will now be reducedwhen using the Voice Recognitionsystem.

Condition:

(317,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-EDF04FF9-20BA-44F0-8A2B-4FC70A2F5096

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given inthis guide for the appropriate error.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom/error message Solution

The system fails to interpret the command correctly. 1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see “Command List” (P.4-130).

2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.

3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.

NOTE:If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.

4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.

The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag inthe phonebook.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (models with navigation system)” (P.4-99).)

2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.


Condition:

(318,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


MEMO

Condition:

(319,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving .................... 5-4Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) .......................... 5-4Three-way catalyst ............................................. 5-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............ 5-5Avoiding collision and rollover ........................... 5-7On-pavement and off-roaddriving precautions ............................................ 5-8Off-road recovery ............................................... 5-8Rapid air pressure loss ...................................... 5-9Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving .................... 5-9All-Wheel Drive (AWD) driving safetyprecautions (for AWD models) ......................... 5-10

Push-button ignition switch .................................. 5-10Operating range for engine start function ......... 5-11Push-button ignition switch operation .............. 5-11Push-button ignition switch positions ............... 5-12Emergency engine shut off ............................... 5-12Intelligent Key battery discharge ...................... 5-13

Before starting the engine .................................... 5-13Starting the engine .............................................. 5-14Driving the vehicle ............................................... 5-15

Automatic transmission .................................... 5-15Parking brake ....................................................... 5-19

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) systems (if so equipped) ............ 5-20

LDW system operation .................................... 5-22Turning the LDW system ON/OFF ..................... 5-23LDP system operation ..................................... 5-23Turning the LDP system ON/OFF ...................... 5-24How to enable/disable the LDP system ........... 5-25LDW/LDP system limitations ........................... 5-25System temporarily unavailable ...................... 5-27System malfunction ........................................ 5-28System maintenance ...................................... 5-28

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system (ifso equipped) ....................................................... 5-29

BSW system operation .................................... 5-31How to enable/disable the BSW system .......... 5-32BSW system limitations .................................. 5-32System temporarily unavailable ...................... 5-37System malfunction ........................................ 5-37Radar maintenance ......................................... 5-38

Cruise control ...................................................... 5-39Precautions on cruise control ......................... 5-39Cruise control operations ................................ 5-39

Condition:

(320,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system(FULL SPEED RANGE) (if so equipped) ................... 5-41

How to select the cruise control mode .............. 5-43Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode .......... 5-43Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode .................................................... 5-59Preview function (for Intelligent CruiseControl system equipped models) .................... 5-63

Distance Control Assist (DCA) system (ifso equipped) ........................................................ 5-63

DCA system operation ...................................... 5-65Turning the DCA system ON/OFF ....................... 5-69How to enable/disable the DCA system ............ 5-70DCA system display and indicators ................... 5-70DCA system limitations .................................... 5-70System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-74System malfunction ......................................... 5-75Sensor maintenance ......................................... 5-76

Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system (ifso equipped) ........................................................ 5-77

FCW system operation ...................................... 5-78Turning the FCW system ON/OFF ....................... 5-79FCW system limitations .................................... 5-80System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-81Sensor maintenance ......................................... 5-82

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system (ifso equipped) ........................................................ 5-83

IBA system operation ....................................... 5-84Turning the IBA system ON/OFF ........................ 5-85

IBA system limitations .................................... 5-85System temporarily unavailable ...................... 5-87Sensor maintenance ....................................... 5-88

Break-in schedule ................................................ 5-89Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ..................................... 5-89Increasing fuel economy ...................................... 5-90All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ................. 5-91Parking/Parking on hills ...................................... 5-92Sonar system (if so equipped) ............................. 5-94

Sonar indicator ............................................... 5-95Sonar system OFF switch ................................ 5-96

Power steering ..................................................... 5-97Brake system ....................................................... 5-97

Braking precautions ....................................... 5-97Parking brake break-in ................................... 5-97

Brake assist ......................................................... 5-98Brake assist ................................................... 5-98Preview function (Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem equipped models) ............................... 5-98Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................... 5-100

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ............... 5-102Cold weather driving .......................................... 5-103

Freeing a frozen door lock ............................ 5-103Antifreeze ..................................................... 5-103Battery ......................................................... 5-103Draining of coolant water ............................. 5-103Tire equipment ............................................. 5-104Special winter equipment ............................. 5-104

Condition:

(321,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Driving on snow or ice ................................... 5-104Engine block heater (if so equipped) .............. 5-104

Condition:

(322,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

5-4 Starting and driving

GUID-EBA1CF7C-59DD-4B69-93FF-F13B511CFD44

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldnot be left alone either. They couldaccidentally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation of thevehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

. Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. In asudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)GUID-E2119C8D-3B55-4B9A-99C5-3E33AE65D946

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-ous. It can cause unconsciousness or

death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have the vehicleinspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

. Keep the lift gate closed while driving,otherwise exhaust gases could be drawninto the passenger compartment. If youmust drive with the lift gate open, followthese precautions:

— Open all the windows.

— Set the air recirculation to offand the fan control to high tocirculate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailer throughthe seal on the lift gate or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommenda-tion to prevent carbon monoxide entryinto the vehicle.

. The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanic when-ever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passenger compart-ment.

— You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

— You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTGUID-5821B847-8B37-41B8-8974-EB3F29B934C5

The three-way catalyst is an emissioncontrol device installed in the exhaustsystem. Exhaust gases in the three-waycatalyst are burned at high temperatures tohelp reduce pollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaust systemare very hot. Keep people, animals orflammable materials away from theexhaust system components.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may ignite and

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

Condition:

(323,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously reducethe three-way catalyst’s ability to helpreduce exhaust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctionsin the ignition, fuel injection, or elec-trical systems can cause overrich fuelflow into the three-way catalyst, causingit to overheat. Do not keep driving if theengine misfires, or if noticeable loss ofperformance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have the vehicleinspected promptly by an INFINITI retai-ler.

. Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could cause theengine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warming itup.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

GUID-68E51C46-B72B-4976-850C-3C364D669985

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the properpressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,

and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continueupon subsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists. When the mal-function indicator is illuminated, the sys-tem may not be able to detect or signal lowtire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunc-tions may occur for a variety of reasons,including the installation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Starting and driving 5-5

Condition:

(324,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Additional informationGUID-EB545C2D-FE9B-4A5F-B78A-AF95258155FA

. Since the spare tire is not equippedwith the TPMS, the TPMS does notmonitor the tire pressure of the sparetire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

. The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire isinflated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play when the low tire pressure warn-ing light is illuminated and low tirepressure is detected. The CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning turns off when thelow tire pressure warning light turnsoff.The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning

appears each time the ignition switchis placed in the ON position as long asthe low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated.The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate aTPMS malfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’soperation and the outside temperature.Do not reduce the tire pressure afterdriving because the tire pressure risesafter driving. Low outside temperaturecan lower the temperature of the airinside the tire which can cause a lowertire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illumi-nates in low ambient temperature,check the tire pressure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-14) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ” (P.6-3).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personalinjury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjustingthe tire pressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible. (See “Flat tire”(P.6-3) for changing a flat tire.)

. Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-

Condition:

(325,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

ing light will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Contact your INFINITI retailer assoon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.


. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped with tirechains or the wheels are buried in snow.

. Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows.This may cause poor reception of thesignals from the tire pressure sensors,and the TPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressure

warning light to illuminate. Some exam-ples are:

. Facilities or electric devices using simi-lar radio frequencies are near thevehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near thevehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or aDC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.

Low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases.

. If the vehicle equipped with a wheel andtire without TPMS.

. If the TPMS has been replaced and theID has not been registered.

. If the wheel is not originally specified byINFINITI.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:


AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

GUID-D78A49A1-6564-4FD9-822A-76DF037D75FF

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe andprudent manner may result in loss of controlor an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-sive speed, high speed cornering, orsudden steering maneuvers, becausethese driving practices could cause you tolose control of your vehicle. As with any


Condition:

(326,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


vehicle, a loss of control could result in acollision with other vehicles or objects, orcause the vehicle to rollover, particularly ifthe loss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times,and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol ordrugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsi-ness). Always wear your seat belt asoutlined in the “Seat belts” (P.1-12), andalso instruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

GUID-2370219B-8F45-4A50-8A89-7CDFDE7902EF

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavement andoff-road applications. This gives them ahigher center of gravity than ordinary cars.An advantage of higher ground clearance is

a better view of the road, allowing you toanticipate problems. However, they are notdesigned for cornering at the same speedsas conventional passenger cars any morethan low-slung sports cars are designed toperform satisfactorily under off-road con-ditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turnsor abrupt maneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. As with other vehicles of this type,failure to operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or vehicle rollover.Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

Be sure to read “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)driving safety precautions (for AWD mod-els) ” (P.5-10).

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYGUID-D40E2DC5-B96C-40EF-A58C-FD262057429B

If the right side or left side wheelsunintentionally leave the road surface,maintain control of the vehicle by followingthe procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle,road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while thevehicle speed is reduced. Do notattempt to drive the vehicle back ontothe road surface until vehicle speed isreduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tiresreturn to the road surface. When alltires are on the road surface, steer thevehicle to stay in the appropriatedriving lane.

If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface basedon vehicle, road or traffic conditions,gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in asafe place off the road.

Condition:

(327,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSGUID-FAB045C9-866E-493D-B21B-BC98003ABEC1

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect thehandling and stability of the vehicle,especially at highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspect the tires for wear anddamage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29).

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or“blows-out” while driving maintain controlof the vehicle by following the procedurebelow. Please note that this procedure isonly a general guide. The vehicle must bedriven as appropriate based on the condi-tions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause acollision and result in personal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pulls inthe direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashersand either contact a roadside emer-gency service to change the tire or see“Changing a flat tire” (P.6-4).

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

GUID-F9A99588-AB2B-4EA9-BABB-07E4D6E3266B

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcohol ordrugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reducescoordination, delays reaction time and im-pairs judgement. Driving after drinkingalcohol increases the likelihood of beinginvolved in an accident injuring yourself andothers. Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the severityof the injury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving.However, you must choose not to driveunder the influence of alcohol. Every yearthousands of people are injured or killed inalcohol-related accidents. Although thelocal laws vary on what is considered tobe legally intoxicated, the fact is thatalcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs).


Condition:

(328,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, orsome other physical condition.

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) DRIVINGSAFETY PRECAUTIONS (for AWDmodels)

GUID-25A67C86-AA78-45D6-8FD5-9236974638FE

WARNING

. Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even with AWDengaged. Accelerating quickly, sharpsteering maneuvers or sudden brakingmay cause loss of control.

. Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the rearwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

. This vehicle is not designed for offroad(rough road) use. Do not drive on sandyor muddy roads that tires may get stuckin.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission to

any D (Drive) or R (Reverse) position withthe engine running. Doing so may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer,(such as the dynamometers used bysome states for emissions testing), orsimilar equipment even if the other twowheels are raised off the ground. Makesure you inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment mayresult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

. When a wheel is off the ground due to anunlevel surface, do not spin the wheelexcessively.

GUID-C86B284B-F3F3-47C2-93C6-0AB824C0BC4E

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except in anemergency. (The engine will stop when theignition switch is pushed 3 consecutivetimes or the ignition switch is pushed andheld for more than 2 seconds.) If the enginestops while the vehicle is being driven, thiscould lead to a crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

Condition:

(329,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0436

OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINESTART FUNCTION

GUID-439DD11C-0380-4D8D-BD6D-92F39F8462AB

The Intelligent Key can only be used forstarting the engine when the IntelligentKey is within the specified operating range*1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves arepresent near the operating location, theIntelligent Key system’s operating rangebecomes narrower and may not functionproperly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even

someone who does not carry the IntelligentKey, to push the ignition switch to start theengine.

. The cargo area is not included in theoperating range but the Intelligent Keymay function.

. If the Intelligent Key is on the instru-ment panel, cargo area, inside theglove box or door pocket, or the cornerof interior compartment, it may not bepossible to start the engine.

. If the Intelligent Key is near the door ordoor glass outside the vehicle, it maybe possible to start the engine.

SSD1021

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHOPERATION

GUID-335ED9F6-326C-403C-B2ED-5F5FA4749C7C

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch position will change as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change toOFF. (No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return toLOCK during the OFF position.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot be switched


Condition:

(330,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


to LOCK until the shift lever is moved to theP (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot beswitched toward the LOCK position, pro-ceed as follows:

1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition. The ignition switch positionindicator will not illuminate.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot beturned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for opera-tion are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display between the speedometer andtachometer. (See “Vehicle information dis-play” (P.2-20).)

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONS

GUID-0FE01C90-2C90-4EBF-BFE0-8A5C0F4F70ED

LOCK (Normal parking position)GUID-B7289AF5-321C-4C66-A332-A4C1C95F7AC4

The ignition switch can only be locked inthis position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed to the ACC position whilecarrying the Intelligent Key or with theIntelligent Key inserted in the port.

ACC (Accessories)GUID-28BC2F75-D5CF-477E-9834-BE3EAD8D12C5

This position activates electrical acces-sories such as the radio, when the engineis not running.

ON (Normal operating position)GUID-361CD3BE-75E3-4A7F-AE75-F354DE42A79D

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

OFFGUID-CCC4A2B2-4439-4D57-ABE4-1BFA6901BFA2

The engine can be turned off in thisposition.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be switched to theLOCK position until the shift lever is movedto the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ON posi-tions when the engine is not running for anextended period. This can discharge thebattery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFGUID-318849FF-9034-4312-B36A-FFEBC5A9CEAE

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

Condition:

(331,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0785

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGE

GUID-DB4E7C5C-20BB-4EFF-8B9F-42079CFF6DCC

If the battery of the Intelligent Key isalmost discharged, the guide light *B ofthe Intelligent Key port *A blinks and theindicator appears on the vehicle informa-tion display. (See “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P.2-20).)

In this case, inserting the Intelligent Keyinto the port *1 allows you to start theengine. Make sure that the key ring sidefaces backward as illustrated. Insert theIntelligent Key in the port until it is latchedand secured.

To remove the Intelligent Key from the port,push the ignition switch to the OFF positionand pull the Intelligent Key out of the port.

NOTE:

The Intelligent Key port does not chargethe Intelligent Key battery. If you see thelow battery indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display, replace the battery assoon as possible. (See “Intelligent Keybattery replacement” (P.8-23).)

CAUTION

. Never place anything except the Intelli-gent Key in the Intelligent Key port.Doing so may cause damage to theequipment.

. Make sure the Intelligent Key is in thecorrect direction when inserting it to theIntelligent Key port. The engine may notstart if it is in the incorrect direction.

. Remove the Intelligent Key from theIntelligent Key port after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

GUID-4508F0EE-4A42-483C-B149-FD42797AB45B

. Make sure the area around the vehicleis clear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid and window washerfluid as frequently as possible, or atleast whenever you refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights areclean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also check tires forproper inflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head re-straints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position. (See “Warning lights,indicator lights and audible reminders”(P.2-10).)


BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

Condition:

(332,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-0AE7B80B-3691-46EB-81C6-6EA51A317529

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operateunless the shift lever is in either of theabove positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition. Depress the brake pedal andpush the ignition switch to start theengine.

To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal with theignition switch in any position.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or whenrestarting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 tothe floor) and while holding, crankthe engine. Release the acceleratorpedal when the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and hold it. Push the ignitionswitch to the ON position to startcranking the engine. After 5 or 6seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to OFF. After

cranking the engine, release theaccelerator pedal. Crank the enginewith your foot off the acceleratorpedal by depressing the brake pedaland pushing the push-button igni-tion switch to start the engine. If theengine starts, but fails to run, repeatthe above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than 15seconds at a time. If the engine does notstart, push the ignition switch to OFF andwait 10 seconds before cranking again,otherwise the starter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stoppingthe engine over a short period of timemay make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, shift the shift leverto the P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start conditionssuch as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

STARTING THE ENGINE

Condition:

(333,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-71F46DAD-4823-4809-8DBF-DEAC5C4FAF92

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONGUID-96F58384-9762-4456-83B9-8383EAF1114F

7 speed automatic transmissionGUID-767705CB-AB0C-432E-B16D-AE6DA46FF2C4

The automatic transmission in your vehicleis electronically controlled by a transmis-sion control module to produce maximumefficiency and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are therecommended operating procedures forthis transmission. Follow these proceduresfor maximum vehicle performance anddriving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicleGUID-F80042FE-EF29-43A3-BC4F-5D09ABF2C566

After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the shift leverbutton before shifting the shift lever to theR (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive), DS (DriveSport) or Manual shift mode position. Besure the vehicle is fully stopped beforeattempting to shift the shift lever.

This automatic transmission model isdesigned so that the foot brake pedalmust be depressed before shifting from P(Park) to any drive position while theignition switch position is ON.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition switch ispushed to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand push the shift lever button to shiftinto a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehiclein motion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral)to R (Reverse), D (Drive), DS (Drive Sport)or manual shift mode. Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so could cause youto lose control and have an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

. Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive)position while the vehicle is reversing.

This could cause an accident or damagethe transmission.

CAUTION

. Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

. When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.


DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Condition:

(334,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD0712

Shift leverTo move the shift lever,

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal,

: Push the button,

: Just move the shift lever.

ShiftingGUID-7B81BABF-9D35-40AD-BF35-15C44FA22CA9

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the shift lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive),DS (Drive Sport) or Manual shift modeposition.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can beselected without pushing the button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift lever isin any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly or roll awayand result in serious personal injury orproperty damage.

CAUTION

Make sure the vehicle is completely stoppedand the transmission is in the P (Park)position.

P (Park) position:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped. Thebrake pedal must be depressed and theshift lever button pushed in to move theshift lever from the N (Neutral) position orany drive position to the P (Park) position.Apply the parking brake. When parking ona hill, apply the parking brake first, thenmove the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

R (Reverse):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position to back up. Always besure the vehicle is completely stoppedbefore selecting the R (Reverse) position.The brake pedal must be depressed andthe shift lever button pushed in to movethe shift lever from the P (Park) position,the N (Neutral) position or any driveposition to the R (Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to the N (Neutral)position and restart a stalled engine whilethe vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

Condition:

(335,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

DS (Drive Sport) modeGUID-E4BFE274-2035-4524-B4DA-26B94CA9FCE5

Move the shift lever from D (Drive) to theleft into the manual shift gate. The trans-mission position indicator in the metershows “DS”.

In the DS (Drive Sport) mode, the transmis-sion changes to the “sporty” driving shiftoperation, creating a more aggressiveacceleration feeling than the D (Drive)mode and providing a gear change sensa-tion when the driver accelerates quickly.

When the driver selects the manual shiftmode using the shift lever during the DS(Drive Sport) mode operation, the drivermust move the shift lever from DS (DriveSport) to D (Drive) and back again to re-select the DS (Drive Sport) mode.

Manual shift modeGUID-E5A6AF60-E51C-4F81-9A61-950A706F7539

When the shift lever is in the DS (DriveSport) position, the transmission is readyfor the manual shift mode. Shift ranges canbe selected manually by moving the shiftlever up or down.

When shifting up, move the shift lever tothe + (up) side. The transmission shifts tothe higher range.

When shifting down, move the shift lever to

the − (down) side. The transmission shiftsto the lower range.

When canceling the manual shift mode,return the shift lever to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to thenormal driving mode.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in themeter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

M1? M2

? M3? M4

? M5? M6

? M7/ / / / / /

M7 (7th):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds.M6 (6th) and M5 (5th):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use these positions when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when drivingdown long slopes.M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use these positions for hill climbing orengine braking on downhill grades.M1 (1st):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep

snow, or for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill grades.

. Remember not to drive at high speedsfor extended periods of time in lowerthan 7th gear. This reduces fuel econ-omy.

. Moving the shift lever rapidly to thesame side twice will shift the ranges insuccession. However, if this motion isdone rapidly, the second shifting maynot be completed properly.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gearor may automatically shift to the othergear depending on conditions. Thishelps maintain driving performanceand reduces the chance of vehicledamage or loss of control.

. When the transmission does not shiftto the selected gear, the AutomaticTransmission (AT) position indicatorlight (on the vehicle information dis-play) will blink and the buzzer willsound.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to astop. When accelerating again, it isnecessary to shift up to the desired


Condition:

(336,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


range.

Accelerator downshift — In D (Drive)position —

GUID-93807100-1D43-49C5-8CFC-4D536E807C39

For passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. Thisshifts the transmission down into the lowergear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safeGUID-C50D28FF-08A5-4AC3-97EE-F21FD367AC96

When the fail-safe operation occurs, notethat the transmission will be locked in anyof the forward gears according to thecondition.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. This willoccur even if all electrical circuits arefunctioning properly. In this case, pushthe ignition switch to the OFF position andwait for 3 seconds. Then push the ignitionswitch back to the ON position. The vehicleshould return to its normal operatingcondition. If it does not return to itsnormal operating condition, have anINFINITI retailer check the transmissionand repair if necessary.

SSD0713

Shift lock releaseGUID-385541CC-0D09-4285-83A6-4C0251D5E840

If the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever buttonpushed.

To move the shift lever, perform thefollowing procedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock cover *A using asuitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock *B asillustrated.

5. Push the shift lever button *C andmove the shift lever to N (Neutral)position *D while holding down theshift lock.

Push the ignition switch to the ON position.Now the vehicle may be moved to thedesired location.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have an INFINITI retailer check the auto-matic transmission system as soon aspossible.

Adaptive shift control (ASC)GUID-495AA824-95CD-4AD2-8A9E-2168953D0CAF

The adaptive shift control system automa-tically operates when the transmission is inthe "D" (drive) and "DS" (Drive Sport)position and selects an appropriate geardepending on the road conditions such asuphill, downhill or curving roads.

Control on uphill and curving roads:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

A low gear is maintained that suits thedegree of the slope or curve to allowsmooth driving with a small number ofshifts.

Condition:

(337,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Control on downhill roads:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The adaptive shift control system shifts toa low gear that suits the degree of theslope, and uses the engine braking toreduce the number of times that the brakemust be used.

Control on winding roads:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

A low gear is maintained on continuouscurves that involve repeated accelerationand deceleration, so that smooth accelera-tion is available instantly when the accel-erator pedal is depressed.

NOTE:. Adaptive shift control may not operate

when the transmission oil temperatureis low immediately after the start ofdriving or when it is very hot.

. During some driving situations, hardbraking for example, the adaptive shiftcontrol may automatically operate. Thetransmission may automatically shiftto a lower gear for engine braking. Thisincreases engine speed but not vehiclespeed. Vehicle speed is controlled bythe accelerator pedal when the vehicleis in the Adaptive shift control mode.

. When the adaptive shift control oper-ates, the transmission sometimes

maintains a lower gear for a longerperiod of time than when adaptive shiftcontrol is not operating. Engine speedwill be higher for a specific vehiclespeed while ASC system is operatingthan when ASC is not operating.

GUID-5A3847FC-E9B5-4396-AB95-CD0C8AD1757D

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

. Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place of theparking brake. When parking, be surethe parking brake is fully engaged.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.


PARKING BRAKE

Condition:

(338,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal *1 .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake *2 .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal *1and the parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarning light goes out.

GUID-468CFE5F-DB32-4212-9F4A-E439631FCEC8

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the LDW and LDPsystems could result in serious personalinjury or death.

. The LDW and LDP systems will not steerthe vehicle or prevent loss of control. Itis the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safety, keep the vehicle inthe traveling lane, and be in control ofvehicle at all times.

. Using the LDP system under someconditions of road, lane maker or weath-er, or when you change lanes withoutusing the lane change signal, could leadto an unexpected system operation. Insuch conditions, you need to correct thevehicle’s direction using steering wheelto avoid accidents.

. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system— warns the driver with a warning light

and chime that the vehicle is begin-ning to leave the driving lane.

. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system— warns the driver with a warning light

and chime, and helps assist the

driver to return the vehicle to thecenter of the traveling lane byapplying the brakes to the left orright wheels individually (for a shortperiod of time).

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)/LANEDEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEMS(if so equipped)

Condition:

(339,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVS0635X

The LDW and LDP systems use a camera *Ainstalled behind the windshield to monitorthe lane markers of your traveling lane.

JVS0618X

*1 LDP ON indicator light/LDW indicatorlight (on the instrument panel)

*2 Center display

*3 Warning systems switch*4 Dynamic driver assistance switch*5 Center multi-function control panel


Condition:

(340,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


LDW SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-D4624CFA-B7DC-4FE1-85ED-50D6D8D5BDEE

The LDW system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and the lanemarkings are clear.

If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound.

NOTE:

The LDW system is not designed to warnwhen you operate the lane change signaland change traveling lanes in the directionof the signal. (The LDW system willbecome operable again approximately 2seconds after the lane change signal isturned off.)

JVS0619X

*1 LDW indicator light (on the instrumentpanel)

*2 Warning systems switch

*3 Warning systems ON indicator light

Condition:

(341,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

TURNING THE LDW SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-2757BCF3-A806-4E14-BB9F-3EC82C3365F8

The LDW system is automatically turned onwhen the engine is started and the warningsystems ON indicator light *3 illuminateson the switch.You can turn the LDW systemoff by pushing the warning systems switch*2 on the instrument panel. This switchwill turn on and off the LDW, BSW and FCWsystems at the same time.

NOTE:

If you continue to push the warningsystems switch from off to on for over 4seconds, a chime will sounds and the LDWindicator light (orange) *1 flashes. Thiswill change the default status of the LDW,BSW and FCW systems to OFF so that thesesystems will not automatically turn onwhen the engine is started. If this proce-dure is repeated, the default status willreturn to ON.

LDP SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-3D7CC8EC-FEAA-46B8-8375-3CFD19F544D6

The LDP system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and the lanemarkings are clear.

If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound. Then, the LDP system will auto-matically apply the brakes for a shortperiod of time to help assist the driver toreturn the vehicle to the center of thetraveling lane.

NOTE:. The LDP system is not designed to work

when you operate the lane changesignal and change traveling lanes inthe direction of the signal. (The LDPsystem will become operable againapproximately 2 seconds after the lanechange signal is turned off.)

. The LDP braking assist will not operateor will stop operating and only awarning chime will sound under thefollowing conditions.— When the brake pedal is depressed.— When the steering wheel is turned

as far as necessary for the vehicle to

change lanes.— When the accelerator pedal is de-

pressed while brake control assistis provided.

— When the ICC, DCA, FCW or IBAwarnings sound.

— When the hazard warning flashersare operated.

— When driving on a curve at a highspeed.

. While the LDP system is operating, youmay hear a sound of brake operation.This is normal and indicates that theLDP system is operating properly.


Condition:

(342,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVS0621X

*1 LDP ON indicator light (on the instru-ment panel)

*2 Center display

*3 Dynamic driver assistance switch*4 Center multi-function control panel

TURNING THE LDP SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-6C152E97-BC77-4316-91B8-7D15D85583EE

To turn on the LDP system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch *3 onthe steering wheel after starting theengine. The LDP ON indicator light (green)*1 on the instrument panel will illuminate.Push the dynamic driver assistance switch*3 again to turn off the LDP system. TheLDP ON indicator light *1 will turn off.

The dynamic driver assistance switch *3 isused for both the LDP and DCA systems.

When the dynamic driver assistance switch*3 is pushed, the DCA system will alsoturn on or off simultaneously. The LDPsystem can be individually set to on or offon the center display *2 and using thecenter multi-function control panel *4 .

If the system is set to off, the system willnot turn on even if the dynamic driverassistance switch *3 is pushed to on. Toset the system to on or off on the centerdisplay, see “How to enable/disable theLDP system” (P.5-25).

Condition:

(343,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0884

SSD0886

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDPSYSTEM

GUID-45E88008-AD93-4698-A49D-638FBDA77AC9

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDP system.

1. Push the SETTING *1 button and high-light the “Driver Assistance” key on thedisplay using the INFINITI controller.(See “How to use INFINITI controller”(P.4-5).) Then push the ENTER *2button.

2. Highlight the “Dynamic Assistance Set-tings” key, and push the ENTER *2button.

3. To set the LDP system to on or off,highlight the “Lane Departure Preven-tion” key, select ON or OFF and pushthe ENTER *2 button.

If both the LDP and DCA systems are set toOFF on the display, when the dynamicdriver assistance switch is pushed, the LDPON indicator light and the DCA systemswitch indicator will blink for approxi-mately 2 seconds. See “Distance ControlAssist (DCA) system” (P.5-63) for DCAsystem.

LDW/LDP SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-CED30F5D-E2CD-4017-A5F7-1BBE9CCCCAC6

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe LDW and LDP systems. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

The system will not operate at speeds below45 MPH (70 km/h) or if it cannot detect lanemarkers.

. The LDP system is primarily intended foruse on well-developed freeways or high-ways. It may not detect the lane markersin certain roads, weather or drivingconditions.

. Do not use the LDP system under thefollowing conditions as it may notfunction properly:

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.).

— When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow, etc.

— When driving on winding or unevenroads.


Condition:

(344,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


— When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

— When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, non-standardwheels).

— When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or suspen-sion parts.

. The camera may not detect lane markersin the following situations and the LDWand LDP systems may not operateproperly.

— On roads where there are multipleparallel lane markers, lane markersthat are faded or not painted clearly,yellow painted lane markers, non-standard lane markers, or lane mar-kers covered with water, dirt, snow,etc.

— On roads where the discontinuedlane markers are still detectable.

— On roads where there are sharpcurves.

— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining after roadrepairs. (The LDW and LDP systemscould detect these items as lanemarkers.)

— On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s traveling direc-tion does not align with the lanemarker.

— When traveling close to the vehiclein front of you, which obstructs thelane camera unit detection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt adheres tothe windshield in front of the lanecamera unit.

— When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or if the aimingis not adjusted properly.

— When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, the lightdirectly shines on the front of thevehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, when thevehicle enters or exits a tunnel orunder a bridge.)

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.

Condition:

(345,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVS0622X

*1 LDP ON indicator light (on the instru-ment panel)

*2 Warning systems ON indicator light

*3 Dynamic driver assistance switch

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL-ABLE

GUID-5FBCEB88-38A5-4BBA-8F16-D2282607A4CD

Condition A:

Under the following conditions, a beep willsound and the LDP system will be canceledautomatically. The LDP ON indicator light*1 will blink in green, and the LDP systemcannot be activated:

. When the VDC system (except TCSfunction) or ABS operates.

. When the VDC system is turned off.

. When the SNOW mode switch is turnedon.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn off the LDP system. Push the dynamicdriver assistance switch *3 again to turnthe LDP system back on.

Condition B:

LDW system: If the vehicle is parked indirect sunlight under high temperatureconditions (over approximately 1048F(408C)) and then the LDW system is turnedon, the LDW system may be deactivatedautomatically, and the warning systems ONindicator light *2 on the switch will blink.


Condition:

(346,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


LDP system: If the vehicle is parked indirect sunlight under high temperatureconditions (over approximately 1048F(408C)) and then the LDP system is turnedon, the LDP system will be turned offautomatically, a beep will sound and theLDP ON indicator light *1 will blink ingreen.

The LDW and LDP systems are not availableuntil the conditions no longer exist.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the LDW system will resume automatically.

For the LDP system, push the dynamicdriver assistance switch *3 again to turnthe LDP system back on.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONGUID-CF66582D-0A58-400D-B854-E4367875675F

LDW system: When the LDW system mal-functions, it will cancel automatically, andthe LDW indicator light (orange) willilluminate.

LDP system: When the LDP system mal-functions, it will be turned off automati-cally, a beep will sound, and the LDWindicator light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, placethe vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine. If theLDW indicator light (orange) continues toilluminate, have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

SSD0453

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEGUID-2B506FFD-AF56-44C5-A959-7FBC19B85C54

The lane camera unit *1 for the LDW/LDPsystems is located above the inside mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the LDW/LDP systems and prevent a system mal-function, be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the windshield clean.

. Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install anaccessory near the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, suchas white paper or a mirror, on theinstrument panel. The reflection ofsunlight may adversely affect the cam-

Condition:

(347,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

era unit’s capability of detecting thelane markers.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. If thecamera unit is damaged due to anaccident, contact an INFINITI retailer.

GUID-633A2A06-B4BF-4D8B-8999-4075CB243B99

WARNING

. The BSW system is not a replacement forproper driving procedure and is notdesigned to prevent contact with vehi-cles or objects. When changing lanes,always use the side and rear mirrors andturn and look in the direction yourvehicle will move to ensure it is safe tochange lanes. Never rely solely on theBSW system.

. Failure to follow the warning and in-structions for proper use of the BSWsystem could result serious injury ordeath.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes whenchanging lanes.

SSD1155

The BSW system uses radar sensors *Ainstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.


BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) SYSTEM (ifso equipped)

Condition:

(348,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD1030

Detection zoneThe radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within thedetection zone shown as illustrated. Thisdetection zone starts from the outsidemirror of your vehicle and extends approxi-mately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rearbumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m)sideways.

JVS0605X

*1 Side indicator light

*2 BSW system warning light*3 Warning systems switch

Condition:

(349,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD1026

Illustration 1

SSD1031

Illustration 2

BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-D26FC703-F4D3-488B-B916-CEA9BB2ECCDB

The BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 MPH (32 km/h).

Illustration 1: If the radar sensors detect avehicle in the detection zone, the sideindicator light *1 illuminates.

Illustration 2: If the turn signal is thenactivated, the system chimes (twice) andthe side indicator light flashes. The sideindicator light continues to flash until thedetected vehicles leaves the detectionzone.

NOTE:. The side indicator light illuminates for a

few seconds when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position.

. The brightness of the side indicatorlight is adjusted automatically depend-ing on the brightness of the ambientlight.

. If a vehicle comes into the detectionzone after the driver activates the turnsignal, then only the side indicatorlight flashes and no chime sounds. Foradditional information, refer to “BSWsystem limitations” (P.5-32).


Condition:

(350,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVS0606X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSWSYSTEM

GUID-2A7B8614-6436-4EFC-9214-03EEEB276B61

The BSW system is automatically turned onwhen the engine is started and the warningsystems ON indicator light *1 illuminateson the switch.You can turn the BSW system

off by pushing the warning systems switchon the instrumental panel. This switch willturn on and off the LDW, BSW and FCWsystems at the same time.

NOTE:

If you continue to push the warningsystems switch from off to on for over 4seconds, a chime will sound. This willchange the default status of the LDW, BSWand FCW systems to OFF so that thesesystems will not automatically turn onwhen the engine is started. If this proce-dure is repeated, the default states willreturn to ON.

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-21377D06-B3B4-4D7F-B4FD-38C150393CC3

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe BSW system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious or death.

. The BSW system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSW when certainobjects are present such as:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.

— Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

Condition:

(351,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

— Oncoming vehicles.

— A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind.

— A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

. The radar sensor’s detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane, theradar sensors may not detect vehicles inan adjacent lane. When driving in anarrow lane, the radar sensors maydetect vehicles driving two lanes away.

. The radar sensors are designed to ignoremost stationary objects, however ob-jects such as guardrails, walls, foliageand parked vehicles may occasionally bedetected. This is a normal operatingcondition.

. The following conditions may reduce theability of the radar to detect othervehicles:

— Severe weather

— Road spray

— Ice build-up on the vehicle

— Frost build-up on the vehicle

— Dirt build-up on the vehicle

. Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories orapply additional paint near the radarsensors. These conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound, andit may not be heard.

SSD1032

Accelerate from a stopGUID-1C171B20-263D-4EA3-93BB-CFA2A2E93E14

If you accelerate from a stop with a vehiclein the detection zone, the other vehiclemay not be detected.


Condition:

(352,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD1036

Overtaking several vehiclesGUID-7437FC2C-54B7-4DC9-9C9D-488FCBB024DA

When overtaking several vehicles in a row,the vehicles after the first vehicle may notbe detected if they are traveling closetogether.

SSD1026

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

SSD1031

Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind

Condition:

(353,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Another vehicle approaching frombehind

GUID-490379CE-CDAB-457B-A9CF-8701D65B5884

Illustration 1: The side indicator lightilluminates if a vehicle enters the detectionzone from behind in an adjacent lane.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates theturn signal, then the system chimes (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect

vehicles which are approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when the othervehicle is detected.

SSD1033

Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle

SSD1034

Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicleGUID-EE01BDE7-9A26-4B69-BD04-9E9C33AF93BA

Illustration 3: The side indicator lightilluminates if you overtake a vehicle andthat vehicle stays in the detection zone forapproximately 3 seconds.

Illustration 4: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect

slower moving vehicles if they arepassed quickly.



Condition:

(354,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD1037

Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

SSD1038

Illustration 6 – Entering from the side

Entering from the sideGUID-109094CC-831D-4899-B1EA-BDA306596FC5

Illustration 5: The side indicator lightilluminates if a vehicle enters the detectionzone from either side.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates theturn signal, then the system chimes (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.


Condition:

(355,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVS0609X


GUID-1D9A9614-F2EC-4D48-A05B-20AA92B57225

When radar blockage is detected, the BSWsystem will be turned off automatically, abeep will sound and the system warninglight *1 will blink. The system is not

available until the conditions no longerexist.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objectssuch as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the

radar sensors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

If the BSW system warning light *1continues to blink, have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONGUID-0EFDC80E-8536-4A6D-AF6C-5B8E1B9BD823

When the system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a beep will soundand the BSW system warning light willilluminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, placethe vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine.

If the BSW warning light continues toilluminate, have the system checked byan INFINITI retailer.


Condition:

(356,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD1155

RADAR MAINTENANCEGUID-EBB211CA-A038-4125-9498-2FA131633495

The two radar sensor units *A for the BSWsystem are located near the rear bumper.

Always keep the area near the radarsensors clean.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirtobstructing the radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. Consult an INFINITIretailer if the area around the radarsensors is damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statementGUID-0E3589B7-C776-4372-B212-AD001B1DDFA6

FCC Notice:

For USA:

FCC ID: OAYSRR2B


Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

Applicable law: Canada 310


Frequency bands: 24.05GHz — 24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

Condition:

(357,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-8C625891-A812-4771-84FE-11A407420BB3

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROLGUID-CC69504F-BF04-4CFA-8CDA-FD9F86D182B0

. If the cruise control system malfunc-tions, it will cancel automatically. TheSET indicator on the vehicle informationdisplay will then blink to warn thedriver.

. If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruisecontrol system will be canceled auto-matically.

. If the SET indicator blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and havethe system checked by your INFINITIretailer.

. The SET indicator may sometimes blinkwhen the cruise control main switch isturned ON while pushing the ACCELER-ATE/RESUME, COAST/SET or CANCELswitch. To properly set the cruisecontrol system, perform the stepsbelow in the order indicated.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

SSD0600

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch2. COAST/SET switch3. CANCEL switch4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSGUID-04DF3C1B-D876-4C2F-87E9-6D4229571F56

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theMAIN switch on. The CRUISE indicator willcome on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push the


CRUISE CONTROL

Condition:

(358,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


COAST/SET switch and release it. (TheCRUISE SET indicator will come on in theinstrument panel.) Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thishappens, drive without the cruise con-trol.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

1. Push the CANCEL button. The SETindicator will go out.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorwill go out.

3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position. The SET indicator will go out.

4. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicator willgo out.

. If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the ACCELERATE/RESUME orCOAST/SET switch and reset at thecruising speed, the cruise control will

disengage. Turn the MAIN switch offonce and then turn it on again.

. The cruise control will automaticallycancel if the vehicle slows more than8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position, the cruise controlwill be canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the COAST/SETswitch.

. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. When the vehicle attainsthe speed you desire, release theswitch.

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCELERATE/RESUME switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 25MPH (40 km/h).

Condition:

(359,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-9A2D29A7-0451-4C8D-B1D8-968265CE0E59

WARNING

. ICC is not a collision avoidance orwarning device. For highway use onlyand not intended for congested areas orcity driving. Failure to apply the brakescould result in an accident.

. Always observe posted speed limits anddo not set the speed over them.

. Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using either cruise control mode.Read and understand the Owner’s Man-ual thoroughly before using the cruisecontrol. To avoid serious injury or death,do not rely on the system to preventaccidents or to control the vehicle’sspeed in emergency situations. Do notuse cruise control except in appropriateroad and traffic conditions.

. In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime will notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead. Pay special attentionto the distance between your vehicle andthe vehicle ahead of you or a collisioncould occur.

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

maintains a selected distance from thevehicle in front of you within the speedrange of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up tothe set speed. The set speed can beselected by the driver between 20 to 90MPH (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes.

. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode:For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you up to the preset speed.

. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode:For cruising at a preset speed.


INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)SYSTEM (FULL SPEED RANGE) (if soequipped)

Condition:

(360,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVS0624X

*1 Displays and indicators

*2 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches

*A MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

Push the MAIN switch *A to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode and the

conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode.

Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise controlmode. To change the mode, push the MAINswitch *A once to turn the system off. Thenpush the MAIN switch *A again to turn the

system back on and select the desiredcruise control mode.

Always confirm the setting in the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system display.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode” (P.5-43).

For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P.5-59).

Condition:

(361,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0899

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE CON-TROL MODE

GUID-625B294B-2643-45B8-908D-1FF7A9BE5364

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode

GUID-5901B1D5-0DC4-4911-BB96-CD95905DF94B

To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode *1 , quickly push and releasethe MAIN switch *A .

Selecting the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

GUID-D4EF1228-8774-4C6A-A35B-F5F96A28619E

To choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode *2 , push and hold theMAIN switch *A for longer than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds. See “Conventional

(fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-59).

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

GUID-77F963CC-3C0C-4AEF-8806-191327C062CA

In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system automatically maintains a selecteddistance from the vehicle traveling in frontof you according to that vehicle’s speed (upto the set speed), or at the set speed whenthe road ahead is clear.

JVS0636X

The system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.

If the distance sensor *A detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system willreduce the vehicle speed so that yourvehicle follows the vehicle in front at theselected distance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to40% of vehicle braking power) if neces-sary.

The detection range of the sensor isapproximately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.


Condition:

(362,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode operation

GUID-3E0A4B53-4CBC-44DE-AA04-74580CD76B3A

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to matchthe slower vehicle ahead. The system willdecelerate the vehicle as necessary and ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill. How-ever, the ICC system can only apply up to40% of the vehicle’s total braking power.This system should only be used whentraffic conditions allow vehicle speeds toremain fairly constant or when vehiclespeeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or ifa vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decele-rates, the distance between vehicles maybecome closer because the ICC systemcannot decelerate the vehicle quickly en-ough. If this occurs, the ICC system willsound a warning chime and blink thesystem display to notify the driver to takenecessary action.

The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed is belowapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and avehicle is not detected ahead. The systemwill also disengage when the vehicle goes

above the maximum set speed.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-51).

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

. When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 20 and 90 MPH(32 and 144 km/h).

. When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by driver, from thevehicle ahead. The adjusting speedrange is up to the set speed. If thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill with-in the limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel once it judges astandstill with a warning chime.

. When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode accelerates and maintains vehi-cle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. You

must pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates ortraffic congestion.

Condition:

(363,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0900

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode switches

GUID-92130138-55BB-4980-B6A1-E260C9B787A0

The system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:

Sets desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasing

the set speed.

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch:

Master switch to activate the system

5. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:. Long. Middle. Short

SSD0606

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode display and indicators

GUID-AD8D2FA1-FA5A-4530-83F6-F9A519F6FCDA

The display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

3. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.


Condition:

(364,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


4. Indicates your vehicle

5. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed isdisplayed in km/h.

6. Intelligent Cruise Control system warn-ing light (orange):

The light comes on if there is amalfunction in the ICC system.

SSD0607

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the indicators come on asillustrated to check for a burned-out bulb,and it turns off when the engine is started.

SSD0901

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode

GUID-4F0B629D-73E7-4B4A-B5E2-BA551AD3D39F

To turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch *A on. Thecruise indicator light, set distance indica-tor and set vehicle speed indicator come onand in a standby state for setting.

Condition:

(365,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0902

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distanceindicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on.) Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

SSD0784

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set and the ICC indicators willblink for approximately 2 seconds:

. When traveling below 20 MPH (32km/h) and the vehicle ahead is notdetected

. When the shift lever is not in the D, DSor manual shift mode

. When the windshield wipers are operat-ing at low (LO) or high speed (HI).

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the brakes are operated by thedriver

SSD0614

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set.

A warning chime will sound and the ICCindicators will blink.

. When the SNOW mode switch is ON (Touse the ICC system, turn off the SNOWmode switch, push the MAIN switch toturn off the ICC and reset the ICC switchby pressing the MAIN switch again.)For details about the SNOW modeswitch, see “SNOW mode switch” (P.2-42).

. When the VDC system is off (To use theICC system, turn on the VDC system.


Condition:

(366,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICCsystem and reset the ICC switch bypushing the MAIN switch again.)For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” (P.5-102).

. When ABS or VDC (including the trac-tion control system) is operating

. When driving into a strong light (forexample, sunlight)

. When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are nolonger slipping. Push the MAIN switchto turn off the ICC, and reset the ICCsystem by pushing the MAIN switchagain.)

SSD0610

1. System set display with vehicle ahead2. System set display without vehicle

ahead

System operationGUID-9C870ACF-61D9-4C86-B24D-AD665A778C99

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates the

vehicle by controlling the throttle andapplying the brakes to match the speedof a slower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain thedriver selected distance.

The stoplights of the vehicle come on andthe brake pedal depresses when braking isperformed by the ICC system.

When the brake operates, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator comeson. The ICC system will also display the set

Condition:

(367,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

speed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accel-eration to the set vehicle speed or any timethe ICC system is in operation, the systemcontrols the distance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), thesystem will be canceled.

SSD0611

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when the vehiclespeed exceeds the set speed. The vehicledetect indicator will turn off when the areaahead of the vehicle is open. When thepedal is released, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set inthe ICC system, you can depress theaccelerator pedal when it is necessary toaccelerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeed

GUID-796798D8-A099-453E-8F33-44A3D72BE6C9

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

. Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Turn the MAIN switch off. The ICCindicators will go out.



. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. The set vehicle speedwill increase by approximately 5 MPH(5 km/h for Canada).

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h forCanada).


Condition:

(368,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]




. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h forCanada).

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by approxi-mately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).


SSD0903

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

GUID-C1D816C2-003C-435C-A882-A6EADCEF9169

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on thetraffic conditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch *A ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long againin that sequence.

Condition:

(369,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0613B

. The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the long-er the distance.

. If the engine is stopped, the setdistance becomes “long”. (Each timethe engine is started, the initial setting

becomes “long”.)

Approach warningGUID-A4EB4C01-19D7-4B1B-8DAD-BF4D1F9A9881

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depres-sing the brake pedal to maintain a safevehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distancebetween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehi-cles is increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicleThe warning chime will not sound when:

. the vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

. the accelerator pedal is depressed,overriding the system.


Condition:

(370,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD0284A

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe ICC sensor detects some reflectors *Awhich are fitted on vehicles in other lanesor on the side of the road. This may causethe ICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle. The ICC sensor may detectthese reflectors when the vehicle is drivenon winding roads, hilly roads or whenentering or exiting a curve. The ICC sensormay also detect reflectors on narrow roadsor in road construction zones. In thesecases you will have to manually control theproper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicleis being driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationGUID-15069D6C-9D6B-4E7F-BCA5-B2475A344694

A chime sounds under the following con-ditions and the control is automaticallycanceled.

. When the vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. When the system judges the vehicle isat standstill


. When the windshield wipers are operat-ing at low (LO) or high speed (HI).


. When the SNOW mode switch is turnedON

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When ABS or VDC (including the trac-tion control system) operates


. When distance measurement becomesimpaired due to adhesion of dirt orobstruction to the sensor

. When a wheel slips

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations

GUID-6DFA29F1-74FB-49DC-9757-C8E53F92D428

WARNING

. This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

. The system is primarily intended for useon straight, dry, open roads with lighttraffic. It is not advisable to use thesystem in city traffic or congested areas.

. This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. This system shouldbe used in evenly flowing traffic. Do notuse the system on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain orin fog.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never rely

Condition:

(371,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

solely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal, dependingon the distance to the vehicle ahead andthe surrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel once it judges thatthe vehicle has come to a standstill andsound a warning chime. To prevent thevehicle from moving, the driver mustdepress the brake pedal.

. Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manuallycontrol the proper following distance.The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode of the ICC system may not be ableto maintain the selected distance be-tween vehicles (following distance) orselected vehicle speed under somecircumstances.

. Normally when controlling the distanceto a vehicle ahead, this system auto-

matically accelerates or decelerates yourvehicle according to the speed of thevehicle ahead. Depress the acceleratorpedal to properly accelerate your vehiclewhen acceleration is required for a lanechange. Depress the brake pedal whendeceleration is required to maintain asafe distance to the vehicle ahead due toits sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in.Always stay alert when using the ICCsystem.

. The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe ICC system under the followingconditions:

— On roads where the traffic is heavyor there are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

When the windshield wiper is oper-ated at the low speed (LO) or highspeed (HI) position, the ICC system isautomatically canceled.

— When strong light (for example, at

sunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (the vehi-cle may go beyond the set vehiclespeed and frequent braking mayresult in overheating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

— When traffic conditions make itdifficult to keep a proper distancebetween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration

— In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Alwaysstay alert and avoid using the ICCsystem when it is not recommendedin this section.

The distance sensor will not detect thefollowing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway


Condition:

(372,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the reflectors on a vehicleahead. Therefore, if the sensor cannotdetect the reflector on the vehicle ahead,the ICC system may not maintain theselected distance.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis positioned high on the vehicle(trailer, etc.)

. When the reflector on the vehicle aheadis missing, damaged or covered

. When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis covered with dirt, snow and roadspray

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe sensor’s visibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation withinthe limitation of the system. When thesensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed,the system will automatically be canceled.If the sensor is covered with ice, atransparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc.,the ICC system may not detect them. Inthese instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode may not cancel andmay not be able to maintain the selectedfollowing distance from the vehicle ahead.Be sure to check and clean the sensorregularly.

Condition:

(373,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0252

The detection zone of the ICC sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the ICC system maywarn you by blinking the system indicator

and sounding the chime. The driver mayhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from vehicle traveling ahead.


Condition:

(374,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theICC sensor may detect vehicles in adifferent lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. This maycause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in the lane,etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, theICC system may warn you by blinking thesystem indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manually

control the proper distance away from thevehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC will adjust the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If thevehicle ahead changes lanes or exits thefreeway, the ICC system will accelerate andmaintain the speed up to the set speed.Pay attention to the driving operation tomaintain control of the vehicle as itaccelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, youwill have to manually control the vehiclespeed.

Condition:

(375,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVS0625X

*1 Warning light and display (example)

*2 MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

SSD0614

System temporarily unavailableGUID-2802F0F0-0ACC-4531-8CF8-5765824F9A45

Condition A:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Under the following conditions, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled. Thechime will sound and the system will notbe able to be set.

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When the VDC or ABS (including thetraction control system) operates

. When a tire slips

. When the SNOW mode switch is turnedON



Condition:

(376,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Action to take:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe MAIN switch *2 . Turn the ICC systemback on to use the system.

SSD0615

Condition B:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the sensor window is dirty, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theICC system is automatically canceled.

The chime sounds and the system warninglight (orange) will come on and the “CLEANSENSOR” indicator will appear.


If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place, turn the engine off.Clean the sensor window with a soft clothand then perform the settings again.

SSD0621

Condition C:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the systemwarning light (orange) will come on.


If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked at

Condition:

(377,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVS0636X

Sensor maintenanceGUID-B67E85C8-D0D1-4B4E-81D8-BC8DB9D80417

The sensor for the ICC system *A is locatedbelow the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the sensor clean. Wipewith a soft cloth carefully so as not todamage the sensor.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor. Do not touch orremove the screw located on thesensor. Doing so could cause failureor malfunction. If the sensor is da-maged due to an accident, contact an

INFINITI retailer.. Do not attach a sticker (including

transparent material) or install anaccessory near the sensor. This couldcause failure or malfunction.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

GUID-36DB00B5-F45A-45E5-8D61-1D8EDE4B46BD

This mode allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

WARNING

. In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime does notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead, as neither the pre-sence of the vehicle ahead nor thevehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

. Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision could occur.

. Always confirm the setting in the In-telligent Cruise Control system display.

. Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode when driving


Condition:

(378,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


under the following conditions:

— when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

— in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

— on winding or hilly roads

— on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

— in very windy areas

. Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident. SSD0904

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switch

GUID-D62DE7D2-8B6F-4B4E-8E41-91100C332695

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:

Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

SSD0618

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indica-tors

GUID-DE3519A1-927C-4526-B47E-A711C9291352


1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

2. Cruise set switch indicator:

Displays while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode of the ICCsystem.

Condition:

(379,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

3. Cruise system warning light:

Comes on if there is a malfunction inthe cruise control system.

SSD0905

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

GUID-CBF1298E-4C7D-4D61-8E07-5B69CA9FD99B

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theMAIN switch *A for longer than about 1.5seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, theIntelligent Cruise Control system displayand the CRUISE indicator are displayed onthe vehicle information display. After youhold the MAIN switch on for longer thanabout 1.5 seconds, the Intelligent CruiseControl system display goes out. TheCRUISE indicator stays lit. You can now

set your desired cruising speed. Pushingthe MAIN switch again will turn the systemcompletely off.

When the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position, the system is also automati-cally turned off. To use the IntelligentCruise Control again, quickly push andrelease the MAIN switch (vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode) or push and hold it(conventional cruise control mode) again toturn it on.

When the Distance Control Assist (DCA)system is on, the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode cannot beturned on even though the MAIN switch ispushed and held.

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, turn off the DCAsystem. See “Distance Control Assist(DCA) system” (P.5-63).

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF switch offwhen not using the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol.


Condition:

(380,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD0906

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (The SETindicator will come on in the display.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually main-tain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

. Push the CANCEL button. The SETindicator will go out.

. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorwill go out.

. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicator willgo out.



. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME set switch. When the vehicleattains the speed you desire, releasethe switch.

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).



. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).


System temporarily unavailableGUID-4454E689-417B-4270-B25B-1BCB02F12057

Under the following condition, a chime willsound and the system control is automa-tically canceled.

. When the vehicle slows downmore than8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed

. When the vehicle speed falls belowapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h)



. When the VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates

. When a wheel slips

Condition:

(381,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVS0626X

Warning lightGUID-932DDDAC-29B1-48A5-B67A-64C40A20D0FE

When the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the system warninglight (orange) will come on.


If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and thenperform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle isstill driveable under normal conditions,have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI

retailer.

PREVIEW FUNCTION (for IntelligentCruise Control system equippedmodels)

GUID-97601226-8036-42E9-8A3B-4A97D4E915A0

The ICC system with the preview functionidentifies the need to apply emergencybraking by sensing the vehicle ahead in thesame lane and the distance to the vehicleahead and relative speed from it, it appliesthe brake pre-pressure before the driverdepresses the brake pedal and helpsimprove brake response by reducing pedalfree play.

For more details, see “Brake assist” (P.5-98).

GUID-AAD93081-BC7C-48D7-8AB6-56C3A6C02B1E

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the DCA system couldresult in serious personal injury or death.

. Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the DCA system. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the DCA system. Toavoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emergencysituations. Do not use the DCA systemexcept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

. This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by


DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA) SYSTEM(if so equipped)

Condition:

(382,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


depressing the brake pedal, dependingon the distance to the vehicle ahead andthe surrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

. Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manuallydecelerate to maintain the proper follow-ing distance. The DCA systemmay not beable to decelerate the vehicle undersome circumstances.

. This system only brakes and moves theaccelerator pedal upward to help assistthe driver to maintain a following dis-tance from the vehicle ahead. Accelera-tion should be operated by the driver.

. The DCA system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles.Youmust pay attention to vehicle operationto maintain proper distance from vehi-cles ahead.

. The DCA system automatically decele-rates your vehicle to help assist thedriver to maintain a following distancefrom the vehicle ahead. Manually brakewhen deceleration is required to main-tain a safe distance upon sudden brak-

ing by the vehicle ahead or when avehicle suddenly appears in front of you.Always stay alert when using the DCAsystem.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel with a warning chimeonce it judges that the vehicle has cometo a standstill. To prevent the vehiclefrom moving, the driver must depressthe brake pedal.

. When the DCA system is not necessary,be sure to turn off the dynamic driverassistance switch. Using the systemwhen it is not necessary may result inan accident.

JVS0636X

The system is intended to assist the driverto keep a following distance from thevehicle ahead traveling in the same laneand direction.

If the distance sensor *A detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system willreduce the vehicle speed to help assistthe driver to maintain a following distance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to40% of vehicle braking power) if neces-sary.

The detection range of the sensor isapproximately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

Condition:

(383,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVS0627X

*1 Indicators (on the vehicle informationdisplay)

*2 Center display


DCA SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-2A3A796B-DDD2-4B0E-A18A-B772475513DB

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the DCA system couldresult in serious personal injury or death.

. When the vehicle ahead detection in-dicator light is not illuminated, systemwill not control or warn the driver.

. Never place your foot under the brakepedal. Your foot may be caught when thesystem controls the brake.

. Depending on the position of the accel-erator pedal, the systemmay not be ableto assist the driver to release theaccelerator pedal appropriately.

The DCA system brakes and moves theaccelerator pedal upward according to thedistance from and the relative speed of thevehicle ahead to help assist the driver inmaintaining a following distance. Thesystem will decelerate as necessary and ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill. How-ever, the DCA system can only apply up to40% of the vehicle’s total braking power. If


Condition:

(384,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


a vehicle moves into the traveling laneahead or if a vehicle traveling aheadrapidly decelerates, the distance betweenvehicles may become closer because theDCA system cannot decelerate the vehiclequickly enough. If this occurs, the DCAsystem will sound a warning chime andblink the system display to notify the driverto take necessary action.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-67).

SSD0746

*1 System set display with vehicle ahead*2 System set display without vehicle

ahead

The DCA system helps assist the driver tokeep a following distance to the vehicleahead by braking and moving the accel-erator pedal upward in the normal drivingcondition.

When a vehicle is detected ahead:

The vehicle ahead detection indicatorcomes on.

When vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead:

. If the driver’s foot is not on theaccelerator pedal, the system activatesthe brakes to decelerate smoothly asnecessary. If the vehicle ahead comesto a stop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations of thesystem.

. If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the accelera-tor pedal upward to assist the driver torelease the accelerator pedal.

Condition:

(385,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

When brake operation by driver is re-quired:

The system alerts the driver by a warningchime and blinking the vehicle aheaddetection indicator. If the driver’s foot ison the accelerator pedal after the warning,the system moves the accelerator pedalupward to assist the driver to switch to thebrake pedal.

The stoplights of the vehicle come on andthe brake pedal depresses when braking isperformed by the DCA system.

When the brake operates, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

Overriding the system:

The following driver’s operation overridesthe system operation.

. When the driver depresses the accel-erator pedal even further while thesystem is moving the accelerator pedalupward, the DCA system control of theaccelerator pedal is canceled.

. When the driver’s foot is on the accel-erator pedal, the brake control by thesystem is not operated.

. When the driver’s foot is on the brakepedal, neither the brake control nor thealert by the system operates.

. When the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem is set, the DCA system will becancelled.

Approach warningGUID-2A68561B-5BB0-489F-8469-7608A64895EF

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime andDCA system display. Decelerate by depres-sing the brake pedal to maintain a safevehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distancebetween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehi-cles is increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicleThe warning chime will not sound whenyour vehicle approaches vehicles that areparked or moving slowly.

SSD0284A

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe sensor detects some reflectors *Awhich are fitted on vehicles in other lanesor on the side of the road. This may causethe DCA system to operate inappropri-ately. The sensor may detect these reflec-tors when the vehicle is driven on windingroads, hilly roads or when entering orexiting a curve. The sensor may also detectreflectors on narrow roads or in roadconstruction zones. In these cases youwill have to manually control the properdistance ahead of your vehicle.


Condition:

(386,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicleis being driven with some damage).

JVS0628X

*1 DCA system switch indicator (on thevehicle information display)

*2 Center display


Condition:

(387,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

TURNING THE DCA SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-2A3B16C5-21B7-4211-80BC-FB23940D7397

To turn on the DCA system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch *3 onthe steering wheel after starting theengine. The DCA system switch indicator*1 in the vehicle information display willappear. Push the dynamic driver assis-tance switch *3 again to turn off the DCAsystem. The DCA system switch indicator*1 will turn off.

The system will start to operate after thevehicle speed is above approximately 3MPH (5 km/h).

The dynamic driver assistance switch *3 isused for both the LDP and DCA systems.When the dynamic driver assistance switch*3 is pushed, the LDP system will also turnon or off simultaneously. The DCA systemcan be individually set to on or off on thecenter display *2 and using the centermulti-function control panel *4 . If thesystem is set to off, the system will notturn on even if the dynamic driver assis-tance switch *3 is pushed to on. To set thesystem to on or off on the display, see“How to enable/disable the DCA system”(P.5-70).

When the Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode is operating, the DCA system

will not operate. (To use the DCA system,turn the Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode off, then push the dynamicdriver assistance switch *3 .)

For details about the Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode, see “Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) system (FULLSPEED RANGE)” (P.5-41).

When the engine is turned off, the systemis automatically turned off.

SSD0884

SSD0886


Condition:

(388,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE DCASYSTEM

GUID-7A6539D4-1D92-4CCB-B486-CF728DAF490A

1. Push the SETTING *1 button on thecenter multi-function control panel andhighlight the “Driver Assistance” keyon the center display using the INFINITIcontroller. (See “How to use INFINITIcontroller” (P.4-5).) Then push theENTER *2 button.

2. Highlight the “Dynamic Assistance set-tings” key, and push the ENTER *2button.

3. To set the DCA system to on or off,highlight the “Distance Control Assist”key, select ON or OFF and push theENTER *2 button.

If both the LDP and DCA systems are set toOFF on the center display, when thedynamic driver assistance switch ispushed, the LDP ON indicator light andthe DCA system switch indicator will blinkfor approximately 2 seconds. See “LaneDeparture Warning (LDW)/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) systems” (P.5-20) for theLDP system.

SSD0770

DCA SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICA-TORS

GUID-2FC442E3-419B-494D-83CA-6759EAFB12DB


1. Distance Control Assist (DCA) systemswitch indicator:

Indicates that the dynamic driver assis-tance switch is ON.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

3. Distance Control Assist system warninglight (orange):

The light comes on if there is amalfunction in the DCA system.

DCA SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-C4BA45D1-3B4B-475A-AC1D-47766D9D44CA

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations ofthe DCA system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. Do not use thesystem on roads with sharp curves, oron icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.

. The DCA system will not apply brakecontrol while the driver’s foot is on theaccelerator pedal.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal, dependingon the distance to the vehicle ahead andthe surrounding circumstances in order

Condition:

(389,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

to maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

. Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manuallydecelerate to maintain the proper follow-ing distance. The DCA systemmay not beable to decelerate the vehicle undersome circumstances.

. The DCA system automatically decele-rates your vehicle to help assist thedriver to maintain a following distancefrom the vehicle ahead. Manually brakewhen deceleration is required to main-tain a safe distance upon sudden brak-ing by the vehicle ahead or when avehicle suddenly appears in front of you.Always stay alert when using the DCAsystem.

. The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe DCA system under the followingconditions:

— On roads with sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,

etc.)

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle


— On steep downhill roads (frequentbraking may result in overheatingthe brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. You may need tocontrol the distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Always stayalert and avoid using the DCA systemwhen it is not recommended in thissection.

The distance sensor will not detect thefollowing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the reflectors on a vehicleahead. Therefore, if the sensor cannotdetect the reflector on the vehicle ahead,the DCA system may not operate.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis positioned high on the vehicle(trailer, etc.)

. When the reflector on the vehicle aheadis missing, damaged or covered

. When the reflector of the vehicle aheadis covered with dirt, snow and roadspray

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe sensor’s visibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle


Condition:

(390,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD0252

The detection zone of the sensor is limited.A vehicle ahead must be in the detectionzone for the system to operate.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver may haveto manually control the proper distance

away from vehicle traveling ahead.

Condition:

(391,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, thesensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect avehicle traveling ahead. This may causethe system to work inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in the lane,etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, thesystem may warn you by blinking thesystem indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from the

vehicle traveling ahead.


Condition:

(392,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVS0630X

*1 Warning light and indicators

*2 Dynamic driver assistance switch

SSD0771


GUID-139D3B92-1D72-4141-9F07-7022B56DDCCA

Condition A:

Under the following conditions, the DCAsystem is automatically canceled. Thechime will sound and the DCA systemswitch indicator will blink. The system willnot be able to be set.

. When the VDC system is off (To use theDCA system, turn on the VDC, thenpush the dynamic driver assistanceswitch.)For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-

Condition:

(393,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

tem” (P.5-102).. When the VDC or ABS (including the

traction control system) operates. When the SNOW mode switch is ON (To

use the DCA system, turn off the SNOWmode switch, then turn on the dynamicdriver assistance switch *2 .)For details about the SNOW modeswitch, see “SNOW mode switch” (P.2-42).


Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off with thedynamic driver assistance switch *2 . Turnthe DCA system back on to use the system.

SSD0772

Condition B:When the sensor window isdirty, making it impossible to detect avehicle ahead, the DCA system is auto-matically canceled.

The chime sounds and the system warninglight (“CRUISE” orange) will come on andthe “CLEAN SENSOR” indicator will appear.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place, turn the engine off.Clean the sensor window with a soft clothand then perform the settings again.

SSD0787

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONGUID-F5281874-0CE0-49EB-B198-B3F558CF430A

Condition:

When the DCA system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the systemwarning light (“CRUISE” orange) will comeon.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, and turn on the DCAsystem again.


Condition:

(394,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]



JVS0636X

SENSOR MAINTENANCEGUID-E21DBA00-CD1D-4D88-A016-1968F9602270

The sensor for the DCA system *A islocated below the front bumper.

The DCA system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation. Whenthe sensor is covered with dirt or isobstructed, the system will automaticallybe canceled. If the sensor is covered withice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,etc., the DCA system may not detect them.In these instances, the DCA system maynot be able to decelerate the vehicleproperly. Be sure to check and clean thesensor regularly.

To keep the DCA system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:


. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor. Do not touch orremove the screw located on thesensor. Doing so could cause failureor malfunction. If the sensor is da-maged due to an accident, contact anINFINITI retailer.

. Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install anaccessory near the sensor. This couldcause failure or malfunction.

Condition:

(395,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-AC14265D-4B04-45A1-930E-06F725DFD0E5

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the FCW system couldresult in serious personal injury or death.

. The FCW system is intended to warn thedriver before a collision but it will notintervene to avoid a collision. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

. As there is a performance limit, thesystem may not provide a warning incertain conditions.

JVS0636X

The FCW system will warn the driver by anindicator and chime when the vehicle isgetting close to the vehicle ahead in thetraveling lane.

The FCW system uses the distance sensor*A located below the front bumper tomeasure the distance to the vehicle ahead.


FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW)SYSTEM (if so equipped)

Condition:

(396,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVS0631X

*1 Vehicle ahead detection indicator (onthe vehicle information display)

*2 Warning systems switch

FCW SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-06F558BB-90CF-4FEB-A46F-17920DEFA839

The FCW system will function at speeds ofapproximately 10 MPH (15 km/h) andabove, when the system turns on.

When the system judges that your vehicleis getting close to the vehicle ahead in thetravel lane, the vehicle ahead detectionindicator *1 on the vehicle informationdisplay blinks and a warning chimesounds.

Condition:

(397,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVS0632X

*1 LDW indicator light (orange)

*2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator*3 Warning systems switch*4 Warning systems ON indicator light

TURNING THE FCW SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-6FECEFFF-0252-4BB0-B068-0631D4547EA5

The FCW system is automatically turned onwhen the engine is started and the warningsystems ON indicator light *4 illuminateson the switch. You can turn the FCW systemoff by pushing the warning systems switch*3 on the instrument panel. This switchwill turn on and off the FCW, LDW and BSWsystems at the same time.

NOTE:

If you continue to push the warningsystems switch from off to on for over 4seconds, a chime will sounds and the LDWindicator light (orange) *1 flashes. Thiswill change the default status of the FCW,LDWand BSW systems to OFF so that thesesystems will not automatically turn onwhen the engine is started. If this proce-dure is repeated, the default status willreturn to ON.


Condition:

(398,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-E6CD8DCD-7100-4AD2-9117-4702A2FEFF68

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations ofthe FCW system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The system will not detect the followingobjects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

— Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. The system will not detect anothervehicle under the following conditions:

— When the sensor gets dirty and it isimpossible to detect the distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

— When driving into a strong light (forexample, sunlight)

. The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the reflectors on a vehicleahead. Therefore, the system may notfunction properly under the followingconditions:

— When the reflectors of the vehicleahead are positioned high or close toeach other (including a small vehiclesuch as motorcycles).

— When the sensor gets dirty or it isimpossible to detect the distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

— When the reflectors on the vehicleahead are missing, damaged orcovered.

— When the reflectors of the vehicleahead are covered with dirt, snow orroad spray.

— When visibility is low (such as rain,fog, snow, etc.).

— When snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles is splashed.

— When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe visibility of the sensor.

— When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle.

— When abruptly accelerating or de-celerating.

— On a steep downhill slope or onroads with sharp curves.

— When there is a highly reflectiveobject near the vehicle ahead (forexample, being very close to anothervehicle, signboard, etc.)

. Depending on certain road conditions(curved or beginning of a curve), vehicleconditions (steering position or vehicleposition), or the preceding vehicle’sconditions (position in lane, etc.), thesystem may not function properly. Thesystem may detect highly reflectiveobjects such as reflectors, signs, whitemarkers, and other stationary objects onthe road or near the traveling lane andprovide unnecessary warning.

. The system may not function in offsetconditions.

. The system may not function when thedistance to the vehicle ahead is extre-mely close.

. The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s functionality. If thesensor is covered with ice, a transparentor translucent plastic bag, etc., thesystem may not detect them. In theseinstances the system may not be able to

Condition:

(399,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

warn the driver properly. Be sure tocheck and clean the sensor regularly.


. A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front(for example, it abruptly cuts in) may notbe detected and the system may notwarn the driver soon enough.

SSD0887

*A IBA OFF indicator light*B IBA OFF switch


GUID-680BB1EA-FFCA-4817-8E81-7541F7E4734F

The system will be cancelled automaticallywith a beep sound and the IBA OFFindicator light *A will illuminate underthe following conditions:

. When the sensor window is dirty

. When the system malfunctionsIf the IBA OFF indicator light *A illuminateswith a beep sound, pull off the road to asafe location, stop the vehicle and turn theengine off. Check to see if the sensor

window is dirty. If the sensor window isdirty, clean it with a soft cloth and restartthe engine. If the sensor window is notdirty, restart the engine. If the IBA OFFindicator light *A continues to illuminateeven if the IBA system is turned on with theIBA OFF switch *B , have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

To turn on the IBA system, push and holdthe IBA OFF switch *B for more than 1second after starting the engine.


Condition:

(400,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVS0636X

SENSOR MAINTENANCEGUID-30EA2ED9-FA16-42FB-91EB-D3D9FFA3A929

The sensor *A for the FCW system islocated below the front bumper.

To keep the FCW system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:





Condition:

(401,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-465533BA-D780-4D07-81DD-B7EB63B1E55B

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the IBA system couldresult in serious personal injury or death.

. The IBA system is not a collisionavoidance system. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

. As there is a performance limit, thesystem may not provide a warning orbraking in certain conditions.

JVS0636X

The IBA system warns the driver by awarning and chime when there is a risk of acollision with the vehicle ahead in thetraveling lane and the driver must takeavoidance action immediately. The systemhelps reduce the rear-end collision speedby applying the brakes when the systemjudges that the collision cannot be pre-vented.

The IBA system uses a distance sensor *Alocated below the front bumper to measurethe distance to a vehicle ahead.


INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST (IBA) SYSTEM(if so equipped)

Condition:

(402,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVS0633X

*1 Vehicle ahead detection indicator

*2 IBA OFF indicator light*3 IBA OFF switch

IBA SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-92F759FC-FBC9-426A-88A8-24B9155C86EA

The IBA system will function when yourvehicle is driven at speeds of approxi-mately 10 MPH (15 km/h) or above, andwhen the vehicle’s speed is approximately10 MPH (15 km/h) faster than that of thevehicle ahead.

When the system judges that your vehicleis getting close to the vehicle ahead in thetraveling lane, the vehicle ahead detectionindicator *1 on the vehicle informationdisplay blinks and a warning chimesounds.

Condition:

(403,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

JVS0634X

*1 IBA OFF indicator light

*2 IBA OFF switch

TURNING THE IBA SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-179AF1E6-DD05-4E11-A12C-67C8DB064B12

The IBA system will be turned on/off bypushing the IBA OFF switch *2 . The IBA OFFindicator light *1 will illuminate when thesystem is turned off.

To turn the system off/on, push and holdthe IBA OFF switch *2 for more than 1second after starting the engine. When theIBA OFF indicator light *1 on the instru-ment panel turns off and the IBA OFF switch*2 is pushed, the system will turn off andthe IBA OFF indicator light *1 will illumi-nate. When the IBA OFF switch *2 ispushed again, the system will turn onand the IBA OFF indicator light *1 will turnoff.

The IBA system will remain in the last ON orOFF state it was left in until it is manuallychanged by pushing the IBA OFF switch *2 .

IBA SYSTEM LIMITATIONSGUID-66EB5550-911F-4933-B102-ACD397FF2091

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations ofthe IBA system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.


Condition:

(404,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. The system will not detect the followingobjects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

— Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. The system will not detect anothervehicle under the following conditions:


— When driving into a strong light (forexample, sunlight)

. The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the reflectors on a vehicleahead. Therefore, the system may notfunction properly under the followingconditions:

— When the reflectors of the vehicleahead are positioned high or close toeach other (including a small vehiclesuch as motorcycles).


— When the reflectors on the vehicleahead are missing, damaged or

covered.

— When the reflectors of the vehicleahead are covered with dirt, snow orroad spray.

— When visibility is low (such as rain,fog, snow, etc.).

— When snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles is splashed.

— When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe visibility of the sensor.

— When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle.

— When abruptly accelerating or de-celerating.

— On a steep downhill slope or onroads with sharp curves.

— When there is a highly reflectiveobject near the vehicle ahead (forexample, being very close to anothervehicle, signboard, etc.)

. Depending on certain road conditions(curved or beginning of a curve), vehicleconditions (steering position or vehicleposition), or the preceding vehicle’s

conditions (position in lane, etc.), thesystem may not function properly. Thesystem may detect highly reflectiveobjects such as reflectors, signs, whitemarkers, and other stationary objects onthe road or near the traveling lane andprovide unnecessary warning.

. The system may not function in offsetconditions.

. The system may not function when thedistance to the vehicle ahead is extre-mely close.

Condition:

(405,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0782

Reflectors on the road

WARNING

. The system may detect highly reflectiveobjects such as reflectors, signs, whitemarkers and other stationary objects onthe road or near the traveling lane.

In extreme conditions, detection of theseobjects may cause the system to acti-vate.

. The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s functionality. If thesensor is covered with ice, a transparentor translucent plastic bag, etc., the

system may not detect them. In theseinstances the system may not be able towarn the driver properly. Be sure tocheck and clean the sensor regularly.


. Never place your foot under the brakepedal when the IBA system turns on.Your foot may be caught when thesystem controls the brake.

. A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front(for example, it abruptly cuts in) may notbe detected and the system may notwarn the driver soon enough.

SSD0887

*A IBA OFF indicator light*B IBA OFF switch


GUID-1A23BB1E-BC1F-459E-95FF-CFF4D6F528F6

Illumination of the IBA OFF indicator light*A without the warning chime sound is anindication that the IBA system is tempora-rily unavailable. It will occur under thefollowing conditions:


The IBA OFF indicator light *A will turn offwhen the system returns to its normaloperating conditions.


Condition:

(406,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


The system will be cancelled automaticallywith a beep sound and the IBA OFFindicator light *A will illuminate underthe following conditions:

. When the sensor window is dirty

. When the system malfunctionsIf the IBA OFF indicator light *A illuminateswith a beep sound, pull off the road to asafe location, stop the vehicle and turn theengine off. Check to see if the sensorwindow is dirty. If the sensor window isdirty, clean it with a soft cloth and restartthe engine. If the sensor window is notdirty, restart the engine. If the IBA OFFindicator light *A continues to illuminateeven if the IBA system is turned on with theIBA OFF switch *B , have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

To turn on the IBA system, push and holdthe IBA OFF switch *B for more than 1second after starting the engine.

JVS0636X

SENSOR MAINTENANCEGUID-C30CCFA4-E005-4755-BC6B-73B4BA4896E8

The sensor for the IBA system *A is locatedbelow the front bumper.

To keep the IBA system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:





Condition:

(407,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-10D0AD70-6379-4FE2-9B74-B78AAFF5A249

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle.

Failure to follow these recommendationsmay result in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow. Do notrun the engine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possi-ble.

GUID-36F574D4-B395-43F9-8063-4EC12336BC88

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.

1. Use smooth accelerator and brakepedal application.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possi-ble.

. Maintain constant speed while com-muting and coast whenever possi-ble.

2. Maintain constant speed.. Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with traf-

fic lights allows you to reduce yournumber of stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed canminimize red light stops and im-prove fuel efficiency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at highervehicle speeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool thevehicle due to increased aerody-

namic drag.. Recirculating the cool air in the cabin

when the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-tances.. Observing the speed limit and not

exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuelefficiency due to reduced aerody-namic drag.

. Maintaining a safe following dis-tance behind other vehicles reducesunnecessary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to antici-pate changes in speed permitsreduced braking and smooth accel-eration changes.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steadyspeed.

. Cruise control is particularly effec-tive in providing fuel savings whendriving on flat terrains.


BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

Condition:

(408,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to savetime.

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe

for stops exceeding 30-60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruis-ing speed through the toll and avoidstopping and starting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact

to fuel economy.. Vehicles typically need no more than

30 seconds of idling at start-up toeffectively circulate the engine oilbefore driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its idealoperating temperature more quicklywhile driving versus idling.

10.Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered

parking area or in the shade when-ever possible.

. When entering a hot vehicle, open-ing the windows will help to reducethe inside temperature faster, result-ing in reduced demand on your A/Csystem.

GUID-51AEC030-65C9-47EF-B6A3-8493FD8D8CF2

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. (See “Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation” (P.9-5).)

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

Condition:

(409,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-2AFF35EE-62A6-4333-8128-74208A7BC8F6

SSD0336

The AWD warning light is located in themeter.

The AWD warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. It turns off soon after the engineis started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD

system while the engine is running, thewarning light will come on.

The warning light may blink rapidly (abouttwice per second) while trying to free astuck vehicle due to high power train oiltemperature. The driving mode may changeto two-wheel drive. If the warning lightblinks rapidly during operation, stop thevehicle with the engine idling in a safeplace immediately. Then if the light goesoff after a while, you can continue driving.

A large difference between the diametersof front and rear wheels will make thewarning light blink slowly (about once pertwo seconds). Pull off the road in a safearea, and idle the engine. Check that all tiresizes are the same, tire pressure is correctand tires are not worn.

If the warning light is blinking after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI retailer as soon aspossible.

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission to

any drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing) or similarequipment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure thatyou inform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment mayresult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the engine on a free rollerwhen any of the wheels are raised.

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunction in theAWD system. Reduce the vehicle speed


ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so equipped)

Condition:

(410,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


and have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI retailer as soon as possible.

. If the warning light remains on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI retailer as soonas possible.

. The power train may be damaged if youcontinue driving with the warning lightblinking.

GUID-EAE9EBBF-502A-4AAE-9C1A-14AAF7397509

SD1006MA

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may ignite andcause a fire.

. Never leave the engine running while thevehicle is unattended.

. Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowinglyactivate switches or controls. Unat-tended children could become involvedin serious accidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

. Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be applied andthe transmission be placed in the P(Park) position. Failure to do so could

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Condition:

(411,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

cause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in an accident.

. Make sure the automatic transmissionshift lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on asloping drive way, it is a good practiceto turn the wheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: *1

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *2Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: *3Turn the wheels toward the side ofthe road so the vehicle will move

away from the center of the road if itmoves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.


Condition:

(412,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-A813D745-B0C6-4233-BC8B-EAE744FD23DA

SSD0622

WARNING

. The sonar system is a convenience but itis not a substitute for proper parking.Always look around and check that it issafe to do so before parking. Alwaysmove slowly.

. Read and understand the limitations ofthe sonar system as contained in thissection. Inclement weather may affectthe function of the sonar system; thismay include reduced performance or afalse activation.

. This system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.

. The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationaryobjects to help avoid damaging thevehicle. The system will not detect smallobjects below the bumper, and may notdetect objects that are too close to thebumper or on the ground.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may be alteredcausing inaccurate measurement of ob-

stacles or false alarms.

CAUTION

Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible to hear the tone clearly.

The sonar system sounds a tone to warnthe driver of obstacles near the bumper.When the “Sonar Display” key is ON, thesonar indicator will also appear in thecenter display. (See “Sonar indicator” (P.5-95).) The system detects front obstacleswhen the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position or N (Neutral) position and bothfront and rear obstacles when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position.

The system may not detect objects atspeeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h) and maynot detect certain angular or movingobjects.

The sonar system detects obstacles up to3.9 ft (1.2 m) from the bumper with adecreased coverage area at the outercorners of the bumper. Refer to theillustration for approximate zone coverageareas. As you move closer to the obstacle,

SONAR SYSTEM (if so equipped)

Condition:

(413,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

the rate of the tone increases. When theobstacle is less than 11.8 in (30 cm) away,the tone will sound continuously.

Keep the corner/center sonar (located onthe bumper fascia) free from snow, ice andlarge accumulations of dirt (do not cleanthe sonar with sharp objects). If the sonaris covered, it will affect the accuracy of thesonar system.

The sensitivity level of the corner/centersonar can be adjusted (higher or lower) inthe SONAR setting display. (See “How touse SETTING button” (P.4-13) for the“Sonar” settings.)

The intermittent tone will stop in 3 secondswhen an obstacle is detected by only thecorner sensor and the distance does notchange.

JVS0503X

*1 Sonar display

*A Corner sonar indicator*B Center sonar indicator*2 RearView Monitor display

SONAR INDICATORGUID-0A70A675-477A-4B18-A72E-37D543708D03

With the “Sonar Display” key ON in the“Sonar” settings, when the corner/centersonar detects obstacles near the bumper, atone will sound and the sonar indicator willappear in the center display *1 . When theRearView Monitor is displayed, the sonarindicator will appear in the upper corner ofthe display *2 .

The sonar indicators *A and *B indicatethe position of the object and the distanceto the object with its color and rate ofblinking.

When an object is detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks (the tonesounds intermittently). When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate ofblinking increases (the rate of the toneincreases). When the bumper is very closeto the object, less than 11.8 in (30 cm)away, the indicator stops blinking andturns red (the tone sounds continuously).

When the RearView Monitor is displayed,the colors of the sonar indicator and thedistance guide lines in the rear viewindicate different distance to the object.

The sonar indicator can be turned off in the


Condition:

(414,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SONAR setting display. (See “How to useSETTING button” (P.4-13) for the “Sonar”settings.) When the sonar indicator is off,only a tone sounds when the sonar detectsobstacles.

SSD0709

SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCHGUID-CA6D8815-AF68-4935-A42F-0A5E3DF4886A

The sonar system OFF switch on the lowerside of the instrument panel allows thedriver to turn the sonar system on and off.To turn the sonar system on and off, theignition switch must be in the ON position.The indicator light *1 on the switch willilluminate when the system is turned off. Ifthe indicator light flashes when the sonarsystem is not turned off, it may indicate amalfunction in the sonar system.

The sonar system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions.

. When the ignition switch is turned from

the OFF position to the ON position.. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)

position.. When the vehicle speed is less than 6

MPH (10 km/h).The automatic turning on function can beturned on and off by pushing the switch formore than 4 seconds.

Condition:

(415,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-7365CD83-D7CC-403B-ABCC-17F78FCE9580

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will beharder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hy-draulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks,you will still have control of the vehicle.However, much greater steering effort isneeded, especially in sharp turns and atlow speeds.

GUID-BA7E9B42-E6A1-483B-8EA7-659A5EC69382

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSGUID-C49BFE2F-694A-4B1F-ACF8-78CEF5D760AD

The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

You may feel a small click and hear a soundwhen the brake pedal is fully depressedslowly. This is not a malfunction andindicates that the brake assist mechanismis operating properly.

Vacuum assisted brakesGUID-239EE89D-FF2A-4B40-B850-165EEC876EAA

The brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and the stopping distancewill be longer.

When the brake pedal is depressed slowlyand firmly, you may hear a clicking noiseand feel a slight pulsation. This is normaland indicates that the Brake Assist Systemis operating.

Wet brakesGUID-44F055D3-0890-4EF5-A5E6-0D716CFF6821

When the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet.As a result, your braking distance will belonger and the vehicle may pull to one side

during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly tapping the brake pedalto heat-up the brakes. Do this until thebrakes return to normal. Avoid driving thevehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INGUID-09770916-692D-4289-9868-79769B238EA8

Break in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced,in order to assure the best brakingperformance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed byan INFINITI retailer.

Using the brakesGUID-6BC2C833-2D36-4C08-91B0-075EF797B006

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will cause overheatingof the brakes, wearing out the brake andpads faster and reduce gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performance


POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM

Condition:

(416,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


and could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

. If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thebrakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

GUID-F2D40397-D9A6-45A1-B8FA-87F8507C40C9

BRAKE ASSISTGUID-1484B543-9951-472C-80FA-6B360E1F45A8

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster evenwith light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

PREVIEW FUNCTION (IntelligentCruise Control system equippedmodels)

GUID-D09DFF52-7B51-475A-B15E-14C897D73B13

When the Preview Function identifies theneed to apply emergency braking bysensing a vehicle ahead in the same laneand the distance and relative speed from it,it applies the brake pre-pressure beforethe driver depresses the brake pedal andhelps improve brake response by reducingpedal free play.

. This system will not operate when thevehicle is moving at approximately 20MPH (32 km/h) or less.

. The pre-pressure function ceases whenthe following conditions are met:— When the driver depresses the

accelerator pedal or the brake ped-al.

— If the driver does not operate theaccelerator or brake pedal withinapproximately 1 second.

BRAKE ASSIST

Condition:

(417,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SSD0338

. The sensor will not detect:— Pedestrians or objects in the road-

way— Oncoming vehicles in the same lane— Motorcycles traveling offset in the

travel lane as illustrated

WARNING

. This system is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle at

all times.

. As there is a performance limit to thePreview Function, never rely solely onthis system. This system does notcorrect careless inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibi-lity in rain, fog, or other bad weather.Reduce vehicle speed by depressing thebrake pedal, in order to maintain a safedistance between vehicles.

. The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. The Preview Function maynot operate properly under the followingconditions. The vehicle is still driveableunder normal conditions and the BrakeAssist will operate.


— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle

— Winding or hilly roads may causethe sensor to temporarily not detecta vehicle in the same lane or maydetect objects or vehicles in otherlanes.

— Vehicle position in the lane maycause the sensor to temporarily notdetect a vehicle in the same lane ormay detect objects or vehicles inother lanes.


Condition:

(418,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SSD0471

Warning light and displayGUID-0ED41534-FEA8-4C61-B181-E886020C3BC2

When the Preview Function is not operatingproperly, the buzzer sounds and thesystem warning light (orange) will comeon.


If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine and resume driving.

If the indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the Preview Function is malfunction-ing (the brake is operative). Although theVehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked at


How to handle the sensorGUID-5FE596BC-1477-47BB-A996-5C1CADB0AE49

The sensor for the Preview Function iscommon with Intelligent Cruise Control andis located below the front bumper.

To keep the Preview Function operatingproperly, be sure to observe the following:


. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor. Do not touch orremove the screw located on thesensor. Doing so could cause failureor malfunction. If the sensor is da-maged due to an accident, contact anINFINITI retailer.

. Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install anaccessory near the sensor. This couldcause failure or malfunction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)GUID-85380D8A-4BD0-498F-B350-7DE5284287C5

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is asophisticated device, but it cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from careless ordangerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control duringbraking on slippery surfaces. Rememberthat stopping distances on slipperysurfaces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in front ofyou. Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

. Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. See “Tire

Condition:

(419,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

and Loading Information label” (P.9-11).

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” (P.8-29).

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con-trols the brakes so the wheels do not lockduring hard braking or when braking onslippery surfaces. The system detects therotation speed at each wheel and variesthe brake fluid pressure to prevent eachwheel from locking and sliding. By pre-venting each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemGUID-3868867B-C702-4422-8A3D-5F07812E8BFB

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheelsfrom locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoidobstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so mayresult in increased stopping distances.

Self-test featureGUID-8C38208D-BDD0-4E16-BA43-F07BEDECBDAB

The ABS includes electronic sensors, elec-tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and acomputer. The computer has a built-indiagnostic feature that tests the systemeach time you start the engine and movethe vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse.When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsa-tion in the brake pedal. This is normal anddoes not indicate a malfunction. If thecomputer senses a malfunction, it switchesthe ABS off and illuminates the ABSwarning light on the instrument panel.The brake system then operates normally,but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have thevehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer.

Normal operationGUID-1EBEE483-014E-4CF9-8998-795276421AF5

The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed variesaccording to road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulicpressure. This action is similar to pumpingthe brakes very quickly. You may feel apulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise from under the hood or feel avibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicatesthat the ABS is operating properly. How-ever, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care isrequired while driving.


Condition:

(420,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-A482E96B-B301-4220-AB3C-3EEB8EFE301F

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driverinputs and vehicle motion. Under certaindriving conditions, the VDC system helpsto perform the following functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reducewheel slip on one slipping drive wheelso power is transferred to a nonslipping drive wheel on the same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engineoutput to reduce drive wheel slip basedon vehicle speed (traction control func-tion).

. Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:— understeer (vehicle tends to not

follow the steered path despiteincreased steering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin dueto certain road or driving condi-tions).

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but itcannot prevent loss of vehicle control inall driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panel

flashes so note the following:

. The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is requiredto help keep the vehicle on the steeredpath.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibrationfrom under the hood. This is normal andindicates that the VDC system is work-ing properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-16).

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC warning light illuminates in theinstrument panel. The VDC system auto-matically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The VDC off indicator lightilluminates to indicate the VDC system isoff.When the VDC switch is used to turn offthe system, the VDC system still operatesto prevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non slipping drivewheel. The VDC warning light flashes ifthis occurs. All other VDC functions are off,and the VDC warning light will notflash. The VDC system is automatically

reset to on when the ignition switch isplaced in the off position then back to theon position.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-16) and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-19).

The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicleforward or in reverse at a slow speed.Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a“clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and is notan indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpimprove driving stability but does notprevent accidents due to abrupt steeringoperation at high speeds or by carelessor dangerous driving techniques. Reducevehicle speed and be especially carefulwhen driving and cornering on slipperysurfaces and always drive carefully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shockabsorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM

Condition:

(421,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

bars, bushings and wheels are notINFINITI recommended for your vehicleor are extremely deteriorated, the VDCsystem may not operate properly. Thiscould adversely affect vehicle handlingperformance, and the VDC warning light

may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are not INFINITIrecommended or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not operateproperly and the VDC warning lightmay illuminate.

. If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, the VDC warning lightmay illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked corners,the VDC system may not operate prop-erly and the VDC warning light mayilluminate. Do not drive on these types ofroads.

. When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the VDC warning light mayilluminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving onto a

stable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.

GUID-F2C4EA30-5567-4530-A6B1-9F439C2AFBBE

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKGUID-556AB3F6-618A-43E9-BA90-FC6513D5E29B

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole or use theIntelligent Key system.

ANTIFREEZEGUID-14BDA2D3-E445-4D31-A508-93DD84D14E8E

In the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F(08C), check antifreeze to assure properwinter protection. For additional informa-tion, see “Engine cooling system” (P.8-7).

BATTERYGUID-5593718B-481D-4A85-BE3D-EAF7CBF4262D

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.For additional information, see “Battery”(P.8-15).

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERGUID-765EDC4B-6E10-4CAD-96DC-0F73F01AC381

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, in-cluding the engine block. Refill beforeoperating the vehicle. For details, see“Engine cooling system” (P.8-7).


COLD WEATHER DRIVING

Condition:

(422,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


TIRE EQUIPMENTGUID-1CA8DAE2-704C-45E1-ADDE-12FEC45C20DC

SUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Consult an INFINITI retailer for the tire type,size, speed rating and availability informa-tion.

For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However, someU.S. states and Canadian provinces prohi-bit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see“Tire chains” (P.8-36).

For all-wheel driveGUID-839D0174-09FD-4A7F-8017-49970E3872CB

If you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction andtread pattern on all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTGUID-6B7C470C-F2FB-4473-B3CE-1FBF3ECC08A9

It is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush toremove ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICEGUID-3236EB46-D18D-4D19-956A-78F9BA603AF3

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting toofast, the drive wheels will lose even moretraction.

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

. Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwise clearroad in shaded areas. If a patch of ice isseen ahead, brake before reaching it. Trynot to brake while on the ice, and avoidany sudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control on slipperyroads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. Keep snow clear ofthe exhaust pipe and from around yourvehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

GUID-7681A93D-5026-44D0-81C2-E040A03C1AC5

Engine block heaters are used to assistwith cold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 208F(−78C) or lower.

Condition:

(423,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

To use the engine block heaterGUID-FE2553FE-DFD1-42C9-9A07-482D598D2FD8

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours,depending on outside temperatures, toproperly warm the engine coolant. Usean appropriate timer to turn the engineblock heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heater withan ungrounded electrical system or a 2-pronged adapter. You can be seriouslyinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.

. Disconnect and properly store the en-gine block heater cord before startingthe engine. Damage to the cord couldresult in an electrical shock and cancause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least 10A.Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-VAC outlet. Failure to use the properextension cord or a grounded outlet canresult in a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.


Condition:

(424,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


MEMO

Condition:

(425,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ................................ 6-2Roadside assistance program ................................. 6-2Emergency engine shut off ..................................... 6-3Flat tire .................................................................. 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 6-3Changing a flat tire ............................................ 6-4

Jump starting ......................................................... 6-8Push starting ....................................................... 6-10If your vehicle overheats ...................................... 6-10Towing your vehicle ............................................. 6-11

Towing recommended by INFINITI .................... 6-12Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ........ 6-14

Condition:

(426,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

6-2 In case of emergency

GUID-ACF6D47C-7AAA-4B7A-B02A-0F1F6CF62D6C

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights willflash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

. Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unlessunusual circumstances force you to driveso slowly that your vehicle might be-come a hazard to other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with theignition switch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

GUID-96DA9402-0531-4A66-9368-B7490B9A9A99

In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is available toyou. Please refer to your Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & RoadsideAssistance Information Booklet (Canada)for details.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

Condition:

(427,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-5912370E-3E34-4B63-8EC8-9A6325763C2F

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation, while driving perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

GUID-A5119E02-3046-4764-81FF-DBF30CEB2EC3

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

GUID-7478345F-A7C3-427E-ABAB-5ADEB0DD4ED3

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning appears on the vehicleinformation display, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. If thevehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the TPMS will activate and warnyou of it by the low tire pressure warninglight. This system will activate only whenthe vehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see“Warning lights, indicator lights and audi-ble reminders” (P.2-10) and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage

the tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personalinjury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjustingthe tire pressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible.



. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressure

In case of emergency 6-3

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

Condition:

(428,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREGUID-0E0B2B4B-9FED-4F60-A0A7-865CEFB88E8F

If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc-tions below.

Stopping the vehicleGUID-463EF4D0-F1DC-4747-8B03-C6AC4E8440C0

1. Safely move the vehicle off the roadand away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,and to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the automatic transmissionis in the P (Park) position.

. Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

. Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsGUID-B53A0AED-5427-40D4-B0CA-8C8E6659E030

Place suitable blocks *1 at both the frontand back of the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire to prevent the vehicle frommoving when it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

Condition:

(429,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SCE0724

Getting the spare tire and toolsGUID-547B9146-5878-4C5B-90AE-22C6052BC712

Raise the luggage room floor cover *1using the handle *A , then hang it on theedge of the luggage room opening *2using the hook *B .

SCE0725

Remove jacking tools and the spare tirelocated under the luggage room as illu-strated.

Jacking up the vehicle and remov-ing the damaged tire

GUID-F0301D0F-22E3-4B16-82E2-29A849900DDF

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the

jack provided with your vehicle on othervehicles. The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points. Never useany other part of the vehicle for jacksupport.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under the jack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it may cause thevehicle to move. This is especially truefor vehicles with limited slip differen-tials.

. Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.


Condition:

(430,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SCE0731

Jack-up point1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up

point as illustrated so the top of thejack contacts the vehicle at the jack-uppoint. Align the jack head between thetwo notches in the front or the rear asshown. Also fit the groove of the jackhead between the notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

SCE0504

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turnsby turning counterclockwise with thewheel nut wrench. Do not remove thewheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rodwith both hands as shown above.Remove the wheel nuts, and thenremove the tire.

Condition:

(431,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SCE0661

Installing the spare tireGUID-569B2BAA-F09C-4F00-B8F9-1DCCB506FD3D

The T-type spare tire is designed foremergency use. (See specific instructionsunder the heading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29).)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated (*1 , *2 , *3 , *4 ,*5 ) until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence asillustrated. Lower the vehicle comple-tely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tigh-tened wheel nuts can cause the wheel tobecome loose or come off. This couldcause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to specification at all times. It

is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to specifications at eachlubrication interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver side centerpillar.

Stowing the damaged tire and toolsGUID-7FB62E67-6127-48F8-A44D-D21F29D6474E

1. Securely store the damaged tire, jackand tools in the storage area.

2. Close the luggage floor board.

3. Close the lift gate.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tire andjacking equipment are properly securedafter use. Such items can become dan-gerous projectiles in an accident orsudden stop.


Condition:

(432,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. The T-type spare tire and small sizespare tire are designed for emergencyuse. See specific instructions under theheading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29).

GUID-865DD09C-2BA7-4ADC-98A7-EFEF8BF85E15

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions belowmust be followed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is always pre-sent in the vicinity of the battery. Keepall sparks and flames away from thebattery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solution whichcan cause severe burns. If the fluidshould come into contact with anything,immediately flush the contacted areawith water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at 12volts. Use of an improperly rated batterycan damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at any time.Keep hands and other objects away fromit.

JUMP STARTING

Condition:

(433,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SCE0734

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Fail-ure to do so could result in damage to thecharging system and cause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle *A , position the two vehicles(*A and *B ) to bring their batteriesinto close proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position. Switch off

all unnecessary electrical systems(light, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with afirmly wrung out moist cloth *C toreduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated (*1 ? *2 ? *3 ? *4 ).

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to positive(+) and negative (−) to body ground (asillustrated) — not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that clamps do not contactany other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle*A and let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *A at about 2,000 rpm, andstart the engine of the vehicle beingjump started *B .

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position and wait 10seconds before trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable and thenthe positive cable (*4 ? *3 ? *2 ?

*1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may becontaminated with corrosive acid.


Condition:

(434,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


9. Put the battery cover on.

GUID-E9436C03-8944-4BBB-9DB3-5DC6B05F4B7F

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION

. Automatic transmission models cannotbe push-started or tow-started. Attempt-ing to do so may cause transmissiondamage.

. Three way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushing sincethe three way catalyst may be damaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle by towingit; when the engine starts, the forwardsurge could cause the vehicle to collidewith the tow vehicle.

GUID-5BE5A797-E982-43FD-B1E6-C7F76A46462E

CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot.When the radiator capis removed, pressurized hot water willspurt out, possibly causing seriousinjury.

. Do not open the hood if steam is comingout.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc., takethe following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the climate control. Open allthe windows, move the heater or airconditioner temperature control tomaximum hot and fan control to high

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Condition:

(435,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused byclimbing a long hill on a hot day, runthe engine at a fast idle (approximately1,500 rpm) until the temperature gaugeindication returns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine.) Do not open the hoodfurther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the engine,stand clear to prevent getting burned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fanis running. The radiator hoses andradiator should not leak water. If cool-ant is leaking or the cooling fan doesnot run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling fancan start at any time.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank withthe engine running. Add coolant to thereservoir tank if necessary. Have yourvehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITIretailer.

GUID-CF7740E5-F31C-4AC9-BD8B-87B8B432DD7A

When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle.Towing instructions are available from anINFINITI retailer. Local service operators arefamiliar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damageto your vehicle, INFINITI recommends thatyou have a service operator tow yourvehicle. It is advisable to have the serviceoperator carefully read the following pre-cautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system andpowertrain are in working condition. Ifany unit is damaged, dollies must be


TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

Condition:

(436,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


used.

. Always attach safety chains before tow-ing.

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), see“Flat towing” (P.9-15).

SCE0860

Two-wheel drive modelsTOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

GUID-BB74F24E-A3EE-4B73-8BB7-1AE2CF01B7EC

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsGUID-1C5BF792-DD70-4B16-965A-C051CBE88114

INFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow automatic transmission mod-els with the rear wheels on the ground orfour wheels on the ground (forward or

backward), as this may cause seriousand expensive damage to the transmis-sion. If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels raised, always usetowing dollies under the rear wheels.

. When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the ground oron towing dollies: Push the ignitionswitch to the ACC or ON position, andsecure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or similardevice.

Condition:

(437,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SCE0736

All-wheel drive modelsAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

GUID-F2D8776D-5A6E-4520-8F5C-3BBA6D56DC39

INFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or thevehicle be placed on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thepowertrain.

JVE0266X


Condition:

(438,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


JVE0267X

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

GUID-6F0F0FB0-43A7-4522-9A0A-23DD884C809F

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed. Thiscould cause them to explode and resultin serious injury. Parts of your vehiclecould also overheat and be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicleGUID-F892B344-7115-42FE-AB6E-2CBEBE7F56E6

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other devicedesigned specifically for vehicle recovery.Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Remove the recovery hook cover from thefront bumper using a suitable tool.

Securely install the vehicle recovery hook*1 stored with jacking tools as illustrated.Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook.Wrap the hook *1 and strap with a cloth toavoid bumper damages as illustrated.Make sure that the hook is properlysecured in the original place after use.

Do not use the tie down hook *2 for towingor vehicle recovery.

CAUTION

. Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to the vehicle recovery hooks ormain structural members of the vehicle.Otherwise, the vehicle body will bedamaged.

. Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.

. Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tiedowns or recovery hooks.

. Always pull the cable straight out fromthe front of the vehicle. Never pull on thevehicle at an angle.

. Pulling devices should be routed so theydo not touch any part of the suspension,steering, brake or cooling systems.

. Pulling devices such as ropes or canvasstraps are not recommended for use invehicle towing or recovery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleGUID-CDB08C92-817C-4A2A-AB44-2EEF6FA41988

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.. Shift back and forth between R

(reverse) and D (drive).. Apply the accelerator as little as

possible to maintain the rocking

Condition:

(439,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

motion.. Release the accelerator pedal before

shifting between R and D.. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH

(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.


Condition:

(440,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


MEMO

Condition:

(441,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .................................................... 7-2Washing ............................................................. 7-2Waxing ............................................................... 7-2Removing spots ................................................. 7-3Underbody ......................................................... 7-3Glass ................................................................. 7-3Wheels ............................................................... 7-3Chrome parts ..................................................... 7-4Tire dressing ...................................................... 7-4

Cleaning interior .................................................... 7-4Air fresheners ................................................... 7-5Floor mats ........................................................ 7-5Seat belts ......................................................... 7-6

Corrosion protection .............................................. 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion .............................................. 7-7Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ...................................................... 7-7To protect your vehicle from corrosion .............. 7-7

Condition:

(442,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

7-2 Appearance and care

GUID-7F4AA201-20C6-490D-A61B-595B195E20BC

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper careof it.

To protect the paint surface, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possibledamage from acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park yourvehicle inside a garage or in a coveredarea.

When it is necessary to park outside, parkin a shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGGUID-7A3AF889-0205-4B0E-B1BC-B3E3BFE8501C

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet spongeand plenty of water. Clean the vehiclethoroughly using a mild soap, a specialvehicle soap or general purpose dishwash-ing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm(never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes, espe-cially brushless ones, use some acid forcleaning. The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, causingthem to crack. This could affect theirappearance, and also could cause themnot to function properly. Always checkwith your car wash to confirm that acid isnot used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Care must

be taken when removing caked-on dirt orother foreign substances so the paintsurface is not scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt.Therefore, these areas must be regularlycleaned. Make sure that the drain holes inthe lower edge of the door are open. Spraywater under the body and in the wheelwells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to dry thevehicle.

WAXINGGUID-13808BF4-CEE8-4914-9A0F-260064E83766

Regular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance before reapplying wax.

An INFINITI retailer can assist you inchoosing the proper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough

CLEANING EXTERIOR

Condition:

(443,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

washing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing anyabrasives, cutting compounds or clea-ners that may damage the vehiclefinish.

Machine compound or aggressive polish-ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSGUID-8F8DB17E-6F06-4A94-B5DB-301459DF8353

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at an INFINITIretailer or any automotive accessorystores.

UNDERBODYGUID-61833591-5ACA-4C1B-84EA-D7E30F097A65

In areas where road salt is used in winter,the underbody must be cleaned regularly.This will prevent dirt and salt from buildingup and causing the acceleration of corro-sion on the underbody and suspension.Before the winter period and again in thespring, the underseal must be checkedand, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSGUID-88B09BFB-71A0-4C45-AF8A-B52C5B3F43EF

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It isnormal for glass to become coated with afilm after the vehicle is parked in the hotsun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth willeasily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant clea-ners. They could damage the electricalconductors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

WHEELSGUID-F1431BF8-79F9-4043-AFAD-488433A7BAE0

Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the undersideof the vehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

. INFINITI recommends that the roadwheels be waxed to protect againstroad salt in areas where it is usedduring winter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsGUID-C1006908-8BA7-4519-B69B-31996B110CE2

Wash regularly with a sponge dampened ina mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt isused. Salt could discolor the wheels if notremoved.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid stain-ing or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same as

Appearance and care 7-3

Condition:

(444,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes after thecleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSGUID-BB65BA92-9AB1-4959-BA1B-3D6978C7DE45

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.

TIRE DRESSINGGUID-C4834CAA-6AB9-4461-8146-49C833439B94

INFINITI does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce dis-coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing isapplied to the tires, it may react with thecoating and form a compound. This com-pound may come off the tire while drivingand stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, takethe following precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves moreeasily with an oil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing tohelp prevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be diffi-cult to remove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry asrecommended by tire dressing manu-facturer.

GUID-24528D5D-B84E-4C6F-BFBD-878C7BB6A3ED

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats usinga vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush.Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with aclean, soft cloth dampened in mild soapsolution, then wipe clean with a dry softcloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classificationsensors. This can also affect the operation ofthe air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Condition:

(445,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampenedwith water. Never use a rough cloth,alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratch orcause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as water onthe meter lens. Spraying liquid maycause the system to malfunction.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to the leather surfaces andshould be removed promptly. Do not usesaddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils,cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents orammonia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Only use fabric protectors approved byINFINITI.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSGUID-0FC7210E-AE5F-45E0-B3FE-FCBD5F476CC3

Most air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If you usean air freshener, take the following pre-cautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when theycontact vehicle interior surfaces. Placethe air freshener in a location thatallows it to hang free and not contactan interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discolorationwhen spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions before using air fresh-eners.

FLOOR MATSGUID-2672EC1E-4A3B-465E-B00C-FE1E2335C140

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference thatmay result in a collision, injury or death:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver frontposition or install then upside down or

backwards.

. Use only genuine INFINITI floor matsspecifically designed for use in yourvehicle model and model year. See yourINFINITI retailer for more information.

. Properly position the mats in the floor-well using the floor mat positioninghook. See “Floor mat installation” (P.7-6).

. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation.

. Periodically check the floor mats to makesure they are properly installed.

. After cleaning the vehicle interior, checkthe floor mats to make sure they areproperly installed.

The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become exces-sively worn.


Condition:

(446,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SAI0039

Floor mat installationGUID-AD42B0F6-3BD9-4181-8D06-7F167A664739

your vehicle is equipped with floor matpositioning hook(s). The number andshape of the floor mat positioning hook(s)for each seating position varies dependingon the vehicle.

When installing genuine INFINITI floormats, follow the installation instructionsprovided with the mat and the following:

1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell sothat the floor mat grommet holes arealigned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into thehook(s) and ensure that the floor mat

is properly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation. Withthe ignition in the OFF position andthe shift lever in the P (Park) position,fully apply and release all pedals. Thefloor mat must not interfere with pedaloperation or prevent the pedal fromreturning to its normal position.

See an INFINITI retailer for details aboutinstalling the floor mats in your vehicle.

SAI0055

Positioning hooksThe illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSGUID-6C4E36AC-6C7E-4CF1-9711-65D150C86095

The seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to drycompletely before using them.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or chemi-

Condition:

(447,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

cal solvents to clean the seat belts, sincethese materials may severely weaken theseat belt webbing.

GUID-F4B174F5-C232-4777-9AC2-6DAD58C9AD98

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

GUID-406961BB-308F-4E16-932A-C4321769713C

. The accumulation of moisture-retainingdirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

GUID-185497A4-BD89-4CB9-9706-F87D059E966D

MoistureGUID-D133CD7B-DAAB-47F5-A78D-E2BA537D466C

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle, and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityGUID-EB397E0C-8443-4E3C-A549-AF705781F8C0

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially thoseareas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing where atmospheric pollution ex-ists, or where road salt is used.

TemperatureGUID-F7936E48-9F77-4961-AC71-40591166C8EB

A temperature increase will accelerate therate of corrosion to those parts which arenot well ventilated.

Air pollutionGUID-43677B83-426E-4ACC-91B4-98986E73CB6C

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disinte-gration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

GUID-1437C3F5-ECB1-40F2-A67C-1C6456E396FD

. Wash and wax your vehicle often tokeep the vehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

. Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, washwith water as soon as possible.


CORROSION PROTECTION

Condition:

(448,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debrisfrom the passenger compartment bywashing it out with a hose. Remove dirtwith a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floorpan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult an INFINITI retailer.

Condition:

(449,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirement ....................................... 8-2Scheduled maintenance ..................................... 8-2General maintenance ......................................... 8-2Where to go for service ...................................... 8-2

General maintenance .............................................. 8-2Explanation of maintenance items ...................... 8-2

Maintenance precautions ....................................... 8-5Engine compartment check locations ...................... 8-7

VQ37VHR engine ................................................ 8-7Engine cooling system ............................................ 8-7

Checking engine coolant level ............................ 8-8Changing engine coolant .................................... 8-9

Engine oil ............................................................... 8-9Checking engine oil level ................................... 8-9Changing engine oil and filter .......................... 8-10

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ....................... 8-12Power steering fluid ............................................. 8-12Brake fluid ........................................................... 8-13Window washer fluid ............................................ 8-14Battery ................................................................. 8-15

Jump starting ................................................... 8-16Variable voltage control system ............................ 8-16Drive belts ............................................................ 8-17

Spark plugs ......................................................... 8-17Replacing spark plugs .................................... 8-18

Air cleaner ........................................................... 8-18Windshield wiper blades ...................................... 8-19

Cleaning ......................................................... 8-19Replacing ....................................................... 8-20

Rear window wiper blades ................................... 8-21Brakes ................................................................. 8-21

Self-adjusting brakes ...................................... 8-21Brake pad wear warning ................................. 8-21

Fuses ................................................................... 8-22Engine compartment ....................................... 8-22Passenger compartment ................................. 8-23

Intelligent Key battery replacement ...................... 8-23Lights .................................................................. 8-25

Headlights ...................................................... 8-26Exterior and interior lights .............................. 8-27

Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-29Tire pressure .................................................. 8-29Tire labeling ................................................... 8-33Types of tires .................................................. 8-35Tire chains ...................................................... 8-36Changing wheels and tires ............................. 8-36

Condition:

(450,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

GUID-E43F9B1C-55D3-48FD-9183-3E5AFC77C6BC

Some day-to-day and regular maintenanceis essential to maintain your vehicle goodmechanical condition, as well as its emis-sion and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure that the scheduled maintenance, aswell as general maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance care. You are avital link in the maintenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEGUID-44868915-3BFA-4816-8324-723B201D344D

For your convenience, both required andoptional scheduled maintenance items aredescribed and listed in your “INFINITIService and Maintenance Guide”. You mustrefer to that guide to ensure that necessarymaintenance is performed on your vehicleat regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGUID-468690B2-693B-48D8-A2F0-653687BD240D

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation. They are essentialfor proper vehicle operation. It is yourresponsibility to perform these proceduresregularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks

requires minimal mechanical skill and onlya few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, an INFINITI retailer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEGUID-4377FBD4-551C-4A2E-ADA8-C577FD7994C6

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced by anINFINITI retailer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through techni-cal bulletins, service tips, and in-retailer-ship information systems. They arecompletely qualified to work on INFINITIvehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that an INFINITIretailer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle.

GUID-90DCD6DC-D7BF-403F-9A47-6BEC1FA978E4

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smell, be sure tocheck for the cause or have an INFINITIretailer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify an INFINITI retailer if youthink that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, see “Maintenance precau-tions” (P.8-5).

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMS

GUID-515836E9-7855-4BB5-8417-06B774E2ED3B

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in thissection.

Outside the vehicleGUID-7DB87CCF-CC8B-4135-856F-A1F98251EB9D

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood, operateproperly. Also ensure that all latches locksecurely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latchpins, rollers and links if necessary. Makesure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primary latch

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Condition:

(451,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

is released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubricationfrequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, andother lights are all operating properly andinstalled securely. Also check headlightaim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check-ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheelnuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotatedevery 5,000 miles (8,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure inall tires, including the spare, to thepressure specified. Check carefully fordamage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace theTPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve coreand cap when the tires are replaced due towear or age.

Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side whiledriving on a straight and level road, or ifyou detect uneven or abnormal tire wear,there may be a need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book-let.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield atleast every six months for cracks or otherdamage. Have a damaged windshieldrepaired by a qualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleGUID-C5A9EE2E-6B2C-4DF1-9E14-5402868FA2D1

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing periodic maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedal

does not catch or require uneven effort.Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mechan-ism: On a fairly steep hill, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the shift leverin the P (Park) position without applyingany brakes.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenlygoes down further than normal, the pedalfeels spongy or the vehicle seems to takelonger to stop, see an INFINITI retailerimmediately. Keep the floor mat away fromthe pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjusted, see an INFINITIretailer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, an-chors, adjuster and retractors) operateproperly and smoothly, and are installedsecurely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,fraying, wear or damage.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Condition:

(452,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and that alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraint/headrestmoves up and down smoothly and thatthe locks (if so equipped) hold securely inall latched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes:Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properlyand that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleGUID-47775A4B-3853-4D9F-81BE-28F170C30601

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example, eachtime you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MIN

lines. Vehicles operated in high tempera-tures or under severe condition requirefrequent checks of the battery fluid level.

NOTE:





Brake fluid level*: Make sure that thebrake fluid level is between the MAX andMIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no beltis frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than 15

minutes for the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, imme-diately have the exhaust system inspectedby an INFINITI retailer. (See “Precautionswhen starting and driving” (P.5-4) forexhaust gas (Carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaks orif fuel fumes are evident, check for thecause and have it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold, withthe engine off. Check the lines for properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks,deformation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such as

Condition:

(453,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

those used on icy roads or to control dust.It is very important to remove thesesubstances, otherwise rust will form onthe floor pan, frame, fuel lines and aroundthe exhaust system. At the end of winter,the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful toclean those areas where mud and dirt mayaccumulate. For additional information,see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

GUID-08893066-B796-43B7-B60D-9768B1E34FB5

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface, applythe parking brake securely and block thewheels to prevent the vehicle frommoving. Move the shift lever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

. Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

. Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related component har-nesses disconnected while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans, beltsand any other moving parts.

. It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in an enclosedspace such as a garage, be sure there isproper ventilation for exhaust gases toescape.

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may come onat any time without warning, even if theignition key is in the OFF position andthe engine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect the negativebattery cable before working near thefan.

. On gasoline engine models, the fuelfilter or fuel lines should be serviced byan INFINITI retailer because the fuel lines


MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Condition:

(454,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


are under high pressure even when theengine is off.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used engine oiland coolant. Improperly disposed engineoil, coolant, and/or other vehicle fluidscan damage the environment. Alwaysconform to local regulations for disposalof vehicle fluid.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section gives instructions regarding onlythose items which are relatively easy for anowner to perform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” (P.9-19).)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect your warranty coverage. If indoubt about any servicing, we recommend

that it be done by an INFINITI retailer.

Condition:

(455,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-242FCEEB-F960-49BA-AA46-1FF7A9A29EB7

SSI0388

VQ37VHR ENGINEGUID-21827A59-583E-4DFF-835E-268B0ED653C0

1. Fuse/fusible link holder2. Battery3. Radiator filler cap4. Engine oil dipstick5. Engine oil filler cap

6. Brake fluid reservoir7. Window washer fluid reservoir8. Power steering fluid reservoir9. Air cleaner10. Drive belts11. Engine coolant reservoir

GUID-322FC0CD-1857-4918-A8CD-01894CD8502C

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection.The antifreeze solution contains rust andcorrosion inhibitors. Additional enginecooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiator cooldown. Serious burns could be caused byhigh pressure fluid escaping from theradiator. See precautions in “If yourvehicle overheats” (P.6-10).

. The radiator is equipped with a pressuretype radiator cap. To prevent enginedamage, use only a genuine NISSANradiator cap.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling system additivessuch as radiator sealer. Additives may


ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Condition:

(456,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


clog the cooling system and causedamage to the engine, transmissionand/or cooling system.

. When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equiva-lent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted toprovide antifreeze protection to −348F(−378C). If additional freeze protection isneeded due to weather where youoperate your vehicle, add GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(blue) concentrate following the direc-tions on the container. If an equivalentcoolant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used,follow the coolant manufacturer’s in-structions to maintain minimum anti-freeze protection to −348F (−378C). Theuse of other types of coolant solutionsother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentmay damage the engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km)or 7 years. Mixing any other type ofcoolant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), including

Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant. Referto the INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide for more details.

SDI2198

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVELGUID-D9B7EE16-2DCC-4E08-BFA4-98B0FB4B5FB4

Check the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant levelis below MIN *2 , open the reservoir tankcap and add coolant up to the MAX *1level. If the reservoir tank is empty, checkthe coolant level in the radiator when theengine is cold. If there is insufficientcoolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening andalso add it to the reservoir tank up to theMAX level *1 .

Tighten the cap securely after addingengine coolant.

Condition:

(457,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). The lifeexpectancy of the factory-fill coolant is105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years.Mixing any other type of coolant or the useof non-distilled water will reduce the lifeexpectancy of the factory-fill coolant. Referto the INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide for more details.

If the cooling system requires coolantfrequently, have it checked by an INFINITIretailer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTGUID-DDA6C768-6ED0-4071-8133-BF63AE8E0E9A

Major cooling system repairs should beperformed by an INFINITI retailer. Theservice procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap when the

engine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of children andpets.

Engine coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

GUID-63D00A88-F5C4-4696-BDD6-0AA535102386

SDI2045

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVELGUID-D216C69F-64D4-44E7-B8C3-7EA939631691

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be within therange *1 . If the oil level is below *2 ,remove the oil filler cap and pour


ENGINE OIL

Condition:

(458,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


recommended oil through the opening.Do not overfill *3 .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, andsuch damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTERGUID-390F081D-1DEF-4917-BAD6-B8787196BB70

Vehicle set-upGUID-BB087937-D7A9-4CC6-A836-698D655D7827

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jackstands.. Place the safety jack stands under

the vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be at-

tached to the jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.

a. Remove the small plastic clip at thecenter point of the undercover.

b. Then remove the other bolts thathold the undercover in place.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and supportpoints are used to avoid vehicle damage.

SDI2335

Two-wheel drive (2WD) models

SDI2047

All-wheel drive (AWD) models

Condition:

(459,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Engine oil and filterGUID-E069CA0B-FE37-4891-BF0D-7B9903CFD493

1. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug *1 with awrench and completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.

4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when theengine oil filter change is needed.)

Loosen the oil filter *2 with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turningit by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mountingsurface with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of the

engine. Failure to do so could lead to enginedamage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug witha new washer. Securely tighten thedrain plug with a wrench.Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

9. Refill engine with recommended oil andinstall the oil filler cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.9-2) for drain andrefill capacity. The drain and refillcapacity depends on the oil tempera-ture and drain time. Use these specifi-cations for reference only. Always usethe dipstick to determine the proper

amount of oil in the engine.

10.Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11.Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operationGUID-8830EE24-7B8A-4470-AC71-93B6F431AEAD

1. Install the engine undercover intoposition as the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plasticclip out.

b. Hold the engine undercover intoposition.

c. Insert the clip through the under-cover into the hole in the frame, thenpush the center of the clip in to lockthe clip in place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold theundercover in place. Be careful notto strip the bolts or over-tightenthem.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.


Condition:

(460,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact with usedoil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

GUID-413C56D8-DE7D-40F7-B952-EAB4F90EE777

When checking or replacement is required,we recommend an INFINITI retailer forservicing.

CAUTION

. Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF.Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using automatic transmission fluid otherthan Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF willcause deterioration in driveability andautomatic transmission durability, andmay damage the automatic transmis-sion, which is not covered by the INFINITInew vehicle limited warranty.

GUID-F6D07944-6B9D-45E3-A34F-5FD60A6B4F07

SDI1765A

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range (*1 : HOT MAX., *2 : HOT MIN.)at fluid temperatures of 122 to 1768F (50 to808C) or using the COLD range (*3 : COLDMAX., *4 : COLD MIN.) at fluid tempera-tures of 32 to 868F (0 to 308C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, addGenuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Re-move the cap and fill through the opening.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF) POWER STEERING FLUID

Condition:

(461,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

CAUTION

. Do not overfill.

. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.

GUID-0B2F196B-6B90-4B95-8D39-C84837E22F15

For further brake fluid specification infor-mation, see “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.9-2).

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealed contain-er. Old, inferior or contaminated fluidmay damage the brake system. The useof improper fluids can damage the brakesystem and affect the vehicle’s stoppingability.

. Be sure to clean the filler cap beforeremoving.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers outof the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces.This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled,wash the surface with water.

SDI2025

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line *2 or the brakewarning light comes on, add GenuineNISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid orequivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line*1 . If fluid must be added frequently, thesystem should be checked by an INFINITIretailer.


BRAKE FLUID

Condition:

(462,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-FB6F6692-515D-48E4-BCF1-0CBC5C24ED24

SDI2191

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers outof the reach of children.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoirperiodically. Add window washer fluidwhen the low window washer fluid warningappears on the vehicle information display.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pourthe window washer fluid into the tankopening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of window washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution. Thismay result in damage to the paint.

. Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.

Do not use the window washer reservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Condition:

(463,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-39010BA6-A973-4930-B557-1C6529970EEF

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution ofbaking soda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30days or longer, disconnect the negative(−) battery terminal cable to preventdischarging it.

NOTE:





WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flames orelectrical sparks. Hydrogen gas gener-

ated by the battery is explosive. Do notallow battery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. Aftertouching a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid inthe battery is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the battery whichcan generate heat, reduce battery life,and in some cases lead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell (Removethe battery cover if it is necessary). Itshould be between the UPPER LEVEL *1and LOWER LEVEL *2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.


BATTERY

Condition:

(464,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs *A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL *1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level bylooking directly above the cell; thecondition *1 indicates OK and thecondition *2 needs more to be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs *A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGGUID-2817327F-6E21-4AC8-B820-117364796C79

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” (P.6-8). If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. Contact an INFINITIretailer.

GUID-FC5633A2-FD59-4507-B12A-58F793B8DABB

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directly to thebattery terminal. Doing so will bypassthe variable voltage control system andthe vehicle battery may not chargecompletely.

. Use electrical accessories with the en-gine running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltagegenerated by the generator.

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM

Condition:

(465,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-3686748E-2EEC-429B-BEFA-78191D702FA3

SDI2119

VQ37VHR engine1. Power steering fluid pump2. Alternator3. Crankshaft pulley4. Air conditioner compressor5. Drive belt auto-tensioner

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF orLOCK position before servicing drive belts.The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or loosen-

ess. If the belt is in poor condition orloose, have it replaced or adjusted byan INFINITI retailer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in your“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

GUID-AE6B98B2-820E-46ED-892B-D3D84FBE5412

WARNING

Be sure the engine and the ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to removethe spark plugs. An incorrect socket candamage the spark plugs.


DRIVE BELTS SPARK PLUGS

Condition:

(466,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSGUID-49D7E044-4B04-40E9-BA4E-CF0EA30A67B9

If replacement is required, see an INFINITIretailer for servicing.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsGUID-ABA7DB7D-1A21-4B85-B69C-EE7F4C61EADF

It is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped spark plugs as frequently as theconventional type spark plugs since theywill last much longer. Follow the main-tenance schedule in “INFINITI Service andMaintenance Guide”, but do not reusethem by cleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

GUID-A762655D-D645-4C3F-90D2-925E81145437

SDI2033

Remove the retainers *1 as illustrated andpull out the filter element *2 .

The filter element should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance intervals. See “INFINITI Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide” for mainte-nance intervals. When replacing the filter,

AIR CLEANER

Condition:

(467,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

wipe the inside of the air cleaner housingand the cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the air cleanerremoved can cause you or others to beburned. The air cleaner not only cleansthe air, it stops flame if the enginebackfires. If it isn’t there, and the enginebackfires, you could be burned. Do notdrive with the air cleaner removed, andbe careful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could resultin serious injury.

GUID-A37555B3-A7CF-470C-A82F-6EB00C4A167F

CLEANINGGUID-97D21DF1-A4DA-4FD3-8358-B9BCDE84DB4E

If your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or othermaterial may be on the blade or wind-shield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a milddetergent. Then rinse the blade with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

Worn windshield wiper blades can damagethe windshield and impair driver vision.


WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Condition:

(468,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SDI2359

REPLACINGGUID-CC33F076-5352-485A-B942-6483BE320C2B

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the release tab *A , and thenmove the wiper blade down the wiperarm *1 while pushing the release tabto remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple isin the groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;

otherwise it may be damaged when thehood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arm may be da-maged from wind pressure.

SDI2362

If you wax the surface of the hood, becareful not to let wax get into the washernozzle *A . This may cause clogging orimproper windshield washer operation. Ifwax gets into the nozzle, remove it with aneedle or small pin *B . Be careful not todamage the nozzle.

Condition:

(469,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-649120FF-FDF1-4DE9-947A-89118AE5CBB4

Contact an INFINITI retailer if checking orreplacement is required.

GUID-B4BBC954-08ED-4C93-8847-EF9C238168ED

If the brakes do not operate properly, havethe brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESGUID-A78AA7B3-D599-4BB3-98D6-72D1452BE948

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjust-ing brakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every timethe brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See an INFINITI retailer for a brake systemcheck if the brake pedal height does notreturn to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGGUID-3F7FA7AA-7243-4983-92EC-7DB214A694D8

The disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will first occuronly when the brake pedal is depressed.After more wear of the brake pad, thesound will always be heard even if thebrake pedal is not depressed. Have thebrakes checked as soon as possible if thewear warning sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,

occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops isnormal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information,see the maintenance log section of your“INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide”for maintenance intervals.


REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADES BRAKES

Condition:

(470,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-3EB9B00A-4215-4CA4-B686-FCBB27683237

SDI1479A

ENGINE COMPARTMENTGUID-2567A0EE-46EB-453B-A8E4-EC8A4F7728D6

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.

Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF or LOCK position and the headlightswitch is turned to OFF.

1. Open the engine hood and remove thebattery cover.

2. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

SDI1754

4. If the fuse is open *A , replace it with anew fuse *B . Spare fuses are stored inthe passenger compartment fuse box.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repairedby an INFINITI retailer.

Fusible linksGUID-D68F7F2A-C051-4703-BF3D-2538DC1C2588

If any electrical equipment does notoperate and fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links. If any of thesefusible links are melted, replace only withgenuine INFINITI parts.

FUSES

Condition:

(471,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SDI2034

PASSENGER COMPARTMENTGUID-7BE21C6E-2FB4-4826-A46E-0409496E1464

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller*A .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repairedby an INFINITI retailer. Spare fuses arestored in the fuse box.

GUID-9FFA03F0-C83F-4B1D-9108-39826EA4E1EE

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery and removed parts.


INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Condition:

(472,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SPA1875

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Release the lock knob at the back of theIntelligent Key and remove the mechan-ical key.

2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver *Awrapped with a cloth into the slit *Bof the corner and twist it to separate theupper part from the lower part.

SDI2285

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 orequivalent.. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as it could cause amalfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges.Holding the battery across the con-tact points will seriously deplete thestorage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case.

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts, and then push them togetheruntil it is securely closed.

5. Push the buttons two or three times tocheck its operation.

See an INFINITI retailer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:


Condition:

(473,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-291CD2E0-8289-4BC3-BECF-D76791F5156C

JVM0598X

1. Front parking light2. Headlight (high-beam)3. Headlight (low-beam)4. Map light5. Rear personal light6. Side turn signal light7. Daytime running light8. Fog light9. Front turn signal light10. Front side marker light11. Puddle light12. Step light13. High-mounted stop light14. Back-up light15. Rear combination light (tail/stop/side

marker light)16. Cargo light (sidewall)17. Cargo light (lift gate)18. License plate light19. Rear turn signal light


LIGHTS

Condition:

(474,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


HEADLIGHTSGUID-36F0AB26-21DD-4A1C-84D5-06F4EA057FB4

ReplacingGUID-B9E8FCF7-3625-4F7A-8B7D-8F21B4367EB7

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens ofthe exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This is not a malfunction. Iflarge drops of water collect inside the lens,contact an INFINITI retailer.

Xenon headlight bulb (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If replacement is required, see an INFINITIretailer.

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, they pro-duce a high voltage. To prevent an electricshock, never attempt to modify or disas-semble. Always have your xenon headlightsreplaced at an INFINITI retailer. For addi-tional information, see “Headlight and turnsignal switch” (P.2-34).

Halogen headlight bulb (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses a replaceable headlight (halo-gen) bulb. If replacement is required, seean INFINITI retailer for servicing.

CAUTION

. High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the bulb. The bulb may break ifthe glass envelope is scratched or thebulb is dropped.

. Only touch the plastic base when hand-ling the bulb. Never touch the glassenvelope. Touching the glass could sig-nificantly affect bulb life and/or head-light performance.

. Do not leave the bulb out of the head-light reflector for a long period of time asdust, moisture, and smoke may enter theheadlight body and affect the perfor-mance of the headlight.

. Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment isnecessary, contact an INFINITI retailer.

Condition:

(475,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSGUID-8AAA340C-465D-4E14-ACD2-28F3F2FB7DD3

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight*

low beams (Xenon) 35 D2Slow beams (Halogen) 55 H11

high beams (Halogen) 65 H9Front turn signal light* 21 W21W

Side turn signal light* LED —Fog light* LED —Parking light* 5 W5W

Front side marker light* 5 W5W

Daytime running light* LED —Rear combination light*

reverse 16 W16W

stop/tail/side marker LED —Rear turn signal light* 21 PY21W

License plate light* 5 W5WPuddle light* LED —

Map light 8 —Rear personal light 8 —

Cargo light 8 —Vanity mirror light 1.4 —Step light* 5 —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: See an INFINITI retailer for replacement.NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest

information about parts.

Replacement proceduresGUID-22006E72-6F91-466D-BA1A-ED0ABA7DA150

All other lights are either type A, B, C, D, Eor F. When replacing a bulb, first removethe lens and/or cover.


Condition:

(476,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SDI1679

SDI2030

Map light

SDI2031

Rear personal light

SDI1500B

Cargo light

SDI1839

Vanity mirror light

Condition:

(477,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-32E73463-7DBE-43B0-9ABF-D8632B560633

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).

TIRE PRESSUREGUID-2E2973B3-1F58-4E90-94BE-B397517A7184

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

GUID-9CC8D220-8196-4362-9950-C494673884D4

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning appears on the vehicleinformation display, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may notdetect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample a flat tire while driving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-14), “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

Tire inflation pressureGUID-D7E83032-4B7A-4527-972D-8269F22590B9

Check the pressure of the tires(including the spare) often and al-ways prior to long distance trips. The

recommended tire pressure specifi-cations are shown on the Tire andLoading Information label under the“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. TheTire and Loading Information label isaffixed to the driver side center pillar.Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

. Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or otherobjects or if the vehicle strikes acurb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehiclehas been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.The vehicle weight capacity isindicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not load yourvehicle beyond this capacity. Over-loading your vehicle may result inreduced tire life, unsafe operatingconditions due to premature tirefailure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could also leadto a serious accident. Loadingbeyond the specified capacitymay also result in failure of othervehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, or when-ever you heavily load your vehicle,use a tire pressure gauge toensure that the tire pressures are


WHEELS AND TIRES

Condition:

(478,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


at the specified level.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) inthe Warranty Information Booklet.

SDI2703

Tire and Loading Information labelGUID-45A97E94-F4F1-4D47-B7D4-863C0A39D3DE

*1 Seating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicleloading information” (P.9-12).

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehi-cle at the factory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-

Condition:

(479,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

ered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. Therecommended cold tire inflationis set by the manufacturer toprovide the best balance of tirewear, vehicle handling, drive-ability, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see “Tire labeling”(P.8-33).

*6 Spare tire size or compact sparetire size (if so equipped)


Condition:

(480,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SDI1949

Checking the tire pressureGUID-0E510B4C-5A57-43DD-B375-2BF4468D6DA6

1. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe tire.

2. Press the pressure gaugesquarely onto the valve stem. Donot press too hard or force thevalve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heardwhile checking the pressure, re-position the gauge to eliminatethis leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare it tothe specification shown on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the coreof the valve stem briefly with thetip of the gauge stem to releasepressure. Recheck the pressureand add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all othertires, including the spare.

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

P225/55R18 97V230 kPa,33 PSI

P245/45R19 98V230 kPa,33 PSI

REAR ORI-GINAL TIRE

P225/55R18 97V230 kPa,33 PSI

P245/45R19 98V230 kPa,33 PSI

SPARE TIRE T165/80D17420 kPa,60 PSI

Condition:

(481,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELINGGUID-1315CF90-2235-421A-BA3D-3C92FBA7C3A3

Federal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized informa-tion on the sidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies and describesthe fundamental characteristics ofthe tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safetystandard certification. The TIN can beused to identify the tire in case of arecall.

SDI1606

Example*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16

94H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire isdesigned for passenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this informa-tion.)

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,

gives the tire’s ratio of height towidth.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This num-ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94):This number is the tire’s loadindex. It is a measurement ofhow much weight each tire cansupport. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because itis not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.


Condition:

(482,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


SDI1607

Example*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)

for a new tire (example: DOT XXXX XXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-ment of Transportation”. The sym-bol can be placed above, below orto the left or right of the TireIdentification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manu-facture

6. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing, thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

*3 Tire ply composition and materi-alThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also mustindicate the materials in the tire,which include steel, nylon,polyester, and others.

*4 Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatestamount of air pressure thatshould be put in the tire. Do not

exceed the maximum permissi-ble inflation pressure.

*5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the max-imum load in kilograms andpounds that can be carried bythe tire. When replacing the tireson the vehicle, always use a tirethat has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.

*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tubetype”Indicates whether the tire re-quires an inner tube (“tubetype”) or not (“tubeless”).

*7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, ifthe tire has radial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this section,

Condition:

(483,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other side-wall of the tire, or (2) the outwardfacing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRESGUID-ACC87B05-3863-431B-A812-CA6571A0EB69

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(Example: Summer, All Season or Snow)and construction. An INFINITI retailermay be able to help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceed

the maximum speed rating of the tire.


. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

All season tiresGUID-9BB582D6-5DCB-4079-89B7-C19D2C973375

INFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance allyear, including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than All Season tires andmay be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresGUID-BD00967A-7E37-4DD8-9CEC-0B1C05C331F8

INFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating M&S on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy

or icy conditions, INFINITI recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires onall four wheels.

Snow tiresGUID-1617EBA1-AEA7-458D-906D-E62D31D192A0

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and loadrating to the original equipment tires. Ifyou do not, it can adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires andmay not match the potential maximumvehicle speed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However, someU.S. states and Canadian provinces prohi-bit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces,may be poorer than that of non-studdedsnow tires.


Condition:

(484,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


TIRE CHAINSGUID-9B415C38-B945-4085-A67C-E611501D539F

Use of tire chains may be prohibitedaccording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When instal-ling tire chains, make sure they are theproper size for the tires on your vehicle andare installed according to the chain man-ufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEClass S chains. Class “S” chains are usedon vehicles with restricted tire to vehicleclearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAEstandard minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspensionor body component required to accommo-date the use of a winter traction device (tirechains or cables). The minimum clearancesare determined using the factory equippedtire size. Other types may damage yourvehicle. Use chain tensioners when recom-mended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tirechain must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping actiondamage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive ata reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handling

and performance may be adversely af-fected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith tire chains in such conditions cancause damage to the various mechanismsof the vehicle due to some overstress.

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESGUID-81405E82-4D15-4ACE-AA84-102DEBB9562F

Tire rotationGUID-A15AA269-AEDD-4E87-BCEC-30F3D438B5AC

INFINITI recommends rotating thetires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire repla-cing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

Condition:

(485,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at alltimes. It is recommended that wheelnuts be tightened to the specifica-tion at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, check andadjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases ofa flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the T-type sparetire or any other small size sparetire in the tire rotation.


SDI1663

1. Wear indicator2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damageGUID-73B3B29C-D000-40B4-B762-CF56C054B9A7

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When wearindicators are visible, the tire(s)should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personalinjury. If it is necessary to repairthe spare tire, contact an INFINITIretailer.



Condition:

(486,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Replacing wheels and tiresGUID-27266141-6C17-4AC5-BD67-2552EEED79D9

When replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carry-ing capacity as originally equipped. (See“Specifications” (P.9-7) for recommendedtypes and sizes of tires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use of tiresof different brands, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), or tread patternscan adversely affect the ride, braking,handling, ground clearance, body-to-tireclearance, tire chain clearance, speed-ometer calibration, headlight aim andbumper height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and could result inserious personal injury.

. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models, ifyour vehicle was originally equippedwith 4 tires that were the same sizeand you are only replacing 2 of the 4tires, install the new tires on the rearaxle. Placing new tires on the front axlemay cause loss of vehicle control insome driving conditions and cause an

accident and personal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for any reason,always replace with wheels which havethe same off-set dimension. Wheels of adifferent off-set could cause prematuretire wear, degrade vehicle handlingcharacteristics and/or interference withthe brake discs/drums. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake pad/shoewear. See “Wheels and tires” (P.9-8) forwheel off-set dimensions.



. The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it isnot handled correctly. Be careful whenhandling the TPMS sensor.

. When replacing the TPMS sensor, the IDregistration may be required. Contact anINFINITI retailer for ID registration.

. Do not use a valve stem cap that is notspecified by INFINITI. The valve stem capmay become stuck.

. Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valve maybe clogged up with dirt and cause amalfunction or loss of pressure.

. Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been repaired.Such wheels or tires could have struc-tural damage and could fail withoutwarning.

. The use of retread tire is not recom-mended.

. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Condition:

(487,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsGUID-AC9D99CD-71D3-4E51-9256-4414AC4B0562

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears.

. ONLY use spare tires specified for theAWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it isrecommended that all four tires be re-placed with tires of the same size, brand,construction and tread pattern. The tirepressure and wheel alignment should alsobe checked and corrected as necessary.Contact an INFINITI retailer.

Wheel balanceGUID-ABC6894F-4BC2-4F67-870B-AD3C094B8388

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance. There-fore, they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book-let.

Care of wheelsGUID-7ECDB291-8F1E-4746-8D62-59E640330662

See “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for detailsabout care of the wheels.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY(T-type) spare tire)

GUID-A96C59E5-A891-4C04-AFB0-8F4B5C4B66A7

Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted(TEMPORARY USE ONLY or conventional),the TPMS will not function.

Observe the following precautions if the T-type spare tire must be used, otherwiseyour vehicle could be damaged or involvedin an accident.

WARNING

. The T-type spare tire should be used foremergency use. It should be replaced

with the standard tire at the firstopportunity to avoid possible tire ordifferential damage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.

. Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressure ofthe TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar). Always keepthe pressure of the full size spare tire (ifso equipped) at the recommended pres-sure for standard tires, as indicated onthe Tire and Loading Information label.For Tire and Loading Information labellocation, see “Tire and Loading Informa-tion label” in the index of this manual.

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive your vehicle atspeeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire should be used on the frontwheels and original tire used on the rearwheels (drive wheels). Use tire chainsonly on the two rear original tires.


Condition:

(488,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire will wear at a faster rate thanthe standard tire. Replace the spare tireas soon as the tread wear indicatorsappear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tire atthe same time.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains will notfit properly and may cause damage tothe vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also do not drivethe vehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.

Condition:

(489,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ....... 9-2Fuel information ................................................. 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ............ 9-5Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ................................ 9-6

Specifications ......................................................... 9-7Engine ............................................................... 9-7Wheels and tires ................................................ 9-8Dimensions ........................................................ 9-8

When traveling or registering in another country ...... 9-9Vehicle identification .............................................. 9-9

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ............ 9-9Vehicle identification number(chassis number) ................................................ 9-9Engine serial number ....................................... 9-10F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ............ 9-10Emission control information label ................... 9-10Tire and Loading Information label ................... 9-11Air conditioner specification label .................... 9-11

Installing front license plate ................................ 9-11Vehicle loading information ................................. 9-12

Terms ............................................................. 9-12Vehicle load capacity ...................................... 9-13Loading tips ................................................... 9-14Measurement of weights ................................ 9-14

Towing a trailer .................................................... 9-15Flat towing ..................................................... 9-15

Uniform tire quality grading ................................. 9-15Treadwear ...................................................... 9-15Traction AA, A, B and C ................................... 9-16Temperature A, B and C .................................. 9-16

Emission control system warranty ........................ 9-16Reporting safety defects ...................................... 9-17Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test ..................................................................... 9-18Event Data Recorders (EDR) .................................. 9-19Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ................................................. 9-19

Condition:

(490,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

9-2 Technical and consumer information

GUID-B7F1B3E4-4805-446C-BA09-882A8B6534AE

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid type Capacity (Approximate) Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 20 gal 16-5/8 gal 76 . See “Fuel information” (P.9-3).

Engine oil With oil filter change 5-1/8 qt 4-3/8 qt 4.9 . Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent*1. Engine oil with API Certification Mark*2, SAE Viscosity 5W-30*1: INFINITI recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Oil available from an INFINITI retailer.*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.9-5).

Drain and refill

For additional information, see “Chan-ging engine oil and filter” (P.8-10).

Without oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6

Engine coolant With reservoir 9-1/2 qt 7-7/8 qt 9.0 . Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentReservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Automatic transmission fluid — — — . Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause

deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage theautomatic transmission, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.

Differential gear oil — — — . Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalent conventional(non-synthetic) oil

Transfer fluid — — — . Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF. Using transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in

driveability and transfer durability, and may damage the transfer, which is not covered bythe INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to theinstructions in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

. Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent

. DEXRONTMVI type ATF may also be used.Brake fluid . Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*3 or equivalent DOT 3

*3: Available in mainland U.S.A through an INFINITI retailer.Multi-purpose grease — — — . NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — . HFC-134a (R-134a)

. For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” (P.9-9) for air conditionerspecification label.

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — . NISSAN A/C System Oil. Type S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid — — — . Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

Condition:

(491,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

FUEL INFORMATIONGUID-B1ED9AC6-0900-4A78-BC9C-5651942113E7

Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) may betemporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for max-imum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will

damage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for E-15 or E-85 fuel canadversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains the octanebooster methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuel con-taining MMT may adversely affectvehicle performance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers are labeledto indicate MMT content, so you mayhave to consult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use of MMTin reformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

Gasoline specificationsGUID-2DC86A18-DBCC-43CE-B5AB-6E82BC6CB234

INFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)specifications where it is available. Manyof the automobile manufacturers devel-oped this specification to improve emis-sion system and vehicle performance. Askyour service station manager if the gaso-line meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasolineGUID-FFD8DD26-12F6-4333-9BE8-1C83547ED623

Some fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designed to reduce vehicleemissions. INFINITI supports efforts to-wards cleaner air and suggests that youuse reformulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesGUID-B34BC7D2-DC81-41BB-894B-637BFA9334E5

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt,ask your service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Condition:

(492,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. E-15 fuel contains more than 10%oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devicesand systems of the vehicle and shouldnot be used. Damage caused by suchfuel is not covered by the INFINITI newvehicle limited warranty.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.

At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in INFINITIvehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problemssuch as engine stalling or hard hot startingare experienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend ofMTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelGUID-0B0AC53C-1D11-48CF-A3BB-7B6C1DAEF14D

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleadedgasoline. E-15 can only be used in vehiclesdesigned to run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. government reg-ulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified with small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

E-85 fuelGUID-02C7B23E-FF4D-482C-B234-9B460BBAD3CE

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleadedgasoline. E-85 can only be used in a

Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. governmentregulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

Fuel containing MMTGUID-57F200D5-97FF-4FD7-BF8E-56970FAE9640

MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boostingadditive. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for moredetails.

Aftermarket fuel additivesGUID-96F9552D-F837-4E26-B543-683050AB2993

INFINITI does not recommend the use ofany aftermarket fuel additives (Example:fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, in-take valve deposit removers, etc.) whichare sold commercially. Many of theseadditives intended for gum, varnish ordeposit removal may contain active solventor similar ingredients that can be harmfulto the fuel system and engine.

Condition:

(493,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Octane rating tipsGUID-4D085589-81ED-499D-9F14-D3BD8B8AF9DF

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock.(Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise.)If severe, this can lead to engine damage.If you detect a persistent heavy sparkknock even when using gasoline of thestated octane rating, or if you hear steadyspark knock while holding a steady speedon level roads, have an INFINITI retailercorrect the condition. Failure to correct thecondition is misuse of the vehicle, forwhich INFINITI is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result inknocking, after-run or overheating. This inturn may cause excessive fuel consumptionor damage to the engine. If any of theabove symptoms are encountered, haveyour vehicle checked at an INFINITI retaileror other competent service facility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

JVT0159X

*1 API certification mark*2 API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

GUID-5454D463-91D4-401A-AF5D-7F71A70A5A54

Selecting the correct oilGUID-7CFE5B65-2AB2-46E3-BE32-0C83A26A2E35

It is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance,see “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.9-2). INFINITI recommendsthe use of an energy conserving oil in orderto improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the

American Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-cation or International Lubricant Standar-dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils which donot have the specified quality label shouldnot be used as they could cause enginedamage.

Oil additivesGUID-84BD4DC5-4F57-4B75-A262-EC1438EE867D

INFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.


Condition:

(494,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosityGUID-77F9E284-28E9-463C-B950-9F5EE57C9710

The engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because of this,it is important that the engine oil viscositybe selected based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. Choosing an oilviscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterGUID-A11EC6F4-F431-47EF-A6DB-71F78C553E42

Your new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervalsGUID-D929FFBA-7EB0-400B-846E-01EF1A705718

The oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Oil andfilter other than the specified quality, or oiland filter change intervals longer thanrecommended could reduce engine life.Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil and

filter quality and/or viscosity is not coveredby the new INFINITI vehicle limited warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do nothave to change the oil before the firstrecommended change interval. Oil andfilter change intervals depend upon howyou use your vehicle. Operation under thefollowing conditions may require morefrequent oil and filter changes.

. repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures,

. driving in dusty conditions,

. extensive idling,

. stop and go “rush hour” traffic,Refer to the “INFINITI Service and Main-tenance Guide” for the maintenance sche-dule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONS

GUID-8BB97935-3E90-4BF1-8562-8889F4BA6817

The air conditioning system in yourINFINITI vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and thelubricant, NISSAN A/C system oil Type Sor the exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubricantwill cause severe damage to the air con-ditioning system and will require the repla-cement of all air conditioner systemcomponents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernmental regulations require the re-covery and recycling of any refrigerantduring automotive air conditioning systemservice. Your INFINITI retailer has thetrained technicians and equipment neededto recover and recycle your air conditioningsystem refrigerant.

Contact an INFINITI retailer when servicingyour air conditioning system.

Condition:

(495,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-AF123535-077E-4954-B40D-7B7867FA3FF2

ENGINEGUID-E2721A7A-A52A-49AD-8B0F-74CF80798DE3

Model VQ37VHR

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 608

Bore 6 Stroke in (mm)3.760 6 3.385(95.5 6 86.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 225.54 (3,696)Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpmNo adjustment is necessary.Ignition timing

(B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard FXE24HR-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

STI0425

VQ37VHR engine


SPECIFICATIONS

Condition:

(496,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


WHEELS AND TIRESGUID-156A4A86-2C83-4FAF-83B4-86E6214B2D57

Road wheelGUID-FA2A9FD7-D8C5-43A8-9CA5-43D06AB3D9A4

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional18 6 8J

1.85 (47)19 6 8J

Spare 17 6 4T 1.18 (30)

TireGUID-4C5F96A2-635B-4FB3-95BA-E2EA8BB6645B

Type Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

ConventionalP225/55R18

33 (230)P245/45R19

Spare (T-type) T165/80D17 60 (420)

DIMENSIONSGUID-9D5D71DE-B989-4F79-921A-1CE5D9B20312

Overall length (with front license plate) in (mm) 186.8 (4,744)

Overall width in (mm) 71.0 (1,803)

Overall height (without roof rack) in (mm) 62.7 (1,592)*162.8 (1,594)*2

(with roof rack) 63.5 (1,614)*163.6 (1,616)*2

Front tread in (mm) 60.4 (1,535)

Rear tread in (mm) 61.0 (1,550)

Wheelbase in (mm) 113.4 (2,880)

*1: 18-inch wheel model*2: 19-inch wheel model

Condition:

(497,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-4F85AFE9-A53D-415A-A8B9-CABE556010A7

If you plan to travel in another country, youshould first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmay cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedgasoline. Therefore, avoid taking yourvehicle to areas where appropriate fuel isnot available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modifythe vehicle to meet local laws and regula-tions.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specificationsmay differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation, and registration are the respon-sibility of the user. INFINITI is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

GUID-E633176C-80BE-431A-966D-A3B2BE9638EA

STI0431

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

GUID-FA4C5D17-AB7E-460A-8874-424E098BD812

The vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is usedin the vehicle registration.

STI0492

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)

GUID-AD65EDD6-579B-4A7E-8B50-55343AB882BE

The number is stamped as shown in theengine compartment.


WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING INANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Condition:

(498,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


STI0509

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERGUID-ECC32CF8-AB9D-49B6-8673-A299713870E8

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

STI0493

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICA-TION LABEL

GUID-924DD608-E217-44EA-9F95-0DE84D29E5AA

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifica-tion label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information,such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings(GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR),month and year of manufacture, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), etc. Review itcarefully.

STI0422

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABEL

GUID-CB1B1A15-E95B-41C6-A618-F665330A8982

The emission control information label isattached as shown.

Condition:

(499,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

STI0567

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

GUID-5560E6CE-0473-4838-8716-5DCDF0EF1759

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label affixed tothe pillar as illustrated.

STI0495

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

GUID-26756EE6-382F-4B8B-8561-150FCAF0E8CD

The air conditioner specification label isattached as shown.

GUID-BA7A7E2B-FED9-4B05-95A2-63F0F924904F

JVT0407X

To mount the front licence plate, attach thelicence plate bracket *1 to the plasticfinisher at the location marks (smalldimples) using the two 0.20 in (5 mm)screws provided.


INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Condition:

(500,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


GUID-18653710-1214-4878-BD7C-98ECC07D66CA

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside the vehicle. Ina collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be ser-iously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMSGUID-018337C2-BD16-4CCC-8103-3404EC98C824

It is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight includ-ing: standard and optional equip-ment, fluids, emergency tools,and spare tire assembly. This

weight does not include passen-gers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weightof passengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit spe-cified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - max-imum total weight limit specified

of the load (passengers and car-go) for the vehicle. This is themaximum combined weight ofoccupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

. Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the weight oftotal occupants weight subtractedfrom the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

Condition:

(501,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

STI0365

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYGUID-6B30F71E-CCCD-42A5-93C6-95AD0B91DCBE

Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Capa-city” on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.

To get “the combined weight ofoccupants and cargo”, add theweight of all occupants, then add

the total luggage weight. Examplesare shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit

GUID-386F7DD8-CC2E-434E-A1EA-CC0BAD0D730F

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For exam-ple, if the XXX amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb. passengers in your vehi-cle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650lbs) or 640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300kg.)

5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. That weightmay not safely exceed the avail-able cargo and luggage loadcapacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the available


Condition:

(502,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


cargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle,confirm that you do not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)or the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for your vehicle. (See “Mea-surement of weights” (P.9-14).)

Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

LOADING TIPSGUID-95340E9C-C2F7-4446-AC3D-82107148AB45

. The GVW must not exceed GVWRor GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher than the

seatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehicle canbreak, tire damage could occur, orit can change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in lossof control and cause personalinjury.

. Overloading could not only short-en the life of your vehicle and thetires, but also could lead to ha-zardous vehicle handling and longbraking distance. This may cause apremature tire malfunction, whichcould result in a serious accidentand personal injury. Failurescaused by overloading are notcovered by the vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSGUID-2C084C90-D011-46EE-875C-4AE4E5481EB0

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle isloaded, drive to a scale and weighthe front and the rear wheels sepa-rately to determine axle loads. In-dividual axle loads should notexceed either of the gross axleweight ratings (GAWR). The total ofthe axle loads should not exceed thegross vehicle weight rating (GVWR).These ratings are given on thevehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or re-move items to bring all weightsbelow the ratings.

Condition:

(503,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-DA0DE293-1C52-4CDF-8C9C-0B9CB98EED8B

Do not tow a trailer with yourvehicle.

FLAT TOWINGGUID-D5642553-EB9C-4F05-970D-4770E8C563C0

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreationalvehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

. DO NOT tow any automatic transmissionvehicle with all four wheels on theground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission partsdue to lack of transmission lubrication.

. DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive (AWD)vehicle with any of the wheels on theground. Doing so may cause serious andexpensive damage to the powertrain.

. For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by INFINITI”(P.6-12).

Automatic transmissionGUID-B0EBCC14-A907-44C9-823E-9D26E811B44F

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate vehicledolly MUST be placed under the towedvehicle’s drive wheels. Always follow thedolly manufacturer’s recommendationswhen using their product.

GUID-C48839AE-6BDD-41E8-A04F-DC1947F88599

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where applic-able on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARGUID-3F30BE55-AD7A-4E42-BFA9-DE72A06969F1

The treadwear grade is a comparativerating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon actual conditions of their use, how-ever, and may depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.


TOWING A TRAILER UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Condition:

(504,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


TRACTION AA, A, B AND CGUID-11E202BE-8709-41D2-AB2D-8DF54B60782B

The traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B and C. Those gradesrepresent the tire’s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CGUID-9AD3BB5A-85B0-49DC-A8AB-EB83E61BF71C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material of thetire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden

tire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passengercar tires must meet under the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessive loading,either separately or in combination, cancause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

GUID-5CF09C37-7F18-4845-843E-7BE97156D2EC

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For USA:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance WarrantyDetails of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty Information Booklet that comeswith your INFINITI. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it hasbecome lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:

. INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty and Roadside Assistance Infor-mation that comes with your INFINITI. If youdid not receive a Warranty and RoadsideAssistance Information, or it has becomelost, you may obtain a replacement bywriting to:

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY

Condition:

(505,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

. Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

GUID-6AC517C5-1F85-4627-8E4E-976C99F3B7A4

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order arecall and remedy campaign. How-ever, NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems between you,your retailer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from http://

www.safercar.gov.

You may notify INFINITI by contactingour Consumer Affairs Department,toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform TransportCanada in addition to notifyingINFINITI.

If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that INFINITI conduct a recallcampaign. However, Transport Cana-da cannot become involved in indivi-dual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and RecallsDivision toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also report safety


REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Condition:

(506,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


defects online at:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada’s Road SafetyInformation Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/road-safety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere (Frenchspeakers).

To notify INFINITI of any safety con-cerns please contact our ConsumerInformation Centre toll free at 1-800-361-4792.

GUID-C0D3B30B-8808-40FC-9140-F3FC65694121

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using a twowheel dynamometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states for emissionstesting), or similar equipment. Make sureyou inform test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result in transmissiondamage or unexpected vehicle movementwhich could result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas or provinces, your vehicle may berequired to be in what is called the “readycondition” for an Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition”can be obtained by ordinary usage of thevehicle.

If a powertrain system component isrepaired or the battery is disconnected,the vehicle may be reset to a “not ready

condition”. Before taking the I/M test,check the vehicle’s inspection/mainte-nance test readiness condition. Place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec-onds, the I/M test condition is “not ready”.If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds,the I/M test condition is “ready”.

Contact an INFINITI retailer to set the“ready condition” or to prepare the vehiclefor testing.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

Condition:

(507,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

GUID-00421227-094B-4488-927F-5F574CFEA15A

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of anEDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehiclewere operating;

. Whether or not the driver and passen-ger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDRunder normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age and

crash location) are recorded. However,other parties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and INFINITIretailer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will onlybe accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

GUID-09D88FA0-56F1-4CB3-B579-BCF3E02BBF81

Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for thismodel and prior models can be purchased.A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is thebest source of service and repair informa-tion for your vehicle. This manual is thesame one used by the factory-trainedtechnicians working at an INFINITI retailer.Genuine INFINITI Owner’s Manual can alsobe purchased.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Service Manuals, contact:

www.infiniti-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals, con-tact:

1-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, contact an INFINITIretailer. For the phone number and locationof an INFINITI retailer in your area call theINFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representa-tive will assist you.


EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUALORDER INFORMATION

Condition:

(508,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


MEMO

Condition:

(509,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

MEMO


Condition:

(510,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]


MEMO

Condition:

(511,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .......................... 5-100Adaptive front lighting system (AFS) ..................... 2-37Advanced air bag system ..................................... 1-47Aiming control, Adaptive front lightingsystem (AFS) ........................................................ 2-37Air bag system

Advanced air bag system ............................... 1-47Front passenger air bag and status light ........ 1-49Front-seat mounted side-impact supplementalair bag system ............................................... 1-52Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag system ......................... 1-52

Air bag warning labels ......................................... 1-55Air bag warning light .................................. 1-55, 2-16Air cleaner housing filter ...................................... 8-18Air conditioner

Air conditioner service ................................... 4-61Air conditioner specification label ................... 9-11Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ..................... 4-61, 9-6Heater and air conditioner ............................. 4-53In-cabin microfilter ......................................... 4-60

Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehiclesecurity system) ................................................... 2-30Alcohol, drugs and driving ..................................... 5-9All-wheel drive (AWD) ........................................... 5-91All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light ..................... 2-11Antenna ............................................................... 4-97Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .......................... 5-100

Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light ....... 2-11Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ................................... 7-2Interior appearance care .................................. 7-4

Armrest ................................................................. 1-7Around View® Monitor ......................................... 4-31Around View® Monitor system operation .............. 4-33Audible reminders ............................................... 2-19Audio operation precautions ................................ 4-61Audio system ....................................................... 4-61

Steering wheel audio controls ........................ 4-96Autolight system .................................................. 2-35Automatic

Automatic climate control ..................... 4-55, 4-57Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ................ 8-12Door locks ....................................................... 3-5Drive positioner .............................................. 3-25Driving with automatic transmission .............. 5-15Heater and air conditioner ............................. 4-53Seat positioner ............................................... 3-25

Average fuel consumption and speed ................... 2-26Avoiding collision and rollover ............................... 5-7

B

Back door (See lift gate) ...................................... 3-17Battery ................................................................. 8-15

Battery saver system ............................ 2-36, 2-56Intelligent Key ................................................ 8-23Variable voltage control system ..................... 8-16

Before starting the engine ................................... 5-13Belts (See drive belts) .......................................... 8-17Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system ........................ 5-29Blind Spot Warning (BSW) systemwarning light ....................................................... 2-11Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models with navigation system) .......................... 4-99Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models without navigation system) ................... 4-110Bluetooth® streaming audio ................................ 4-87Booster seats ...................................................... 1-39Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ..................... 5-100Brake fluid ..................................................... 8-13Brake system ................................................. 5-97Parking brake operation ................................. 5-19Warning light ................................................. 2-12

Break-in schedule ................................................ 5-89Brightness control

Display ON/OFF button .................................... 4-9Instrument panel ........................................... 2-38

Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-25

C

Cabin air filter ...................................................... 4-60Camera aiding sonar function .............................. 4-43Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ...... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-98Card holder .......................................................... 2-47

Condition:

(512,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

10-2

Cargo cover ......................................................... 2-49Cargo light ........................................................... 2-58Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ................... 5-4CD/CF/USB memory care and cleaning ................. 4-95Center multi-function control panel ........................ 4-3Checking lights/instrument panel ........................ 2-10Child restraints .................................................... 1-21

Booster seats ................................................ 1-39LATCH system ................................................ 1-23Precautions on child restraints ....................... 1-21

Child safety ......................................................... 1-18Child safety rear door locks ................................... 3-6Chimes

Audible reminders ......................................... 2-19Seat belt warning light and chime .................. 2-15

Circuit breaker, Fusible link ................................. 8-22Cleaning exterior and interior .......................... 7-2, 7-4Climate control, Automatic climate control ........... 4-53Clock ................................................................... 2-43Coat hooks .......................................................... 2-48Cockpit .................................................................. 2-3Cold weather driving .......................................... 5-103Compact Disc (CD) player (See audio system) ....... 4-78Compact spare tire .............................................. 8-39Console box ......................................................... 2-47Controller, Center multi-function control panel ....... 4-5Controls

Control panel button ........................................ 4-3INFINITI Controller ............................................ 4-5

CoolantCapacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ......................... 9-2Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-9Checking engine coolant level .......................... 8-8

Corrosion protection .............................................. 7-7Cover, Cargo cover ............................................... 2-49Cruise control ...................................................... 5-39

Fixed speed cruise control (on ICC system) ...... 5-59Cup holders ......................................................... 2-45Current fuel consumption ..................................... 2-26

D

Daytime running light system .............................. 2-37Defroster switch, Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch ........................................ 2-33Dimensions ............................................................ 9-8Distance Control Assist (DCA) system ................... 5-63Distance Control Assist (DCA) systemwarning light ....................................................... 2-12Distance to empty ................................................ 2-26Door/lift gate open warning ................................. 2-23Drive belts ........................................................... 8-17Drive positioner ................................................... 3-25Driving

All-wheel drive (AWD) ..................................... 5-91All-wheel drive (AWD) safety precautions ....... 5-10Cold weather driving ..................................... 5-103Driving with automatic transmission .............. 5-15On-pavement and off-road driving .................... 5-8Precautions when starting and driving ............. 5-4

DS (Drive Sport) mode ......................................... 5-17DVD player operation ........................................... 4-79

E

Economy, Fuel ...................................................... 5-90Elapsed time ........................................................ 2-26Elapsed time and trip odometer ........................... 2-26Emission control information label ....................... 9-10Emission control system warranty ........................ 9-16Engine

Before starting the engine ............................. 5-13Break-in schedule .......................................... 5-89Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ......................... 9-2Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-9Changing engine oil and filter ........................ 8-10Checking engine coolant level .......................... 8-8Checking engine oil level ................................. 8-9Coolant temperature gauge .............................. 2-8Emergency engine shut off ............................. 5-12Engine block heater ...................................... 5-104Engine compartment check locations ............... 8-7Engine cooling system ..................................... 8-7Engine oil ........................................................ 8-9Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ........... 9-5Engine oil replacement indicator .................... 2-24Engine oil viscosity ........................................... 9-6Engine serial number ...................................... 9-10Engine specifications ........................................ 9-7Engine start operation indicator ..................... 2-22If your vehicle overheats ................................ 6-10

Condition:

(513,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Starting the engine ........................................ 5-14Entry/exit function, Automaticdrive positioner ................................................... 3-25Event Data Recorders (EDR) .................................. 9-19Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ............................. 5-4

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ................ 9-10Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ................................ 8-18Changing engine oil and filter ........................ 8-10

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) ......... 6-2Flat tire .................................................................. 6-3Flat towing ........................................................... 9-15Floor mat cleaning ................................................. 7-5Fluid

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ................ 8-12Brake fluid ..................................................... 8-13Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ......................... 9-2Engine coolant ................................................. 8-7Engine oil ........................................................ 8-9Power steering fluid ....................................... 8-12Window washer fluid ..................................... 8-14

FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player ........................................................... 4-75Fog light switch ................................................... 2-39Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system .............. 5-77Front passenger air bag and status light .............. 1-49Front power seat adjustment .................................. 1-3Front seat, Front seat adjustment ........................... 1-3

Front-seat active head restraint ............................ 1-11Fuel

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ......................... 9-2Fuel economy ................................................. 5-90Fuel economy information (display) ................ 4-11Fuel information ................................................ 9-3Fuel octane rating ............................................. 9-3Fuel-filler cap ................................................. 3-18Fuel-filler door ............................................... 3-18Gauge .............................................................. 2-9LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ............................... 3-19

Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ..................................... 5-89Fuses ................................................................... 8-22Fusible links ........................................................ 8-22

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ........................................... 2-59Gas cap ............................................................... 3-18Gauge .................................................................... 2-6

Engine coolant temperature gauge ................... 2-8Fuel gauge ....................................................... 2-9Odometer ........................................................ 2-7Speedometer ................................................... 2-7Tachometer ...................................................... 2-8Trip computer ................................................ 2-26

General maintenance ............................................. 8-2Glove box ............................................................ 2-46

H

Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth®

(models with navigation system) .......................... 4-99Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth®

(models without navigation system) ................... 4-110Hazard warning flasher switch ............................... 6-2Head restraints/headrests ..................................... 1-7Headlights

Aiming control (See adaptive front lightingsystem (AFS)) ................................................. 2-37Bulb replacement ........................................... 8-26Headlight switch ............................................ 2-34Xenon headlights ........................................... 2-34

Heated seats ....................................................... 2-40Heater

Engine block heater ...................................... 5-104Heater and air conditioner ............................. 4-53

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ......................... 2-59Hood release ....................................................... 3-16Hook

Coat hooks .................................................... 2-48Luggage hook ................................................ 2-48

Horn .................................................................... 2-39

I

Ignition switch (Push-button) ............................... 5-10Immobilizer system .............................................. 2-30In-cabin microfilter ............................................... 4-60Indicator

Lights ............................................................ 2-16

10-3

Condition:

(514,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

10-4

Vehicle information display ............................ 2-20INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ..................... 2-30INFINITI voice recognition system ....................... 4-124INFO button ........................................................... 4-9Inside mirror ........................................................ 3-22Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ....................... 9-18Instrument brightness control .............................. 2-38Instrument panel ................................................... 2-5Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) off indicator light ...... 2-17Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) system .................... 5-83Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (FullSpeed Range) ...................................................... 5-41Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemwarning light ....................................................... 2-13Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system,Preview function .................................................. 5-63Intelligent Key ........................................................ 3-2Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator ........... 2-22Intelligent Key insertion indicator ......................... 2-22Intelligent Key removal indicator .......................... 2-22Intelligent Key system ............................................ 3-7

Battery replacement ....................................... 8-23Key operating range ......................................... 3-9Key operation ................................................ 3-10Warning light ................................................. 2-13Warning signals ............................................. 3-11

Intelligent Key warning light ................................ 2-13Interior light control switch .................................. 2-57Interior light replacement ..................................... 8-27Interior lights ....................................................... 2-56iPod® player operation ........................................ 4-92

ISOFIX child restraint ........................................... 1-23

J

Jump starting ......................................................... 6-8

K

Keyless entry (See remote keylessentry system) ....................................................... 3-13Keys ...................................................................... 3-2

For Intelligent Key system ................................. 3-7

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels ................................... 1-55Air conditioner specification label ................... 9-11Emission control information label .................. 9-10Engine serial number ...................................... 9-10F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........... 9-10Tire and Loading Information label ........ 8-30, 9-11Vehicle identification number (VIN) ................... 9-9

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ONindicator (green) .................................................. 2-17Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator (orange) ................................................ 2-13Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) systems ..................................... 5-20Lane departure warning chime ............................. 2-19LATCH system ...................................................... 1-23License plate, Installing front license plate .......... 9-11

Lift gate ............................................................... 3-17Light

Air bag warning light ..................................... 1-55Bulb replacement ........................................... 8-25Cargo light ..................................................... 2-58Fog light switch ............................................. 2-39Headlight switch ............................................ 2-34Headlights bulb replacement ......................... 8-26Indicator lights .............................................. 2-16Interior light control switch ............................ 2-57Interior lights ................................................. 2-56Map lights ..................................................... 2-56Personal lights ............................................... 2-57Replacement .................................................. 8-25Vanity mirror lights ........................................ 2-58Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders .......................................... 2-11Xenon headlights ........................................... 2-34

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ...... 8-27Loading information (See vehicleloading information) ............................................ 9-12Lock

Automatic door locks ....................................... 3-5Door locks ....................................................... 3-4Lift gate lock .................................................. 3-17Power door lock ............................................... 3-4

Locking with mechanical key .................................. 3-4Low fuel warning ................................................. 2-23Low tire pressure warning light ............................ 2-14Low tire pressure warning system (See tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)) ...................... 5-5

Condition:

(515,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Low washer fluid warning .................................... 2-23Luggage hooks .................................................... 2-48

M

MaintenanceBattery ........................................................... 8-15General maintenance ....................................... 8-2Indicators for maintenance ............................ 2-24Inside the vehicle ............................................ 8-3Maintenance precautions ................................. 8-5Maintenance requirements ............................... 8-2Outside the vehicle .......................................... 8-2Seat belt maintenance ................................... 1-18

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) .......................... 2-18Map lights ........................................................... 2-56Master warning light ............................................ 2-15Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) ................. 3-3Memory storage, Automatic drive positioner ........ 3-27Meter

Trip computer ................................................ 2-26Meters and gauges ................................................ 2-6

Instrument brightness control ........................ 2-38Mirror

Inside mirror ................................................... 3-22Outside mirrors ............................................... 3-23Vanity mirror ................................................... 3-25

Monitor, RearView Monitor ................................... 4-24Moonroof ............................................................. 2-54Moving Object Detection (MOD) ........................... 4-48

N

New vehicle break-in ............................................ 5-89No key warning .................................................... 2-22

O

Odometer .............................................................. 2-7Off-road recovery ................................................... 5-8Oil

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ......................... 9-2Changing engine oil and filter ........................ 8-10Checking engine oil level ................................. 8-9Engine oil ........................................................ 8-9Engine oil viscosity ........................................... 9-6Oil filter replacement indicator ....................... 2-24

Operation, Indicators for operation ...................... 2-22Outside air temperature ....................................... 2-27Outside mirrors .................................................... 3-23Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ...................... 6-10Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ................................................. 9-19

P

Panic alarm ......................................................... 3-14Parking

Brake break-in ............................................... 5-97Parking brake operation ................................. 5-19Parking brake release warning ....................... 2-22Parking on hills ............................................. 5-92

Personal lights ..................................................... 2-57Phone

Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models with navigation system) .................... 4-99Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models without navigation system) ............. 4-110Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-98

PowerFront seat adjustment ...................................... 1-3Power door lock ............................................... 3-4Power outlet .................................................. 2-44Power steering ............................................... 5-97Power steering fluid ....................................... 8-12Power windows .............................................. 2-51

PrecautionsAll-wheel drive (AWD) driving safety ............... 5-10Audio operation ............................................. 4-61Braking precautions ....................................... 5-97Child restraints .............................................. 1-21Cruise control ................................................. 5-39Maintenance .................................................... 8-5On-pavement and off-road driving .................... 5-8Seat belt usage ............................................. 1-12Supplemental restraint system ....................... 1-42When starting and driving ................................ 5-4

Preview function .................................................. 5-98Preview function (for Intelligent cruisecontrol system) .................................................... 5-63Preview Function warning light ............................ 2-15Push starting ....................................................... 6-10“PUSH” warning .................................................. 2-22

10-5

Condition:

(516,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

10-6

Push-button ignition switch ........................ 5-10, 5-11

R

Radio ................................................................... 4-61Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-98FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player ..................................................... 4-75

Rapid air pressure loss .......................................... 5-9Readiness for inspection/maintenance(I/M) test ............................................................. 9-18Rear center seat belt ............................................ 1-17Rear door lock, Child safety rear door locks ........... 3-6Rear seats ............................................................. 1-4Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ................................................... 2-33Rear window wiper blades ................................... 8-21RearView Monitor ................................................ 4-24RearView Monitor system operation ..................... 4-24Recorders, Event data .......................................... 9-19Registering in another country ............................... 9-9Remote keyless entry system ............................... 3-13Reporting safety defects ...................................... 9-17Roadside assistance program ................................ 6-2Rollover ................................................................. 5-7Roof

Moonroof ....................................................... 2-54Roof rack ....................................................... 2-50

S

Safety, Child seat belts ........................................ 1-18Satellite radio operation ...................................... 4-76Seat adjustment

Front power seat adjustment ............................ 1-3Front seats ...................................................... 1-3

Seat belt(s)Child safety ................................................... 1-18Infants ........................................................... 1-19Injured persons ............................................. 1-14Larger children .............................................. 1-19Precautions on seat belt usage ...................... 1-12Pregnant women ............................................ 1-14Rear center seat belt ...................................... 1-17Seat belt cleaning ............................................ 7-6Seat belt extenders ........................................ 1-17Seat belt maintenance ................................... 1-18Seat belt warning light and chime .................. 2-15Seat belts ...................................................... 1-12Seat belts with pretensioners ........................ 1-53Shoulder belt height adjustment .................... 1-17Small children ............................................... 1-19Three-point type ............................................ 1-14

Seat synchronization function .............................. 3-26Seat(s)

Driver-side memory ......................................... 3-25Heated seats ................................................. 2-40Seats ............................................................... 1-2

Seat-mounted jacket hanger ................................ 2-47

Security system (INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ........................................... 2-30Security system, Vehicle security system ............. 2-29Servicing climate control ...................................... 4-61SETTING button .................................................... 4-13Shift lever

Shift lock release ........................................... 5-18Shift lock release

Transmission ................................................. 5-18SHIFT “P” warning ............................................... 2-22Shifting, Automatic transmission ......................... 5-15Shoulder belt height adjustment, Forfront seats ........................................................... 1-17Snow mode switch ............................................... 2-42Sonar system .............................................. 4-43, 5-94Spare tire .............................................................. 9-8Spark plugs ......................................................... 8-17Speedometer ......................................................... 2-7Starting

Before starting the engine ............................. 5-13Jump starting ................................................... 6-8Precautions when starting and driving ............. 5-4Push starting ................................................. 6-10Starting the engine ........................................ 5-14

STATUS button ....................................................... 4-9Status light, Front passenger air bag ................... 1-49Steering

Power steering ............................................... 5-97Power steering fluid ....................................... 8-12Steering-wheel-mounted controlsfor audio ........................................................ 4-96

Condition:

(517,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

Tilting telescopic steering column ................... 3-20Storage ................................................................ 2-45Sun visors ........................................................... 3-21Sunglasses holder ............................................... 2-46Supplemental air bag warning labels ................... 1-55Supplemental air bag warning light ............ 1-55, 2-16Supplemental restraint system ............................. 1-42

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ............................................. 1-42

SwitchAutolight switch ............................................. 2-35Fog light switch ............................................. 2-39Hazard warning flasher switch ......................... 6-2Headlight switch ............................................ 2-34Ignition switch ............................................... 5-15Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) OFF switch ........ 2-42Power door lock switch .................................... 3-5Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ............................................. 2-33Snow mode switch ......................................... 2-42Turn signal switch .......................................... 2-39Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-43Warning systems switch ................................. 2-41

T

Tachometer ............................................................ 2-8Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge ................................................ 2-8Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start ......................................................... 2-30Three-way catalyst ................................................. 5-4

“Time to rest” indicator ....................................... 2-23Tire

Pressure, Low tire pressure warning light ...... 2-14Tire replacement indicator .............................. 2-24

TiresFlat tire ............................................................ 6-3Low tire pressure warning system .................... 5-5Spare tire ...................................................... 8-39Tire and Loading Information label ........ 8-30, 9-11Tire chains ..................................................... 8-36Tire dressing .................................................... 7-4Tire pressure ................................................. 8-29Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) .......................................... 5-5, 6-3Tire rotation ................................................... 8-36Types of tires ................................................. 8-35Uniform tire quality grading ............................ 9-15Wheel/tire size ................................................. 9-8Wheels and tires ............................................ 8-29

Tonneau cover (see cargo cover) .......................... 2-49Touch screen system .............................................. 4-5Towing

Flat towing ...................................................... 9-15Tow truck towing ............................................ 6-11Towing a trailer ............................................... 9-15

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system ................. 5-5TPMS, Tire pressure warning system ...................... 6-3Trailer towing ....................................................... 9-15Transceiver, HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ...... 2-59Transmission

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ................ 8-12

Driving with automatic transmission .............. 5-15Transmission shift lever lock release .............. 5-18

Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ...... 3-13Traveling or registering in another country ............. 9-9Trip computer ...................................................... 2-26Trip odometer ...................................................... 2-26Turn signal switch ................................................ 2-39

U

Underbody cleaning ............................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading ................................. 9-15USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port .......... 4-83

V

Vanity mirror ........................................................ 3-25Vanity mirror lights .............................................. 2-58Variable voltage control system ........................... 8-16Vehicle

Dimensions ....................................................... 9-8Identification number (VIN) ............................... 9-9Loading information ........................................ 9-12Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .................. 6-14Security system ............................................. 2-29Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-43Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ........... 5-102Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)warning light ................................................. 2-16Vehicle information and settings (display) ........ 4-9

Vehicle information display .................................. 2-20Ventilators ........................................................... 4-53

10-7

Condition:

(518,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

10-8

Voice command (Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System) ................................................... 4-116Voice command (INFINITI voicerecognition system) ................................ 4-130, 4-138Voice recognition system ................................... 4-124Voice recognition, Alternate command mode ...... 4-136Voice recognition, Standard mode ...................... 4-124

W

WarningHazard warning flasher switch ......................... 6-2Lights ............................................................ 2-11Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) .......................................... 5-5, 6-3Vehicle information display ............................ 2-20Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders .......................................... 2-10

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels ................ 1-55Warning light

Air bag warning light ............................ 1-55, 2-16All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light ............... 2-11Anti-lock braking system (ABS)warning light ................................................. 2-11Brake warning light ....................................... 2-12Intelligent Key warning light .......................... 2-13Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light ................................................ 2-13Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-14Seat belt warning light and chime .................. 2-15

Warranty, Emission control system warranty ........ 9-16Washer switch, Wiper and washer switch ............. 2-31

Washing ................................................................ 7-2Waxing .................................................................. 7-2Welcome light ...................................................... 2-55Wheel/tire size ...................................................... 9-8Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-29

Care of wheels .................................................. 7-3Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ....................... 7-3

Window washer fluid ........................................... 8-14Window(s)

Cleaning ........................................................... 7-3Power windows .............................................. 2-51

WiperWiper and washer switch ............................... 2-31Wiper blades ................................................. 8-19

Wiper and washer switch ..................................... 2-31

X

Xenon headlights ................................................. 2-34

Condition:

(519,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

MEMO

10-9

Condition:

(521,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 6/ 12 Model: J50-D ]

11 Gas station informationGUID-C63456DA-B5C6-4D61-8C3D-DA604EE5FE35

FUEL INFORMATION:GUID-7D216F09-8C16-40A9-AA84-99793D29E3B5

Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) may betemporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for max-imum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this willdamage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for E-15 or E-85 fuel canadversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:GUID-BA066D3D-0FB2-4D8E-90D6-7F2A394D5A63

. Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equiva-lent

. Engine oil with API Certification MarkViscosity SAE 5W-30

See “Capacities and recommended fluids/

lubricants” (P.9-2) for engine oil and oilfilter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:GUID-DC925373-1F53-46C7-9502-A889C930E004

The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door.For additional information, see “Wheelsand tires” (P.8-29).

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:

GUID-C73CAF72-379D-41DF-AFE5-D82869C74F10

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-89). Follow these recommendations for thefuture reliability and economy of your newvehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Condition:

2016 infiniti qx50 | owner's manual - dealer e process

Documents